Core Projects - Industrial Trade Catalogue 2021

Handling & Lifting pages 2 to 85

Sack Trucks

2 to 13

Container Trucks

64 & 65

Trolleys & Dollies

14 to 47

Pallet Trucks & Stackers

66 to 75

Distribution Trucks

48 to 58

Drum Equipment

76 to 82

Hand Drawn Trucks

59 to 63

Cylinder Equipment

83 to 85

Shelving & Storage

pages 86 to 171

Shelving & Racking

84 to 115

Containers

140 to 145

Safety Barriers

116 to 120

Storage Racks

146 to 151

Signs & Labelling

121 to 130

Security Cages

152 to 155

Small Parts Storage

131 to 139

Cupboards & Cabinets

156 to 171

Access

pages 172 to 209

Handy / Kick Steps

172 to 174

Extension Ladders

181 & 184

Folding Steps

174 to 177

Fort Steps

186 to 203

Aluminium Steps

178 to 181

Platforms & Podiums

204 to 209

Glass Fibre Steps

182 to 185

Towers

208

Workshop

pages 210 to 275

Workbenches

210 to 225

Workstations

248 to 255

Euroslide Workbenches

226 to 235

Euroslide

256 to 271

Static Dissipative Benches

236 to 241

Tool Trolleys

272 & 273

Binary Adjustable Benches

244 to 247

Industrial Chairs

274 & 275

Site Safety & Premises

pages 276 to 343

Matting

276 to 281

Smoking Shelters

311 & 313

Lockers

281 to 301

Waste Management

314 to 325

Cloakroom Equipment

302 & 303

Safety Barriers

326 to 340

Cycle Racks & Shelters

304 to 310

Mirrors

341 to 343

Offi ce & Mailroom

pages 346 to 365

Offi ce Lockers

346 & 347

Notice & Whiteboards

358 & 359

Offi ce Desks & Screens

348 & 349

Mailroom Equipment

360

Offi ce Furniture

350 to 353

Packaging Equipment

361 to 365

Canteen Furniture

354 to 357

‘Apollo’ Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels

• Mobile on REACH compliant &

puncture proof pneumatic wheels

• High quality steel with a hardwearing

aqua blue powder coated finish

• Complete with strong, riveted

knuckle guard hand grips

• GI701R - high back unit with wheel

guards & robust plastic covered skids

• GI702R - extra wide unit

with wheel guards

• GI703R - standard unit

• GI704R - complete with wheel guards.

This unit also comes with a fixed (250kg

capacity) & folding toe plate (150kg

capacity). The folding toe plate

stays in the folded position by

the use of a magnet

• GI705R - complete with wheel guards

& ‘P’ handle. The ‘P’ handle allows

the unit to be laid horizontally for

ease of loading or unloading

• GI706R - strong angle iron unit

complete with wheel guards

EXPRESS DELIVERY

i

Information

GI705R

GI703R

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

& Lifting Sack Trucks

2Handling

GI701R

GI704R

Folding Toe Plate stays

in folded position by

the use of a magnet


Load Cap. Size H.W.D Fixed Toe Plate W.D. Folding Toe Plate W.D. Wheel Size Weight Code Price

300 kg 1320.510.630 285.280 - 250 13 kg GI701R £133.10

250 kg 1085.610.585 475.240 - 250 12.5 kg GI702R £119.60

200 kg 1110.515.490 360.250 - 200 8.5 kg GI703R £76.00

up to 250 kg 1240.535.710 390.165 320.430 250 11.5 kg GI704R £96.40

250 kg 1310.520.460 366.220 - 250 10 kg GI705R £88.15

300 kg 1185.580.600 385.300 - 250 14.5 kg GI706R £121.80


EXPRESS DELIVERY

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

From Only

£76.00

GI706R

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS

REACH (Registration, Evaluation,

Authorisation & Restriction of

Chemicals) is a European

regulation that addresses the

production & use

of chemical substances,

& their potential impacts

on both human health

& the environment

GI702R

Handling & Lifting

3Sack Trucks

Fort ® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels

i

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

• Mobile on 250mm REACH compliant

& puncture proof pneumatic wheels

• High quality steel with a

hardwearing powder coated finish

• Complete with strong, screw fixed

knuckle guard hand grips

(FJ170P has a looped handle)

• Close couple wheel mounting with

integrated wheel guards - wheels

don’t protrude the sack frame

i

Information

WHEELS SIT WITHIN

THE FRAME TO AID

MANOEUVRABILITY

THROUGH DOORWAYS

& CORRIDORS

FJ178P

FJ171P


4Handling

FJ175P

FJ177P

FJ176P

FJ173P


Description Load Cap. Size H.W.D Fixed Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

Concave Cross Members wih Loop Handle 230 kg 1100.450.500 410.200 10 kg FJ170P £123.45

Straight Cross Members 260 kg 1110.500.500 410.200 11 kg FJ171P £128.80

Concave Cross Members wih Standard Toe Plate 260 kg 1110.500.500 410.200 11 kg FJ172P £131.20

Concave Cross Members & Axle Supports 280 kg 1110.500.500 410.200 12 kg FJ173P £146.00

Concave Cross Members with Large Toe Plate 260 kg 1110.500.700 410.400 14 kg FJ174P £138.85

Mesh Back with Standard Toe Plate 260 kg 1110.500.500 410.200 11 kg FJ175P £136.40

Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 260 kg 1110.500.700 410.400 14 kg FJ176P £145.20

Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 / 230 kg 1110.500.500 410.200 13 kg FJ177P £148.80

High Back 280 kg 1410.580.500 410.200 14 kg FJ178P £155.25


EXPRESS DELIVERY

£123.45

From Only

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

FJ170P

Handling & Lifting

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS

FJ174P





production & use




& the environment

FJ172P

5Sack Trucks

Folding Toe Sack Trucks

TCS66Y

TCS58Y

TCS82Y

TCS66Y

TCS58Y


6Handling

TCS82Y

Folding Toe Sack Trucks

Size H.W. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

1150.560 330.330 12 kg TCS66Y £211.35

1050.420 300.460 12 kg TCS58Y £229.20

1200.480 460.360 12 kg TCS82Y £230.90

TS143H

TS139H

• TCS66Y: Mobile on 2 x 260mm pneumatic wheels

Double toe gives extra versatility

Fixed toe plate size: 460W x 150D mm

150kg load capacity

• TCS58Y: Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels

Large toe plate is ideal for bulky items

250kg load capacity

• TCS82Y: Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels

Knuckle guard hand grips to protect your knuckles

250kg load capacity

H.D. Folding Toe Sack Truck

• Fully welded, strong & robust

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm

rubber tyred wheels

• 2 colours available: blue

or red - please specify

when ordering

• 200kg load capacity

FJ182H

6

Sack & Case Trucks

• Concave back units come complete with knuckle

guard hand grips to protect your knuckles

• 2 colours available: blue or red - please specify when ordering

• Mobile on 200 x 50mm cushion roller bearing wheels

Sack & Case Trucks

Load Cap. Size H.W. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

250 kg 1100.420 410.200 11 kg TS139H £243.30

200 kg 1168.495 400.483 12.5 kg TS143H £266.70

PROMPT DELIVERY

FJ182H

Folding Toe Sack Truck


960.500 310.330 10 kg FJ182H £143.20



& puncture proof wheels

• Durable, large diameter tubular

construction frame with a

hardwearing powder coated finish

• Complete with heavy duty looped

handles & wheel guards

EXPRESS DELIVERY

£206.75

From Only

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS

i

Information

UNITS COMPLETE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

FJ189P





production & use




& the environment

Handling & Lifting

FJ187P

(Toe Plate Up)

Sack Trucks

FJ186P

FJ180P

FJ187P

(Toe Plate Down)

FJ188P


Description Load Cap. Size H.W.D Fixed Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

Concave Cross Members wih Loop Handle 240 kg 1100.540.480 410.200 14 kg FJ180P £206.75

Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 270 kg 1100.540.680 410.400 17 kg FJ186P £231.20

Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 kg 1100.540.480 410.200 16 kg FJ187P £226.15

High Back 290 kg 1410.540.570 410.200 17 kg FJ188P £234.00

Extra Wide 270 kg 1100.640.495 510.200 15 kg FJ189P £217.20

7

Steel Sack Trucks

• REACH compliant wheels

• Wheel & knuckle guard hand grips

• GI521H - 150kg load capacity

• GI523P - 250kg load capacity

Budget Sack Trucks

• Lightweight with a hardwearing finish

• Mobile on 200mm rubber wheels


EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI521H

Handling & Lifting

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI523P

Steel Sack Trucks

Wheels Size H.W.D. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

200mm Cushion 1135.480.445 350.200 11.5 kg GI521H £68.00

250mm Pneumatic 1120.545.435 350.185 11 kg GI523P £77.75

White Goods Sack Truck

• Wide toe plate & wheel guards


pneumatic wheels

• Fitted with tube protectors on the

uprights, this unit is ideal for

use with electrical goods


GI258H

Budget Sack Trucks

GI256H

Size H.W.D. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

1120.470.410 350.228 11 kg GI256H £51.30

1000.470.410 350.180 10 kg GI258H £49.40

‘P’ Handle Sack Truck

• ‘P’ handle allows the unit to

be laid horizontally for ease

of loading & unloading

• 250mm pneumatic wheels give this

unit a smooth ride over uneven terrain


Sack Trucks

GI340Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI708P

8

‘P’ Handle White Goods Sack Truck


1315.550.495 510.190 14 kg GI340Y £90.70

‘P’ Handle Sack Truck


1310.550.460 350.210 9 kg GI708P £58.50

Super Compact Trucks

• Lightweight, simple to use, easy to carry & unfolds in seconds

• All units are of aluminium construction & can be stored/transported

in confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries

GI025Y

GI033Y

GI043Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI025Y

GI033Y

GI033Y

GI043Y

Super Compact Trucks

Description Load Capacity Size Folded H.W.D. Size Open H.W.D. Toe Plate W.D. Wheels Weight Code Price - 1 Off Price (each) 2+

Mini Compact 60 650.390.60 1000.400.420 390.240 2 x 120 3 kg GI025Y £56.10 £51.10

Super Compact 100 700.490.60 1000.490.450 490.270 2 x 180 4 kg GI033Y £79.25 £76.20

Heavy Duty Compact 200 1010.595.97 1255.620.600 590.335 2 x 200 10 kg GI043Y £174.55 -

Folding Sack Trucks

• GI162Y: 3 position telescopic handle

- 800 / 930 / 1060mm heights

• Ideal for storing in a car boot or van

• Mobile on 150 x 40mm rubber plain bearing wheels


GI162Y

Folded

Compact Sack Truck

• Aluminium frame with a folding steel toe plate

• Easily folded to fit into your car/van boot

• Easily carried & stored once folded

• Mobile on 2 x 150mm solid rubber wheels


Handling & Lifting

GI151Y

Folded

GI960Y

Sack Tucks

GI162Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI151Y

Folding Sack Trucks


1020.360 300.380 5 kg GI151Y £69.90

1060.360 300.380 5 kg GI162Y £71.00

Compact Sack Truck

Folded Size H.W.D. Size Open H.W.D. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

715.412.190 1090.412.406 360.250 7 kg GI960Y £50.65

9

Aluminium Sack Trucks

• Strong, robust, lightweight & mobile on 2 x 250mm pneumatic wheels for rough terrain


£146.30

From Only

Handling & Lifting

Sack Trucks

GI801P

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Step-a-Trucks

• Certified to EN-131

• Versatile - neat & compact

• Large toe plate & wide step treads

• 150kg load capacity as a step unit

(60kg as a sack truck)

• Multi purpose, simple & easy to

convert from step to sack truck

• When in sack truck mode they are

mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI802P

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GI803P

Aluminium Sack Trucks

FOAM RUBBER HANDLE

FOR YOUR COMFORT

GI804P


1595.515

12 kg GI801P £161.80

1250.470 9 kg GI802P £146.30

355.225

1345.470 10 kg GI803P £156.45

1320.470 10 kg GI804P £150.20

FMS82Y

FMS83Y

Sack Truck

FMS82Y

Step Unit

FOLD AWAY

WHEELS

10

Step-A-Trucks

No of

Size W.D.H.

Sack Truck Step

Price

Plat. Height

Weight Code Price - 1 Off

Treads Folded Sack Truck Step Unit

Toe Plate Tread Size

(each) 2+

2 460.70.990 480.490.990 470.530.920 490 390 x 280 375 x 210 6.5 kg FMS82Y £102.35 £93.85

3 470.90.1265 490.450.1265 470.735.1190 750 390 x 280 375 x 210 9 kg FMS83Y £119.55 £108.90

Stairclimber with Skids

• Mobile on 150mm wheels

mounted on a ‘3 star’ system


(60kg on stairs)

• Fitted with knuckle guard

hand grips & plastic

guarded skids

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Wide Stairclimber

• Fixed & folding toe plates

• Folding toe plate:

395W x 460D

• Complete with

adjustable strap

• Mobile on 160mm

pneumatic wheels

mounted on a ‘3 star’

system


(50kg on stairs)

GI360Y

GI380Y

Stairclimber with Skids

GI370Y

Description Size H.W.D. Toe Plate W.D. Weight Code Price

Painted 1180.480.600 300.245 11 kg GI370Y £102.80

Aluminium 1180.500.550 300.210 8.5kg GI380Y £135.10

Compact Aluminium

Stairclimber

• Mobile on 58mm

wheels mounted on

a ‘3 star’ system


(30kg on stairs)

• Complete with

load strap

• Toe plate size of

387 x 270mm

Easy operation

on stairs

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Wide Stairclimber

H.D. ‘Bulky’ Sack Truck

• Folding toe plate size: 600W x 405D mm

• Large, robust puncture proof, semi pneumatic 250mm wheels

• Fixed (400kg capacity) & folding (350kg capacity) toe plates

• Ideal for rough & tough applications

GI400P

GI360Y


1160.605.795 410.200 22 kg GI360Y £128.90

Handling & Lifting

Sack Trucks

Load Strap

Storage

Compartment

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI083Y

Folded

GI083Y

GI400P

Compact Aluminium Stairclimber

Size H.W.D. Folded Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

1050.415.415 635.395.67 3.5 kg GI083Y £61.35

Heavy Duty ‘Bulky’ Sack Truck


1310.655.710 655.190 20 kg GI400P £149.10

11

Three Position Truck with Bag Holder

• Converts from a sack truck to a platform truck in seconds

• Mobile on 200mm solid rubber wheels & 100mm swivel castors

• Complete with a movable bag holder which incorporates an

elastic strap to hold the bag in place (bag not supplied)


Elastic strap holding

the bag in place

Only

£65.30

GI354Y with

bag holder down

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

GI354Y as

Sack Truck

Two Way Truck

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Size L.W.H.

as a Sack Truck


• 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors


Three Position Truck with Bag Holder

Size L.W.H.

as a Platform Truck

Toe Plate

D.W.

Two Way Cargo Truck

GI354Y as

Platform Truck

with bag

holder up

Weight Code Price

350.450.1180 630.450.795 130.350 8.5 kg GI354Y £65.30


• 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors

• 250kg load capacity (150kg as a platform truck)

Sack Trucks

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GI358Y

GI352Y

12

Two Way Truck

Size L.W.H. Size L.W.H. Toe Plate

as a Sack Truck as a Platform Truck D.W.

Weight Code Price

450.550.1240 980.550.890 180.350 12 kg GI358Y £86.80

Two Way Cargo Truck

Size L.W.H. Size L.W.H. Toe Plate

Weight Code Price

as a Sack Truck as a Platform Truck D.W.

585.390.1175 1175.390.930 335.310 14 kg GI352Y £123.05

Three Way Truck

• Multi purpose truck which easily & quickly

converts from a basic sack truck to a

4 wheel sack truck or platform truck

• Horizontal platform height: 260mm

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels

& 2 x 125mm rubber castors


EXPRESS DELIVERY

£122.15

Only

CONVERTS

QUICKLY

& EASILY

GI135Y as a

Sack Truck

GI135Y as a

Platform Truck

Size H.W

as a Sack Truck

Size H.L.

as a Platform Truck

Three Way Truck

Size H.L.

as 4 Wheel Sack Truck

Toe Plate

W.D.

Heavy Duty Three Way Truck

Weight Code Price

1280.470 710.1280 840.1205 470.190 19 kg GI135Y £122.15

• Multi purpose truck which easily & quickly converts

from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack

truck or platform truck

• Horizontal platform height: 240mm




FJ135Y as a

Platform Truck

GI135Y as a

4 Wheel Sack Truck

Aluminium Three Way Truck

• Multi purpose truck which easily & quickly converts

from a basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck

or platform truck

• Incorporates a fixed toe plate (457W x 190Dmm)

& a folding toe plate (228W x 686Dmm)

• Mobile on 2 x 250mm pneumatic wheels

& 2 x 125mm polyurethane castors


GI935P

4 Wheel Sack Truck

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

Sack Trucks

FJ135Y as a

Sack Truck

GI935P

Platform Truck

Size H.W.

as a Sack

Truck

Size H.L.

as a

Platform Truck

FJ135Y as a

4 Wheel Sack Truck

Heavy Duty Three Way Truck

Size H.L.

as 4 Wheel

Sack Truck

Toe Plate

W.D.

Weight Code Price

1270.510 795.1270 890.1190 510.200 28 kg FJ135Y £259.65

Size L.W.H.

as a

Platform Truck

Aluminium Three Way Truck

GI935P

Sack Truck

Size L.W.H.

as a Weight Code Price

Sack Truck

1500.530.980 470.530.1325 18 kg GI935P £346.95

13

Carpeted Dollies

Connect N Roll Dollies

• Strong & durable

• Hardwood construction with carpeted ends

From Only

£35.60

• Each pack consists of 2 dollies

(1 black & 1 red). For greater savings

purchase 10 packs (10 black & 10 red).

• Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies together

to create your required size

• 4 x 40mm polypropylene castors

• 35kg load capacity per dolly

Snap lock the dollies together


FD900Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

FD400Y

Handling & Lifting

Dollies

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Carpeted Dollies

Size L.W. Load Cap. Weight Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 2+

460.310 450 kg 5.5 kg FD400Y £40.80 £35.60

450.750 380 kg 8 kg FD750Y £46.60 £40.25

600.900 300 kg 10 kg FD900Y £63.95 £55.30

Plastic Platform Dolly

• Constructed from injection moulded,

lightweight & hygienic plastic

• Mobile on 4 x 80mm swivel plastic castors

• 3 colours available: blue, red & grey

- please specify when ordering


EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Easy carry handle

6 x PD502Y

Connect N Roll Dollies

Size L.W.H. Weight Code Pack Price (per pair) 10 Pack Price (per pair)

260.260.65 2 kg PD502Y £25.45 £20.45

H.D. Plastic Dolly


• Mobile on 4 x 75mm polypropylene swivel castors


Only

£89.70

PD350N

GI154Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Plastic Platform Dolly

Heavy Duty Plastic Dolly

14

Platform Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 3+

600.400.110 3.5 kg GI154Y £49.75 £38.40

Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

610.405.125 6 kg PD350N £89.70

Interconnecting Dollies

• Each pack consists of 2 dollies.

For a greater saving purchase

5 packs (10 dollies)

• Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies together



polypropylene castors

• 150kg load capacity per dolly

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PD638Y

Interconnecting Dollies

Size L.W.H. Weight Code Pack Price (per pair) 5 Pack Price (per pair)

485.380.85 5 kg PD638Y £66.70 £54.00

Heavy Duty Container Dolly

• Ideal for carrying 600 x 400mm containers. The

rim around the deck of the dolly helps to keep

the containers/boxes on the unit

• The unit incorporates a handy carry

handle & tow hook

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 75mm

polypropylene castors (2 braked)


Carried

Tow Hook

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PD665Y

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Handling & Lifting

Heavy Duty Container Dolly


670.460.145 5.5 kg PD665Y £75.15

Wooden Dolly

• Strong & durable MDF wood dolly with 4 anti-slip pads

• Mobile on 4 x 75mm polypropylene swivel castors


Dollies

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Only

£33.20

Anti-slip pads

Carried

PD663Y

Wooden Dolly


580.290.110 4 kg PD663Y £33.20

15

Plastic Platform Trolley



• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber castors

• Handle height of 825mm





• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

100mm rubber castors

• Available in 2 colours; red or blue

- specify when ordering



GI152Y

Folded

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Handling & Lifting

GI152Y

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered to you assembled

please quote code & price with order

• A modular system which comes complete with a

handle which can easily be removed to create a dolly

• Constructed from a re-inforced polypropylene deck

• Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean

• Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm low noise castors



EXPRESS DELIVERY


Platform Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

710.460.140 8.5 kg ASA / £15 GI152Y £69.35

Proplaz ® Connect

Trolley/Dolly

Assembly Available




Plastic Platform Trolleys

GI153Y


600 x 385 x 150 6 kg ASA / £15 GI153Y £61.20

• Constructed from injection moulded, lightweight & hygienic

plastic. The handle folds neatly into the recessed holes in

the platform enabling the unit to be used as a dolly

• The platform has integral carry handles

• GI920Y - mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 75mm castors

• GI921Y - mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors

Platform Trolleys

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PPU82Y with

handle removed

ProPlaz

Connect

®

GI921Y

Folded

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

16

PPU82Y

Assembly Available



Proplaz ® Connect Platform Trolley/Dolly


675.425.170 10 kg ASA / £15 PPU82Y £60.65

Assembly Available




GI921Y

Platform Size L.W.H. Cap. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

600.385.130 100kg 6 kg ASA / £15 GI920Y £50.90

710.453.160 150kg 7 kg ASA / £15 GI921Y £68.30

ProPlaz ®

box truck

From Only

£24.80

ProPlaz ®

box truck

GI042Y

GI040Y

GI041Y

BI045Y

Proplaz Folding Box Trucks

• Durable plastic construction

• Opens & folds in seconds

• Holds foolscap & lever arch/box files

(except the GI040Y which holds A4 files)

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Folding Box Trucks

Description Capacity Size H.W.D. Folded Size H.W.D. Int. Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price each 1+ Price each 3+

Blue & Yellow

25 kg 850.375.325 410.375.85 290.345.270 3 kg GI040Y £29.05 £25.80

35 kg

Folds to a depth

of just 85mm

Pink 35 kg 4 kg PI041Y £28.50 £24.80

990.460.390 470.460.85 350.395.330

Grey & Red with removable lid 35 kg 5 kg GI042Y £38.50 £35.25

PI041Y

4 kg GI041Y £35.00 £31.75

Black with compartment bag 35 kg 5 kg BI045Y £49.20 £44.75

‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

• Unique wheels which fold underneath the

platform when the handle is folded

• Plastic platform with integral carry handles

• Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720 / 820 / 920mm

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 100mm castors

• Folding box size open:

570L x 410W x 265Hmm

• Folding box size folded:

570L x 410W x 75Hmm


GI392Y carried

GI392Y folded

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Box folded

Handling & Lifting

Platform Trolleys

GI392Y folded

GI394Y

GI392Y handle recess

GI393Y

‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

Description Size - Open H.W.L. Size - Folded H.W.L. Handle Heights Weight Code Price

Platform Trolley

7 kg GI392Y £119.60

Platform Trolley with 1 x Removable Folding Box

920.410.680

80.410.680

720 / 820 / 920

(Trolley Only)

(Trolley Only)

(Trolley Only)

9 kg GI393Y £145.55

Platform Trolley with 2 x Removable Folding Boxes 11 kg GI394Y £169.50

17

‘Proplaz ® Blue’ Platform Trolleys

ProPlaz

Blue

®

PPU96Y

PPU95Y

Handling & Lifting

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Platform Trolleys

PPU23Y

Hinged Lid Top on the PPU24Y &

1/2 Drop Side on the PPU23Y & PPU24Y

Assembly Available



PPU24Y

Mechanism on the 1/2 Drop Side

18

Description

Platform Size

L.W.H.

‘Proplaz Blue’ Platform Trolleys

Handle

Height mm

Size between

shelves

Container

Size L.W.H.

Load

Capacity

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Platform Trolley - Small 720.490.170 860 - - 150 kg 10 kg ASA / £15 PPU81Y £91.75

Platform Trolley - Large 900.600.220 890 - - 300 kg 15 kg ASA / £15 PPU91Y £128.05

Two Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 465 - 300 kg 22.5 kg ASB / £20 PPU95Y £185.65

Three Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 208/208 - 300 kg 30 kg ASC / £25 PPU96Y £271.70

Two Tier Trolley with Wire Surround 900.600.730 920 465 - 300 kg 25 kg ASC / £25 PPU25Y £221.95

Mesh Truck with Open Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 880 - 860.560.500 300 kg 27 kg ASC / £25 PPU23Y £194.50

Mesh Truck with Hinged Lid Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 895 - 860.560.500 300 kg 29 kg ASC / £25 PPU24Y £239.25

Code

Price

‘Proplaz ® Blue’ Platform Trolleys

• Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene shelves

• Ideal for warehouses, offices, workshops, laboratories etc


• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm low noise

ProPlaz

castors (PPU81Y has 100mm castors)

Blue

®

PPU81Y Folded

From Only

£91.75

PPU91Y

Handling & Lifting

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Platform Trolleys

Anti-slip discs on

all platforms & shelves prevent

your goods from slipping

Strong sub-structure

on all units for greater

load capacity

PPU25Y

19

‘Proplaz ® Super Silent’ Platform Trolleys

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

Handling & Lifting

PPS97Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PPS98Y

Platform Trolleys

PPS43Y

Hinged Lid Top on the PPS44Y &

1/2 Drop Side on the PPS43Y & PPS44Y

Assembly Available



PPS44Y

Mechanism on the 1/2 Drop Side

20

Description

Platform Size

L.W.H.

‘Proplaz Super Silent’ Platform Trolleys

Handle

Height mm

Size between

shelves

Internal

Size L.W.H.

Load

Capacity

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Platform Trolley - Large 900.600.220 890 - - 300 kg 15 kg ASA / £15 PPS71Y £176.65

Two Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 465 - 300 kg 22.5 kg ASB / £20 PPS75Y £234.20

Three Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 208/208 - 300 kg 30 kg ASC / £25 PPS76Y £320.30

Two Tier Trolley with Wire Surround 900.600.730 920 465 - 300 kg 25 kg ASC / £25 PPS45Y £270.55

Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Ends 900.600.1000 1200 300/300 - 300 kg 30 kg ASC / £25 PPS97Y £314.45

Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Side & Ends 900.600.1000 1200 300/300 - 300 kg 31 kg ASC / £25 PPS98Y £348.15

Mesh Truck with Open Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 880 - 860.560.500 300 kg 27 kg ASC / £25 PPS43Y £243.10

Mesh Truck with Hinged Lid Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 895 - 860.560.500 300 kg 29 kg ASC / £25 PPS44Y £287.85

Code

Price

ProPlaz

Super Silent

®

The Proplaz ® Super Silent units are mobile on

superior smooth running rubber, silent castors.

4

4

4

Effortless manoeuvrability with minimal resistance

Non-conductive, water proof & wear resistant

REACH compliant, resistant to chemicals

& extreme temperatures

‘Proplaz ® Super Silent’ Platform Trolleys

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm ultra smooth silent castors

(PPS97Y & PPS98Y mobile on 4 swivel 125mm ultra smooth silent castors)

• Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene decks

• Ideal for hospitals, libraries, laboratories, offices, warehouses, workshops etc


£176.65

From Only

PPS71Y Folded

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Handling & Lifting

Anti-slip discs on

all platforms & shelves

prevent your goods

from slipping



load capacity

PPS71Y

Platform Trolleys

PPS75Y

PPS76Y

PPS45Y

21


• 3 position handle - upright for pushing,

angled for towing or flat for use as a dolly

• Manufactured from rugged structural foam plastic

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm

non marking rubber castors



HI914C as

a Dolly

Pro-Dek H.D. Platform Trolleys

with ‘QuietCastors’

• Heavy duty plastic trolleys with corner buffers

• Can be stacked 5 high for easy storage

• Complete with mechanism protectors

• GI918Y: mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

braked 100mm non-marking rubber

‘QuietCastors’. 200kg load capacity

• GI919Y: mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel

braked 125mm non-marking

rubber ‘QuietCastors’. 350kg load

capacity

HI914C - carried

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI918Y

folded

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

HI914C


Assembly Available



Plat. Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

790.500.150 11 kg ASA / £15 HI914C £123.40

Multi Position Trolley

• Manufactured from aluminium with a telescopic

handle & an expanding/contracting base

• Fits easily into a car boot/van

• Fully moulded plastic ends

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm castors


Size - Open

L.W.H.

GI918Y

Pro-Dek Heavy Duty Platform Trolleys

Size - Folded

L.W.H.

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available



Code

Price

740.468.930 740.468.274 8.5 kg ASA / £15 GI918Y £106.65

900.610.945 900.610.298 13 kg ASA / £15 GI919Y £149.15

Galvanised Platform Trolley

• Chrome handle with a galvanised deck

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors

• All round PVC buffer

• Platform height: 185mm


Platform Trolleys

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI111Y

GI064Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI111Y

Assembly Available



SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GI064Y

Assembly Available



22

Multi Position Trolley

Size - Open Size - Folded

Assembly

Weight

L.W.H.

L.W.H.

Code / Price

Code Price

760.440.930 570.440.240 8 kg ASA / £15 GI111Y £92.55

Galvanised Platform Trolley

Size - Open Size - Folded

Assembly

Weight

L.W.H.

L.W.H.

Code / Price

Code Price

880.590.860 880.590.330 25 kg ASB / £20 GI064Y £191.05

Deluxe Folding Trolleys

• Yellow foam covered handle for your comfort

• Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface

• High quality smooth running castors

• GIK02Y: 150kg load capacity

• GIK03Y: 300kg load capacity

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GIK02Y Folded

GIK02Y

Assembly Available



Folding Trolley

Deluxe Folding Trolleys

Size L.W.H. Wheels Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

740.482.830 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm polyurethane castors 9.5 kg ASA / £15 GIK02Y £75.40

914.620.870 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm polyurethane castors 16.5 kg ASA / £15 GIK03Y £111.45

• Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface

• GI102Y: 150kg load capacity

• GI103Y: 250kg load capacity

• Foldable handle

GIK03Y

Folding Trolley with

Large Wheels

• Black foam covered handle for your comfort

• Foldable handle makes this unit easy to store

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm pneumatic wheels


Handling & Lifting

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GI009P

Platform Trolleys

Assembly Available



Folding Trolleys

Size L.W.H. Wheels Weight

725.472.820

907.608.850

2 fixed & 2 swivel


2 fixed & 2 swivel


GI103Y

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

9.5 kg ASA / £15 GI102Y £58.95

16.5 kg ASA / £15 GI103Y £92.25

Size L.W.H.

GI009P

Folding Trolley with Large Wheels

Folded

Height

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available



Code

Price

870.560.900 300 22 kg ASB / £20 GI009P £172.05

23

Multi Position Foldaway Trolley

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

• Manufactured from aluminium with

a telescopic handle, plastic load

protectors & an expanding/

contracting base

• Fits easily into a car boot/van

• Corner buffers for added protection

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm castors

• Platform height: 160mm


GI001Y

Handling & Lifting

GI001Y

Assembly Available



GI001Y

Multi Position Foldaway Trolley

Size - Open L.W.H. Size - Folded L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

725.420.960 570.420.230 8.5 kg ASA / £15 GI001Y £71.85

Adjustable Height Trolleys

Platform & Shelf Trolleys

24

Assembly Available



Size L.W

Weight

GI942W


Assembly

Code / Price

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Code

Price

610.460 20 kg ASB / £20 GI942W £217.40

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Shelves are manufactured

from 20 gauge steel with smooth rounded edges for extra

strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel

• Top shelf is adjustable from 660 up to 1070mm in 100mm

increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked

• Available in 3 colours; red, blue or grey - specify when ordering


‘Proplaz ® Fold’ Folding Trolley

• A versatile & extremely useful folding

trolley manufactured with an aluminium

frame & polypropylene shelves

• Ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc

• Can be folded in one simple move -

ideal in areas where space is limited

• Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel

polypropylene castors (2 braked)

• Clearance between shelves: 300mm

• Shelf size: 560L x 370W mm

• 75kg load cap. (25kg per shelf U.D.L.)

Easy Fold

Mechanism

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

ProPlaz

Fold

®

CI583Y

Folded

CI583Y

Part Folded

‘Proplaz Fold’ Folding Trolley

Size L.W.H. Folded Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

430.670.850 430.200.1060 8 kg CI583Y £127.25

Steel Folding Trolley

• Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store

• Can be folded in one easy move

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked

• Size between shelves: 300mm

• 80kg load capacity (25kg per shelf U.D.L.

- 30kg U.D.L. on top shelf)

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

CI583Y

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

CI203Y

CI203Y

Steel Folding Trolley

Size L.W.H. Folded Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

580.450.890 580.100.1080 14 kg CI203Y £162.90

25

Proplaz ® Shelf Trolleys

ProPlaz

®

HI292Y

HI291Y

Handling & Lifting

LOCKABLE DRAWERS

& CUPBOARDS

Smooth running drawers on all units

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Shelf Trolleys

HI393Y with the

cupboard closed

Assembly Available



HI393Y with the

cupboard open

26

‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys

Description Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Load Capacity Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

750.460.940 560 150 kg 10 kg ASB / £20 HI275Y £122.40

2 Shelf Trolley

990.515.970 560 150 kg 15 kg ASB / £20 HI299Y £192.45

750.460.980 280/280 150 kg 13 kg ASB / £20 HI375Y £139.35

3 Shelf Trolley

990.515.1010 280/280 150 kg 21 kg ASB / £20 HI399Y £236.35

750.460.980 280/280 150 kg 15 kg ASC / £25 HI346Y £228.25

3 Shelf Trolley with high quality Plastic Sides

990.515.1010 280/280 150 kg 25 kg ASC / £25 HI351Y £286.40

2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 750.460.940 560 150 kg 16 kg ASC / £25 HI291Y £237.75

2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 750.460.940 560 150 kg 20 kg ASD / £30 HI292Y £308.30

3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard 750.460.980 280 150 kg 24 kg ASD / £30 HI393Y £342.70

Proplaz ® Shelf Trolleys

• High quality hardwearing black

plastic shelves with grey

aluminium uprights

• Ideal for warehouses,

garages, workshops,

laboratories etc

• Lightweight &

easy to clean


swivel castors (2

with brakes)

• HI291Y, HI292Y &

HI393Y incorporate

smooth running grey

drawers & model

HI393Y also has a black

plastic cupboard

£122.40

From Only

ProPlaz

ProPlaz ® 27

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

ALL SHELVES HAVE

RETENTION LIPS

ON 3 SIDES

HI375Y

Shelf Trolleys Handling & Lifting

HI275Y

HI351Y

HI346Y

Multi Purpose Trolleys

GI334L

Handling & Lifting

GI335L

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

FREE

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Shelf Trolleys

GI337L

Assembly Available



GI237L

28 30


Description Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Load Cap. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 610.458.840 660 150kg 8 kg ASB / £20 GI241L £122.75

3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 610.458.840 305 / 305 150 kg 11 kg ASB / £20 GI341L £142.45

2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 890.610.880 650 150 kg 16 kg ASB / £20 GI334L £206.35

3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 890.610.865 292 / 292 150 kg 22 kg ASB / £20 GI335L £257.35

2 Storage Trays - Black 610.460.980 660 150 kg 10.5 kg ASB / £20 GI927L £148.95

3 Storage Trays - Black 610.460.1000 305 / 305 150 kg 14 kg ASB / £20 GI937L £184.00

2 Storage Trays - Grey 610.460.980 660 150 kg 10.5 kg ASB / £20 GI627L £165.00

3 Storage Trays - Grey 610.460.1000 305 / 305 150 kg 14 kg ASB / £20 GI637L £209.30

2 Storage Trays - Black 920.640.960 635 175 kg 20 kg ASB / £20 GI237L £308.05

3 Storage Trays - Black 920.640.975 280 / 280 175 kg 24 kg ASC / £25 GI337L £412.10


• Super strong polyethylene trolleys

• Easy to clean & versatile -

will not rust, dent or chip

• Ideal for use in workshops,

storerooms, warehouses, chemical

& pharmaceutical industries

• Manufactured from non conductive

polyethylene which will not pass an

electrical current & is unaffected by

battery acid, solvents & solutions

• Depth of storage trays: 100mm

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking

rubber swivel castors, 2 braked

Optional Buckets

• Set of 2 buckets to suit “Super Strength”

Trolleys with Storage Trays

£122.75

From Only

GI241L

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Complete with

removable,

half open lids

*price applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.

Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Weight

kg

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Model

Price

229 x 356 x 260 2 GI004L £58.55

FREE

GI341L

Handling & Lifting

GI937L

GI627L

Shelf Trolleys

GI927L

GI637L

29

Plastic Service

Trolleys

• 70mm deep trays

• Heavy duty plastic construction

• Push/pull handle has integral

storage facility

• 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors


HI934C

HI935C

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available



SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Service Trolleys

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Description Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Tray Unit 950.440.850 18 kg ASC / £25 HI924C £186.00

3 Tray Unit 950.440.850 22 kg ASD / £30 HI934C £236.80

2 Tray Unit 1100.650.850 23 kg ASC / £25 HI925C £220.00

3 Tray Unit 1100.650.850 30 kg ASD / £30 HI935C £289.35

HI924C & HI934C Tool Handle

HI925C & HI935C Tool Handle



• Easy to clean & versatile - will not rust, dent or chip

• Manufactured from non conductive polyethylene

which will not pass an electrical current & is

unaffected by battery acid, solvents & solutions

• 4 x 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes

EXPRESS DELIVERY

FREE

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GI644L

Assembly Available



GI645L

30

Description


Size L.W.H.

Size between

shelves

Load

Cap.

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

3 Shelf Trolley (top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays) 610.460.970 300 / 300 150 kg 13 kg ASB / £20 GI644L £179.20

3 Shelf Trolley (top/bottom storage trays & middle flat shelf) 610.460.970 300 / 300 150 kg 13 kg ASB / £20 GI645L £189.50

Code

Price

‘Proplaz ® Plus’ Trolleys with Deep Trays

• High quality hardwearing

black plastic trays with

anodised aluminium uprights

• Ideal for warehouses,

garages, workshops,

laboratories etc

• Lightweight & easy to clean


swivel castors (2 with brakes)

• Tray depth of 100mm

• HIT32Y - comes complete with

buckets which attach to the

top shelf. Bucket sizes are:

200H x 350W x 240D mm &

470H x 350W x 240D mm


£150.80

From Only

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

HIT32Y

Shelf Trolleys

Handling & Lifting

HIT29Y

HIT31Y

Assembly Available



‘Proplaz ® Plus’ Trolleys with Deep Trays

Description Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Tray Trolley 870.490.990 553 10.5 kg ASB / £20 HIT29Y £150.80

3 Tray Trolley 870.490.1050 275/275 11.5 kg ASC / £25 HIT31Y £180.10

3 Tray Trolley (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100.490.1030 275/275 13.5 kg ASC / £25 HIT32Y £208.70

31

Shelf Trolleys

• Hygienic - easy to clean


• Plastic shelves with strong aluminium uprights

• HI424Y: 25mm lip on 3 sides & a 5mm rim on the other

• HI524Y: 25mm full lip surround

• Mobile on 4 swivel non-marking rubber castors

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

HYGIENIC & EASY

TO CLEAN

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

HI524Y

Shelf Trolleys

Optional buckets to fit above models

1 bucket at 332.232.172 & 1 bucket at 336.236.562

Grey Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available



Size L.W.H. Capacity Wheel size Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

850.420.910 100kg 75 8 kg ASB / £20 HI424Y £116.30

1030.510.960 120kg 100 19 kg ASB / £20 HI524Y £157.30

* price applicable when ordering with the trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

HI004Z £40.75*

HI424Y & HI004Z

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

• Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys

FREE

• Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean

• These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in offices,

schools, workshops, maintenance departments, storerooms etc

• Made from a non conductive material which is resistant to most substances

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm rubber non-marking swivel castors, 2 braked

• GI535L, GI536L, GI537L, GI538L &

GI544L are subject to availability


32

No of

Shelves

GI541L

Size

L.W.H.

Shelf Trolleys - Standard Range

Between

shelves

Assembly Available



Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

3 610.458.840 305 11 kg ASB / £20 GI541L £178.10

4 610.458.915 222 13 kg ASB / £20 GI542L £171.00

5 610.458.915 159 17 kg ASB / £20 GI543L £185.40

6 610.458.1143 159 19 kg ASC / £25 GI544L £192.10

GI543L

No of

Shelves

Size

L.W.H.

GI538L

Shelf Trolleys - Large Range

Between

shelves

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

2 890.610.880 650 16 kg ASB / £20 GI534L £259.10

3 890.610.865 292 22 kg ASB / £20 GI535L £233.60

4 813.610.915 203 24 kg ASB / £20 GI536L £261.15

5 813.610.1220 203 29 kg ASC / £25 GI537L £288.15

6 813.610.1423 203 34 kg ASD / £30 GI538L £324.15

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI402L

Assembly Available



Shelf Trolley


which are resistant to most substances

• Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip

• Ideal for use in storerooms,

warehouses etc

• Integral cup holder & tool

compartments in the handle

• 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked rubber

130mm plate fixing castors

FREE

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys


• Depth of storage trays: 63mm

• Easy to clean & versatile - will not rust, dent or chip • Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 braked

• Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses, chemical & pharmaceutical industries

• Non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & solutions

Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys

Description Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Storage Trays 895.457.920 571.510 kg ASB / £20 GI402L £186.35

3 Storage Trays 895.457.920 266 / 266 14 kg ASB / £20 GI403L £233.30

FREE

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI403L

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available



Shelf Trolley

Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

1155.622.838 558 17 kg ASB / £20 GI699L £251.05

GI699L

33

Service Trolleys with a Lockable Toolbox

FREE

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GI694L

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

GI695L

Assembly Available



• Super strong polyethylene trolleys complete with a lockable toolbox

(110mm deep) which can be secured to the top tray using the fixings provided

• Easy to clean & versatile - will not rust, dent or chip

• Mobile on 100mm non-marking swivel castors, 2 braked

• Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses,

chemical & pharmaceutical industries

• Manufactured from non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an

electrical current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & solutions

• Subject to availability

Service Trolleys with Lockable Toolbox

Description Size L.W.H. Size between shelves Load Cap. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Shelf Trolley with Toolbox 895.457.920 571.5 180 kg 22 kg ASB / £20

GI694L £181.95

3 Shelf Trolley with Toolbox 895.457.920 266 / 266 180 kg 26 kg ASB / £20

GI965L £208.45

Reversible Tray/Shelf

Trolleys

• Reversible shelves enable use as

either a smooth shelf or as a

tray with a surrounding lip

• The height of the centre shelf on

the 3 shelf model is adjustable



SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered to you

assembled please quote code & price with order

34

TI357Y

No of

Shelves

Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys

Size

L.W.H.

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

2 670.400.91017 kg ASC / £25 TI246Y £182.15

2 820.500.910 20 kg ASC / £25 TI257Y £206.35

3 670.400.910 20 kg ASC / £25 TI346Y £207.35

3 820.500.910 23.5 kg ASC / £25 TI357Y £252.55

‘Proplaz ® Blue’ Shelf Trolleys


• Ideal for warehouses, offices, workshops, labs etc


• 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors

ProPlaz

Blue

®

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PPU96Y

Description

Platform Size

L.W.H.

Economy Shelf Trucks

• Capable of holding 60kg (SWL) per shelf

• Choice of two or three shelf tiers

• Fitted with 4 swivel castors for

maximum mobility & ease of use

PPU95Y

‘Proplaz ® Blue’ Shelf Trolleys

Handle

Height mm

Size between

shelves

Load

Capacity

PPU25Y

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Assembly Available

To have the product delivered to you

assembled please quote code & price with order

Two Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 465 300 kg 22.5 kg ASB / £20 PPU95Y £185.65

Three Tier Trolley 900.600.730 930 208/208 300 kg 30 kg ASC / £25 PPU96Y £271.70

Two Tier Trolley with Wire Surround 900.600.730 920 465 300 kg 25 kg ASC / £25 PPU25Y £221.95

Code

• Powder coated in either dark blue, yellow or green

• 5 day options are available powder coded in dark blue,

order quantities may apply, please speak to the sales team

• Fully welded, robust steel construction

Price

Shelf Trolleys

Handling & Lifting

RTLD9649112B

RTLD9649113Y

PROMPT DELIVERY

Dark Blue Only

Colour Suffix

Please add suffix to the end of the code

Y

G

B

No of

Shelves

Economy Shelf Trucks

Size H.W.L. Code Price

2

RTLD9649112 £211.00

960.495.1100

3 RTLD9649113 £244.00

35

Shelf Trolleys

• Square tube frame with strong

15mm white melamine shelves



Workshop Trolleys

• 85mm deep sides on the shelves

• Easy to manoeuvre with a push/pull handle &

2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm rubber wheels


BST22Y

WI203Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

BST23Y

No of

Shelves

Shelf Trolleys

Size L.W.H. Bettween Shelves Weight Code Price

2

500 3 kg BST22Y £181.35

900.555.945

3 200 / 200 12 kg BST23Y £224.15

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

No of

Shelves

Workshop Trolleys

Size L.W.H. Shelf Heights Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Fort ® Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available



Code

Price

2

150 & 720 25 kg ASC / £25 WI202Y £159.00

1015.635.805

3 150, 435 & 720 32.5 kg ASD / £30 WI203Y £200.60

• These shelf trolleys are fitted with parking brakes in accordance

with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber tyred

castors (850 x 500mm base size has 160mm castors)


Shelf Trolleys

FT291H

FT282H

Fort ® Shelf Trolleys

No of

Shelves

Base Size: 850L x 500W

Overall Size:

990L x 500W x 980H

Shelf Heights: 240 (610) 980


Overall Size:

1140L x 600W x 1020H



Overall Size:

140L x 700W x 1020H



Overall Size:

1340L x 600W x 1020H



Overall Size:

1340L x 800W x 1020H


Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price

Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame

2 20 kg FT181H £419.85 23 kg FT281H £483.25 25 kg FT381H £522.65 26 kg FT481H £507.75 30 kg FT581H £569.15


Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame



Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame

36



Stainless Steel Trolleys

• Manufactured from grade 201 stainless steel

• Tray Size: 775L x 400W mm

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking

swivel braked castors


£198.05

From Only

SI803Y

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED



• Tray Size: 610L x 410W mm (30mm lip)

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking castors


EXPRESS DELIVERY

SI812Y


Assembly Available



No of Shelves Size L.W.H. Between shelves Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 - with rod surround 850.445.895 345 10 kg ASD / £30 SI812Y £202.60

3 850.445.895 260 14 kg ASD / £30 SI803Y £198.05

Stainless Steel Tray Trolley


• Tray Size: 775L x 400W mm (100mm tray depth)

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking braked castors


Handling & Lifting

Assembly Available



No of

Shelves

Size L.W.H.


Shelf

Heights

Weight

SI203Y

Assembly

Code / Price

SI202Y

Code

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Price

2 710.470.900 170 / 780 7 kg ASC / £25 SI202Y £237.80

3 710.470.900 170 / 475 / 780 8.5 kg ASD / £30 SI203Y £283.90

SI822Y

Assembly Available



Stainless Steel Trolley

No of Shelves Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 837.443.895 14 kg ASC / £25 SI822Y £211.75


37

Platform & Shelf Trucks

• Heavy duty veneer & shelves supported by a steel frame

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked rubber castors

• Strong & manoeuvrable

£122.25

From Only

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PI100Y

PI200Y

Handling & Lifting

PI205Y

PI208Y

PI207Y

PI302Y

PI305Y


38

PI306Y

PI307Y


Assembly Available



Description Platform Size Handle Height Wheel Size Load Cap Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

Single Bar End 990.490 900 100 250 kg 12.5 kg ASC / £25 PI100Y £122.25

Single Bar End 1000.700 810 200 500 kg 28 kg ASC / £25 PI200Y £204.95

4 Corner Uprights 1000.700 900 200 500 kg 27.5 kg ASC / £25 PI205Y £236.55

2 Tubular Bar Sides 1000.700 820 200 500 kg 35.5 kg ASC / £25 PI207Y £250.10

4 Plywood 1/2 Sides - 250mm Depth 850.500 880 150 300 kg 25.5 kg ASC / £25 PI208Y £223.40

2 Shelf 1000.600 890 125 250 kg 31.5 kg ASC / £25 PI302Y £224.95

3 Shelf 1000.600 890 125 250 kg 36.5 kg ASC / £25 PI303Y £249.20

2 Shelf - Push Handle 940.695 940 200 500 kg 41.5 kg ASC / £25 PI305Y £284.90

3 Shelf - Push Handle 940.695 965 200 500 kg 53 kg ASD / £30 PI306Y £331.55

2 Shelf - Tubular End 940.695 1050 150 400 kg 41 kg ASC / £25 PI304Y £286.50

2 Shelf with 60mm Lip Surround 1000.600 910 125 250 kg 36 kg ASC / £25 PI307Y £240.50

PI304Y

Platform Trucks with Sides & Ends

• Sides, ends & deck are supported by a steel frame

• Super quality heavy duty veneer deck finish

• Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked, steel centred 200mm rubber castors


SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Heavy Duty Veneer Finish

Heavy Duty Braked Castors

£250.70

From Only

PI801H

PI802H

PI811H

PI804H

PI806H

Handling & Lifting

PI813H

Assembly Available



Description Platform Size Weight

PI803H

Platform Trucks

Assembly

Code / Price

Mesh Sides & Ends

PI814H

Veneer Sides & Ends

Code Price Code Price

Single End 1000.700 35 kg ASD / £30 PI801H £250.70 PI811H £250.70

2 Ends 1000.700 41 kg ASD / £30 PI802H £275.50 PI812H £275.50

2 Sides 1000.700 43 kg ASD / £30 PI806H £305.25 PI816H £305.25

3 Sides 1000.700 44 kg ASE / £35 PI803H £302.95 PI813H £302.95


Single End 1200.800 38 kg ASD / £30 PI821H £270.10 PI831H £270.10

2 Ends 1200.800 44 kg ASD / £30 PI822H £308.65 PI832H £308.65

2 Sides 1200.800 46 kg ASD / £30 PI826H £332.25 PI836H £332.25



Platform Trucks

39

Fort® Platform Trucks with Plywood Deck

• These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance





FB300H

£287.55

From Only

FT311H

FT306H

Handling & Lifting

FT301H

FT302H

FT313H

FT312H

FT303H

Platform Trucks

40

FT307H

Description


Overall Size:

990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height: 240

FT304H

Fort® Platform Trucks


Overall Size:

1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height: 280

FT314H


Overall Size:

1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height: 280


Overall Size:

1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height: 280

FT305H


Overall Size:

1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height: 280

Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price

Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frames

Base Only FB100H £287.55 FB200H £319.65 FB300H £339.35 FB400H £332.50 FB500H £363.40

Single Bar End FT100H £324.95 FT200H £366.65 FT300H £388.25 FT400H £383.10 FT500H £416.95

2 Bar Sides FT106H £363.55 FT206H £406.55 FT306H £429.35 FT406H £422.95 FT506H £459.75

Adjustable Board Trolley - - - - FT307H £468.10 FT407H £461.80 FT507H £496.55

Plywood Deck Units with Plywood Sides & Ends in a Tubular Steel Frame

Single Plywood End FT111H £345.30 FT211H £380.05 FT311H £404.25 FT411H £391.90 FT511H £431.05

Double Plywood End FT112H £403.05 FT212H £441.30 FT312H £469.90 FT412H £453.45 FT512H £500.70

3 Plywood Sides FT113H £393.30 FT213H £481.25 FT313H £509.75 FT413H £494.65 FT513H £542.05

4 Plywood Sides FT114H £420.25 FT214H £521.40 FT314H £549.75 FT414H £536.05 FT514H £583.25

Plywood Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Steel Frame

Single Mesh End FT101H £346.70 FT201H £392.80 FT301H £417.95 FT401H £409.10 FT501H £448.15

Double Mesh End FT102H £406.40 FT202H £458.50 FT302H £488.50 FT402H £474.80 FT502H £521.85

3 Mesh Sides FT103H £450.95 FT203H £514.15 FT303H £544.25 FT403H £534.30 FT503H £581.10


4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 drop gate FT105H £524.80 FT205H £600.85 FT305H £630.80 FT405H £624.40 FT505H £671.50

Fort® Platform Trucks with Phenolic or

Galvanised Decks

• These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance





£324.85

From Only

FT346H

FT347H

FT331H

FT342H

FT333H

FT332H

FT343H

FT320H

FT334H

FT325H

FT344H

Handling & Lifting

Fort® Platform Trucks

Description


Size: 990L x 500W x 980H

Base Height: 240


Size: 1140L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height: 280


Size: 1140L x 700W x 1020H

Base Height: 280


Size: 1340L x 600W x 1020H

Base Height: 280


Size: 1340L x 800W x 1020H

Base Height: 280


Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame





4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 drop side FT125H £564.20 FT225H £648.35 FT325H £695.00 FT425H £670.90 FT525H £734.40

Phenolic Deck Units with Phenolic Sides & Ends in a Tubular Steel Frame

Single Phenolic End FT131H £399.90 FT231H £460.30 FT331H £497.85 FT431H £475.80 FT531H £540.55

Double Phenolic End FT132H £475.05 FT232H £545.70 FT332H £584.45 FT432H £563.60 FT532H £643.60

3 Phenolic Sides FT133H £488.60 FT233H £642.95 FT333H £681.85 FT433H £659.60 FT533H £742.05

4 Phenolic Sides FT134H £545.85 FT234H £740.55 FT334H £779.40 FT434H £758.00 FT534H £840.30

Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frames





Galvanised Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Steel Frame

Single Mesh End FT141H £422.75 FT241H £473.60 FT341H £526.60 FT441H £489.30 FT541H £556.40

Double Mesh End FT142H £482.30 FT242H £539.35 FT342H £597.40 FT442H £555.05 FT542H £629.95



4 Mesh Sides & 1/2 drop side FT145H £602.55 FT245H £681.55 FT345H £739.65 FT445H £704.50 FT545H £779.40

Platform Trucks

41

Handling & Lifting

Mobile Maintenance Trucks

Truck Truck Colour Colour

Cupboard Cupboard && Drawer Drawer

BL

Please Please add add suffix suffix to the to the end end of the of code the code

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys - Steel Worktop

Size H.W.D Option Code Price

1050.900.600

Cupboard

RTCS109060S £481.00

1050.1200.600

& Side Shelf

RTCS101260S £507.00

1050.900.600

Drawer &

RTDS109060S £443.00

1050.1200.600

3 Shelves

RTDS101260S £469.00

1050.900.600 Double Cupboard R2CS109060S £559.00

L

£225.00

From Only

B

EXPRESS DELIVERY

* Only Available In Blue

Platform Trucks

Ideal for mobile

maintenance stations

and for mobile fitting and

assembly work. Available

with cupboard or drawer

for secure storage of tools

and equipment.

• Lockable drawers and

cupboards.

• Recessed steel top.

• Durable welded steel

construction.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2

swivel heavy duty castors.

• Powder coated light grey

frame with blue cupboard

and drawer front.

• Available with either

steel plate or MDF worktop.

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys - MDF Worktop


1050.900.600

Cupboard

RTCS109060M £507.00

1050.1200.600

& Side Shelf

RTCS101260M £533.00

1050.900.600

Drawer &

RTDS109060M £469.00

1050.1200.600

3 Shelves

RTDS101260M £494.00

1050.900.600 Double Cupboard R2CS109060M £584.00

These quality hand trucks are available in single

or twin handle designs and are ideal for general

commercial use.

• Available with open, mesh or plywood sides.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel heavy duty castors.

• Fully welded construction.

• Order quantities may apply, please speak to the sales

team.

Platform Trolleys

42

LXX

Frame Colour Options


BXX

GXX

Single Handle Platform Trucks - Open End

Size H.W.L Code Price

1050.600.900 RTPTS690O* £309.00

1050.600.1200 RTPTS612O* £333.00

* Express Delivery Available

Single Handle Platform Trucks - Plywood Panel


1050.600.900 RTPTS690C £333.00

1050.600.1200 RTPTS612C £357.00

Single Handle Platform Trucks - Mesh End

YXX


1050.600.900 RTPTS690M £225.00

1050.600.1200 RTPTS612M £246.00

Twin Handle Platform Trucks - Open End


1050.600.900 RTPTD690O £332.00

1050.600.1200 RTPTD612O £355.00

Twin Handle Platform Trucks - Plywood Panels


1050.600.900 RTPTD690C £388.00

1050.600.1200 RTPTD612C £411.00

Twin Handle Platform Trucks - Mesh End


1050.600.900 RTBT2690M £258.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT2612M £284.00

Mailroom Trolleys

Our range of parcel trucks offer an easy and

convenient way to transport post and packages

around the workplace.

Supplied with easily removable side panels to aid

loading and unloading. 3 and a half sided trucks are

supplied with convenient storage tray. Manufactured

from strong tubular steel with reinforced base for

durability.

£445.00

From Only

• Trolleys supplied with 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors. Swivel/

Brake option also available.

• Tough durable powder coated finish.


• UK manufactured.

• Designed for doorways and narrow aisle access.

Trolley with Half Side


1050.600.900 RTMR3569MLXX £470.00

1050.600.1200 RTMR3561MLXX £495.00

Trolley with Full Side


1050.600.900 RTMR4690MLXX £445.00

1050.600.1200 RTMR4612MLXX £470.00

Mesh & Plywood Trolleys

Hand trucks with half or fully closed sides for load

retention and safety. Available with plywood or steel

mesh sides.

• Designed for doorway and narrow aisle access.

• Removable long side panels.

• 350kg capacity UDL.




BXX

GXX

3 Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides

Size H.W.D. Code Price

1050.600.900 RTBT3690P £478.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT3612P £519.00

3 Sided Trucks - Mesh Sides

YXX


1050.600.900 RTBT3690M £494.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT3612M £543.00

3 and a Half Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides


1050.600.900 RTBT3569P £496.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT3561P £538.00

Handling & Lifting

Platform Trolleys

4 Sided Trucks - Mesh Sides


1050.600.900 RTBT4690M £555.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT4612M £615.00

3 and a Half Sided Trucks - Mesh Sides


1050.600.900 RTBT3569M £520.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT3561M £570.00

4 Sided Trucks - Plywood Sides


1050.600.900 RTBT4690P £520.00

1050.600.1200 RTBT4612P £568.00

43

Wire Mesh Truck

• Manufactured from 40mm mesh with a 1/2 drop down front

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 125mm castors


PROMPT DELIVERY

3 Way Convertible Trolley

• Versatile trolley constructed in tubular steel with

sides & base of white melamine faced chipboard

• Trolley sides can be pivoted to form one or two shelves

• Shelf & base size: 990L x 585W mm



GC8743 - position 1

GIS73M

Handling & Lifting

Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available

SOME ASSEMBLY


REQUIRED please quote code & price with order

GC8743 - position 2

Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Weight

Wire Mesh Truck

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

1155.615.905 840.545.520 24 kg ASD / £30 GIS73M £376.45

3 Way Convertible Trolley

Size L.W.H. Int Size L.W.H. Wheels Weight Code Price

1070.610.910 990.560.585 Nylon 35 kg GC8733 £630.80

1070.610.910 990.560.585 Cushion 35 kg GC8743 £630.80

Shelf Trucks

Hand trucks with multi-shelf storage for

general commercial & heavy duty use. Ideal for storage

of work in progress & for transporting between areas

• Recessed steel shelves for load retention


• Fully welded construction

• Choice of 2 or 3 shelves

• 5 day options are available powder coded

in dark blue, order quantities may apply, please

speak to the sales team

• Colour options available include;

dark blue, green and yellow

Please add colour suffix to

the end of the code

L

B

G

Y

GC8743 - position 3

PROMPT DELIVERY

Dark Blue Only in sizes of

1050.900.600 in 2 and 3 tier

Shelf Trucks

Description Size H.W.D. Code Price

2 Shelf

1050.900.600 RTTST90602 £455.00

1050.1200.600 RTTST12602 £533.00

3 Shelf

1050.900.600 RTST90603S £492.00

1050.1200.600 RTST12603S £575.00

RTTST90603MB

3 Shelf

with Mesh

1050.900.600 RTTST90603M £518.00

1050.1200.600 RTTST12603M £600.00

4 Shelf

1220.900.600 RTST1290604 £530.00

1220.1200.600 RTST1212604 £626.00

44

RTST1290605B

5 Shelf

1500.900.600 RTST1290605 £575.00

1500.1200.600 RTST1212605 £662.00

Proplaz® Blue Security Trolleys


• Ideal for warehouses, offices, workshops, laboratories etc


• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 130mm low noise castors

ProPlaz ®

Blue

PPU23Y

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Hinged Lid Top on the

PPU24Y & 1/2 Drop Side on

the PPU23Y & PPU24Y

Description



load capacity

Proplaz® Blue Security Trolleys

Platform Size

L.W.H.

Internal

Size L.W.H.

Load

Capacity

Security Trolleys

• Lockable lid for full security

• Half drop front for easy access

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber castors

• GIS71M: 50 x 50mm mesh sides & half hinged lid which

provides easy access & visibility of goods

• GIS72S: anti close mechanism on the lid

which keeps the lid in position whilst in use


anti close mechanism

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Mesh Truck with Open Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 860.560.500 300 kg 27 kg ASC / £25 PPU23Y £194.50

Mesh Truck with Hinged Lid Top & ½ Drop Side 900.600.210 860.560.500 300 kg 29 kg ASC / £25 PPU24Y £239.25

PPU24Y

Assembly Available



Code

Price

Handling & Lifting

Security Trolleys

GIS71M

GIS72S

key locking mechanism

Security Trolleys

Description Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

Mesh with Timber Deck 1000.700.800 81 kg GIS71M £533.30

Solid with Timber Deck 1000.700.800 103 kg GIS72S £595.25

45

GC058Y in Red

From Only

£204.80

From Only

Handling & Lifting

GC051Y

Clever Folding Trolley

• 40kg load capacity on the bottom tray (20kg on the top tray)

• Manufactured to the recognised European GS Standard

• Manufactured from injection moulded plastic & anodised aluminium

• Folded size: 110L x 470W x 670H mm

GC058Y in Black

Order Picking Trolleys

46

EXPRESS DELIVERY

From

This

COMPLETE

WITH A

FOLDING BOX

To This

Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push

the green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply

strap the box into the top tray using the safety straps & you’re ready to go....

the unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels

Clever Folding Trolley

Description Colour Size L.W.H. Code Price

Clever Trolley -

c/w 1 folding box

Green 890.550.1030 GC051Y £204.80

Red or Black 890.550.1030 GC058Y £209.85

Extra folding box 525.375.280 525.375.280 GC055Z £25.40*

* price applicable when ordering with the GC051Y. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

GC051Y

Proplaz ® Clever Folding Trolley

• Load capacity: 25kg on top tray

45kg on bottom tray

• Manufactured from injection moulded

plastic & anodised aluminium

• Folding boxes are stackable & are kept securely

in place by male & female connectors

• Folding box has a capacity of 46 litres

• Folding boxes can be stacked up to 4 high

• Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110D mm

ProPlaz ®

clever trolley

£184.40

From Only

EXPRESS DELIVERY

2 x GC066Z

Handling & Lifting

Brake Mechanism

Box Fixing Mechanism

Folding Box Male & Female Connectors

GC062Y

FROM THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS


Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the blue button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply

strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.

‘Proplaz®’ Clever Folding Trolley

Description Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

Clever Trolley - c/w 1 folding box 890.550.1030 10 kg GC062Y £184.40

Extra folding box 525.375.280 1.5 kg GC066Z £22.95

* price applicable when ordering with the GC062Y. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

47

Hazardous Boxwell Trolleys

£571.00

From Only

Handling & Lifting

Distribution Trucks

48

These Hazardous Boxwell Trolleys are ideal for

transport and storage of parts and equipment. Used

for the safe and secure storage of valuable and

hazardous items between storage, production and

work areas.

• Available with or without fitted doors.

• 2 adjustable plywood or steel shelves - 100kg UDL load

capacity per shelf.

• 500kg maximum load capacity.


• Pressed metal top and base for strength.

Hazardous Boxwell Trolleys - Without Doors

Size H.W.D Shelf Option Code Price

1355.900.600

1655.900.600

1955.900.600

1355.1200.600

1655.1200.600

1955.1200.600

Extra Shelf

900.600

Extra Shelf

1200.600

Plywood XW139060HZPY £601.00

Steel XW139060HZMY £571.00











Plywood XWES9060PBXX £60.00

Steel XWES9060MYX £50.00

Plywood XWES1260PBYX £62.00


Hazardous Boxwell Trolleys - With Doors


1355.900.600

Plywood XD139060HZPY £740.00

Steel XD139060HZMY £712.00

1655.900.600



1955.900.600



1355.1200.600



1655.1200.600



1955.1200.600



Extra Shelf

Plywood XWES9060PBXX £60.00

900.600


Extra Shelf

Plywood XWES1260PBYX £62.00

1200.600


Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks with Steel Shelves

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

DT403Y

£464.85

From Only

• Available with or without lockable doors


• DT403Y & DT401Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional

2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights


3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights

• 50kg load capacity per shelf & 500kg maximum load capacity

Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks with Steel Shelves

Description Base/Shelf Size Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1490mm high

Without Doors 860.620 900.650.1490 54 kg ASF / £40 DT403Y £464.85

With Lockable Doors 860.620 900.650.1490 68 kg ASF / £40 DT401Y £499.15

Large Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1790mm high

DT701Y & 3 x DTS07S



Optional Shelves (must be ordered with a Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)

Assembly Available



Optional Shelves to suit the DT403Y or DT401Y - Shelf Size: 860W.620Dmm DTS04S £59.65


Distribution Trucks Handling & Lifting

49

Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks

DT603Y

Handling & Lifting

DT603Y & 2 x DTS06S

DT601Y & 2 x DTS06S

Distribution Trucks


DT903Y & 3 x DTS09S DT903Y DT901Y

50



£456.80

From Only

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

DT601Y

• Available with or without lockable doors



2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights


3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights

• 30kg load capacity per shelf & 500kg maximum load capacity


Description Base/Shelf Size Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price





DT901Y & 3 x DTS09S



Optional Shelves (must be ordered with a Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)

Assembly Available





Distribution Trucks Handling & Lifting

51

Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks

• Ideal for use in factories, warehouses etc

• Unit comes with 1 shelf but can hold a further 2 shelves

(optional extras & must be ordered with the Shelf Trucks)


• Heavy duty removable veneer shelves

• 30kg load capacity per shelf

• 300kg maximum load capacity

£460.75

From Only

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Heavy duty veneer finish

Handling & Lifting

Distribution Trucks

52

DT809Y & 2 x DTS08S

XW169060PLXX

XD139060MLXX

Boxwell - Extra Shelves

Size W.D Shelf Option Code Price

Plywood XWES9060P £60.00

900.600

Steel XWES9060M £50.00

Boxwell - Mobile Storage Shelving


Plywood XW139060P £569.00

1355.900.600

Steel XW139060M £539.00


1655.900.600

Steel XW169060M £570.00


1955.900.600

Steel XW199060M £595.00

Description

DT809Y

Assembly Available



Base /

Shelf Size

Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks

Size L.W.H.

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Heavy duty

braked castors

Code

Price

Shelf Truck 960.660 1035.705.1750 52.5 kg ASF / £40 DT809Y £460.75

Shelf Truck 1160.760 1235.805.1750 57 kg ASF / £40 DT810Y £500.80

Optional Shelf 960.660 - 12 kg - DTS08S £45.35

Optional Shelf 1160.760 - 13.5 kg - DTS10S £46.90

Boxwell

Mobile shelving & transportation system for

warehouses, workshop storage & work in transit

• Available with or without fitted doors

• 2 adjustable plywood or steel shelves -

100kg UDL load capacity per shelf

• 500kg maximum load capacity

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel heavy duty castors

Please add

colour suffix to

the end of

the code

UXX

GXX

BXX

LXX

RXX

XD199060MBXX

Boxwell - Mobile Storage Shelving with Doors


1355.900.600

1655.900.600

1955.900.600

XW199060MGXX

Plywood XD139060P £708.00

Steel XD139060M £680.00


Steel XD169060M £717.00


Steel XD199060M £754.00

Storage Vault Cabinets

£722.20

From Only

DC20PH

DC10PS

Handling & Lifting

• Fully welded construction for heavy duty use (complete

with handles on the mobile units which are bolt-on)

• Exterior grade plywood shelves with steel

surround for edge protection. Shelves are

centrally positioned within the unit

• Static units are movable with a pallet truck

• Mobile units are fitted with 2 fixed & 2 swivel

braked 200mm castors (125mm on DC5’s)

• Complete with hasp & staple lock with

padlock facility (padlock not included)

• Extra shelves are available - call for details.

• 500kg load capacity (300kg on the DC5’s)

Static Units

DC30PH

Mobile Units

DC51PY

Distribution Trucks

Size

Storage Vault

Cabinets

Storage Vault

Cabinets with 1 Shelf

L.W.H.

Wt Code Price Wt Code Price

1090.730.1380 107 DC20PS £733.05 123 DC21PS £805.00

1090.830.1180 110 DC40PS £733.65 126 DC41PS £806.10

1290.730.1180 110 DC30PS £734.55 126 DC31PS £808.05

1290.830.1380 112 DC10PS £771.70 128 DC11PS £845.85

1310.535.1060 108 DC50PS £722.20 124 DC51PS £787.80

Size

Storage Vault

Cabinets

Storage Vault

Cabinets with 1 Shelf

L.W.H.

Wt Code Price Wt Code Price

1090.730.1460 109 DC20PH £769.30 125 DC21PH £841.25

1090.830.1260 112 DC40PH £769.90 128 DC41PH £842.35

1290.730.1260 112 DC30PH £770.80 128 DC31PH £844.35

1290.830.1460 114 DC10PH £807.95 130 DC11PH £880.65

1310.535.1060 110 DC50PY £727.15 126 DC51PY £792.80

53

Folding Shelf Trucks

• Folding shelves & ends enable these

units to fold flat for compact storage

• Tubular steel construction with steel shelves

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel, 2 braked, rubber castors


CI9002 Folded

Handling & Lifting

Bolt which holds

shelf in position

Folding Shelf Trucks

CI9002

No of Shelves Size L.W.H. Folded Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

2 850.460.1040 850.150.1040 19.5 kg CI9002 £196.50

3 850.460.1502 850.180.1502 28 kg CI9003 £239.15

Heavy Duty Roll Container

• 3 tubular sides & sheet steel base

• Rigidity bar when the unit is open

• Nestable units - ideal where space is limited

• Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 150mm rubber castors


EXPRESS DELIVERY

CI9003

Distribution Trucks

Rigidity Bar

£287.65

From Only

RI2003 - ready for nesting

Heavy Duty Roll Container

54


800.600.1690 42 kg RI2003 £287.65

RI2003

Plastic Base Nestable Roll Containers

• Bright zinc electroplated finish with heavy duty plastic bases

• PBR2725: on this model the front gate opens through 270º

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors with roller bearings)

• 3 base colours available: red, purple or blue - please specify when ordering

PROMPT DELIVERY

PBR2723

PBR2725

(comes with 1 Shelf)

Handling & Lifting

Heavy duty plastic base

£212.20

From Only

Distribution Trucks

PBR2723 - ready

to be nested

3 x PBR2725

Nested

External Size

Internal

3 Sided Security (50 x 50mm Mesh) Wire Shelf to Suit (Factory Fitted

L.W.H.

Height

Code Price Code Price Code Price

735.850.1690 1430 PBR2723 £212.20 PBR2725 £261.55 RC7383 £16.55

55

Demountable Roll Containers

• Bright zinc electroplated finish

• Re-inforced wire base

• Hygienic - steam clean

or pressure wash

• Detachable rod infil

sides for easy storage


100mm nylon castors


Handling & Lifting

RB1692

RB1694

RB1693

Demountable Roll Containers

Ext. Size

Internal

2 Sided & Straps 3 Sided 4 Sided (1/2 drop side) Security (50x50mm mesh)

L.W.H

Height

Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price

715.800.1520 1360 RB1522 £150.15 RB1523 £175.65 RB1524 £212.15 - -

715.800.1690 1530 RB1692 £157.15 RB1693 £182.95 RB1694 £218.95 - -

715.800.1815 1630 RB1812 £160.95 RB1813 £187.50 RB1814 £223.50 - -

715.800.1830 1640 - - - - - - RB1835 £421.40

Shelf to suit above rolcontainers - 715 x 800mm (factory fitted) RC7180 £16.65

‘A’ Type Nestable Roll Containers

• Bright zinc electroplated finish • RB1725: on this model the front gate opens through 270º

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors with roller bearings • 500kg load capacity • Re-inforced wire base

Distribution Trucks

RB1723

Units nesting

RB1725 & RC7383

56

‘A’ Type Nestable Roll Containers

Ext. Size

Internal

3 Sided 4 Sided Security (50x50mm mesh) Shelf to Suit (factory fitted)

L.W.H

Height


735.830.1720 1430 RB1723 £191.80 RB1724 £215.95 RB1725 £241.05 RC7383 £16.65

Security Trolleys

• Wire shelf security enclosure

complete with 2 height

adjustable shelves - ideal

for securely storing items

but ensuring goods

are easily viewed

• Deep shelves for extra

capacity & stability

• Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm

rubber castors, 2 braked

• Complete with hasp & staple

facility (padlock not included)

• 350kg load capacity (80kg

per shelf U.D.L.)

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

DEEP SHELVES

FOR EXTRA

CAPACITY & STABILITY

Assembly Available



Chrome Wire Distribution Trucks

Description Size H.W.D. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

Small Unit 1750.910.650 61 kg ASF / £40 SW091Y £539.10

Large Unit 1750.1220.650 73 kg ASF / £40 SW092Y £569.50

Wire Mesh Trolley

• Wire shelf trolley complete with

4 height adjustable shelves - ideal

for storing items but ensuring

goods are easily viewed

• Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm

rubber castors, 2 braked

• 320kg load capacity (80kg

per shelf U.D.L.)

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

4 HIGH QUALITY

CHROME WIRE

BASKET SHELVES

SW092Y

Handling & Lifting

Distribution Trucks

Assembly Available



Wire Mesh Trolleys

Overall Size H.W.D. Basket Size H.W.D. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

1750.910.460 135.910.460 22 kg ASD / £30 SW491Y £230.75

SW491Y

53 57

Tip-A-Trucks

• Unique tipping action - the trucks easily tip when

lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents

• Large wheels give these units a smooth

ride over rough & uneven terrain

• The easy to clean polyethylene body is

supported by a strong & durable steel frame

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

TI207B

Handling & Lifting

Hand Drawn Trucks

Unique Tipping Action

As the unit is tipped, the wheels slide

to the middle of the unit, giving you

a greater degree of stability when

emptying. The locking mechanism

keeps the easy clean polyethylene body

from tipping, controlled by an easy

release mechanism

Plastic Platform Truck


pneumatic wheels

• Body height: 575mm


TI204B

Load

Cap.

TI208B

Cap.

Size L.W.H.

Tip-A-Trucks

Wheel

Size

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

200 kg 80 Litres 1150.500.470 250mm 17 kg ASC / £25 TI207B £153.35

400 kg 125 Litres 1180.580.630 300mm 25 kg ASC / £25 TI208B £206.35

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Assembly Available



H.D. Dry Wall Board Trolley

• Ideal for a vast range of boards from

doors, fences, drywall & large sheet panels

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm heavy duty castors


PROMPT DELIVERY

Assembly Available



EXPRESS DELIVERY

DWT80Y

58

Frame Size

L.W.H.

Handle

Height

Plastic Platform Truck

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

1170.760.229 1090 29 kg ASC / £25 TI204B £237.70

H.D. Dry Wall Board Trolley

Size L.W.H. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

1190.575.990 44 kg ASD / £30 DWT80Y £299.95

Large Container Carrier

• Complete with 4 nesting containers

External size: 520L x 350W x 200H mm

Internal size: 440L x 315W x 195H mm

• Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber castors


Distribution Container Carrier

• Complete with 2 attached lid containers

External size: 594L x 394W x 315H mm

Internal size: 510L x 338W x 280H mm



PROMPT DELIVERY

GC4112

Large Container Carrier complete with 4 x Containers

Size L.W.H. Trolley Weight Code Price

1010.570.990 12 kg GC4112 £372.90

WS5603

Distribution Container Carrier complete with 2 x Containers

Size L.W.H. Trolley Weight Code Price

1060.450.1000 13 kg GC4113 £386.75

Fort

® Order Picking Trolleys

• Ergonomically designed handrails

positioned 580mm higher than the top

step for increased safety & comfort

• Top step size: 350W x 210D x 720Hmm

• Sprung loaded steps with ribbed rubber treads

• Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel rubber tyred castors

• Tray size: 780L x 470Wmm


WS5613

GC4113

Ergonomic

Handles

Sprung loaded

steps

Handling & Lifting



No of Trays No of Steps Tray Material Size H.W.L. Shelf Heights Weight Code Price

2 3 Steel 1320.520.1320 200 / 1000 29 kg WS5602 £448.80

3 3 Steel 1320.520.1320 200 / 600 / 1000 40 kg WS5603 £495.00

2 3 Plywood 1320.520.1320 200 / 1000 28 kg WS5612 £459.75

3 3 Plywood 1320.520.1320 200 / 600 / 1000 39 kg WS5613 £511.75

59

General Purpose Trucks with REACH Compliant Wheels

• General Purpose Trucks with either mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base

• Mobile on 340mm REACH compliant pneumatic steel centred wheels

• Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) & ends interlock together


PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Handling & Lifting

i

Information

UNITS AVAILABLE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

TI205R

GENERAL PURPOSE

TRUCKS IDEAL FOR USE

THROUGHOUT INDUSTRY

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS





production & use




& the environment

Hand Drawn Trucks

60

Description

Platform

Size L.W.H.

General Purpose Trucks

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price


REACH

Compliant Wheels

TI216R

REACH Compliant

Puncture Proof Wheels


Mesh Base 1200.600.360 26 kg ASE / £35 TI212R £189.20 TI222R £293.05

Plywood Base 1200.600.360 30 kg ASE / £35 TI216R £210.15 TI226R £314.85

General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends

Mesh Base 1200.600.360 32 kg ASF / £40 TI201R £218.00 TI231R £321.80

Plywood Base 1200.600.360 36 kg ASF / £40 TI205R £238.55 TI235R £343.25

Assembly Available



General Purpose Trucks with REACH Compliant Wheels

From Only

£189.20

i

Information

TI212R

UNITS AVAILABLE

WITH PUNCTURE

PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET

YOU DOWN”

FOR HEAVY DUTY USE

WITH A MASSIVE

400KG LOAD CAP.

Handling & Lifting

Hand Drawn Trucks

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

TI201R

61

H.D. Turntable Trucks

• Mobile on 250mm heavy duty rubber wheels with steel centres

• TI802B & TI801B incorporate a heavy duty handle

operated parking brake. Simply lift the handle up

& it operates the stoppers on the wheels

• Handle height: 1070mm

• 180mm fixed ends & hinged sides


SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Hard wearing veneer finish

TI801B

Handling & Lifting

Hand Drawn Trucks

Description Plat. Size L.W.H. Weight

TI802B

H.D. Turntable Trucks

Assembly

Code / Price

Standard Unit

Handle operated parking brake

Units with Brake


Flat Deck Unit 1250.700.335 65 kg ASF / £40 TI812B £468.10 TI802B £490.90

4 Sided Unit 1250.700.335 86 kg ASF / £40 TI811B £539.45 TI801B £565.95

Turntable Trucks

• All sizes are fitted with a friction turntable plate assembly.

Ball bearing turntable plate assembly is available - call for details

• Both plywood & steel sided units have removable hinged sides & fixed ends

• Also available with 350 cushion wheels - call for details

• Wire mesh & tubular steel superstructures

are available - call for details


NT502B

NT482B

Friction Parking Brake

Description Code Price

Can be fitted to all new trucks. Operated

£255.60

Assembly Available



Turntable Trucks

62

With Plywood Sides

With Sheet Steel Sides

Platform Size Platform

Without Sides & Ends

Wheels

& Ends (300mm deep)

& Ends (200mm deep)

L.W. Height

Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price

1220.760

50 kg NT480B £686.15 74 kg NT490B £983.70 98 kg NT500B £996.40

1500.760 505

400mm

Pneumatic

55 kg NT481B £760.75 81 kg NT491B £1091.25 107 kg NT501B £1083.40

2000.1000 70 kg NT482B £887.10 104 kg NT492B £1269.20 138 kg NT502B £1251.35

Industrial General Purpose Trucks

• Large 1500L x 750Wmm platform

• Industrial General Purpose Trucks with either

mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base


pneumatic steel centred wheels

• Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) & ends interlock together


PROMPT DELIVERY

i

Information

FOR HEAVY DUTY

USE WITH A MASSIVE

500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

TI541R

i Information

UNITS AVAILABLE WITH

PUNCTURE PROOF WHEELS

“WILL NOT LET YOU DOWN”

TI545R

Handling & Lifting

Assembly Available



Description

Platform

Size L.W.H.

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

TI556R

Industrial General Purpose Trucks

Weight

Assembly

Code / Price


REACH Compliant Wheels

REACH Compliant

Puncture Proof Wheels


Mesh Base 1500.750.360 27 kg ASE / £35 TI552R £251.20 TI592R £359.80

Plywood Base 1500.750.360 33 kg ASE / £35 TI556R £297.80 TI596R £406.35

General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends

Mesh Base 1500.750.360 34.5 kg ASF / £40 TI541R £284.20 TI581R £392.75

Plywood Base 1500.750.360 40.5 kg ASF / £40 TI545R £335.70 TI585R £444.30

TI552R

REACH

COMPLIANT

WHEELS





production & use




& the environment

Hand Drawn Trucks

63

ProPlaz

Xtra

®

PROMPT DELIVERY

Blue Only

Handling & Lifting

‘Proplaz® Xtra’

Bottle Skips

• Virgin units are moulded

in food grade polyethylene

• Tolerant between -20°C to +60°C

• Fully nestable when empty, moulded

in anti-jam design & fully watertight

• Mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors

• Available in 5 colours; red, green, blue,

yellow or natural - specify when ordering

Internal

Size L.W.H.

External

‘Proplaz® Xtra’ Mobile Tapered Trucks

‘Proplaz® Xtra’ Bottle Skips

Capacity

Litres

Black, 100% Recycled Containers

available - call for details

Weight Code Price

600.390.580 650.460.660 135 8 kg GC9414 £73.20

555.400.685 615.455.750 150 8 kg GC9424 £72.70

780.405.555 820.455.620 165 8 kg GC9434 £74.15

610.555.560 670.615.620 185 8 kg GC9444 £79.10

910.320.555 970.380.620 165 8 kg GC9454 £79.10

Container Trolleys

64

Black, 100% Recycled Containers

available - call for details

• Virgin units are moulded

in food grade polyethylene

• Tolerant between -20°C to +60°C

• Tapered for easy storage

• Available in 5 colours; red, green, blue,

yellow or natural - specify when ordering

PROMPT DELIVERY

Blue Only

‘Proplaz® Xtra’ Mobile Tapered Trucks

ProPlaz ®

Xtra

Size L.W.H.

Capacity

Container

Lid to Suit

Wheels

Internal External Litres


420.420.415 480.480.515 72 4 x 75mm swivel castors GC0072 £69.05 GC0087 £13.90*




880.550.570 1000.670.695 320 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors GC0320 £145.00 GC0090 £32.75*

1245.615.640 1410.775.790 455 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors GC0455 £187.65 GC0091 £43.65*

* price applicable when ordering with the containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

Container Trucks

• Removable polypropylene containers

• Push/pull handle & 2 fixed &

2 swivel 125mm rubber castors

make these units manoeuvrable

£353.10

From Only

PCI09Y

PCI08Y

Container Trucks

External Size L.W.H. Internal Size L.W.H. Capacity Weight Code Price

1170.720.800 900.630.590 250 L 32 kg PCI08Y £353.10

1400.770.810 1130.680.600 350 L 39 kg PCI09Y £406.85

Tilt Trucks

• Easy tilt polypropylene trucks

• Push/pull handle & 2 fixed

230mm rubber wheels &

2 swivel 100mm polypropylene

castors make these units

extremely manoeuvrable

• 450 litre capacity

PCN95Y

PROMPT DELIVERY

PROMPT DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

Container Trolleys

PCN95Y

with the lid removed

Tilt Trucks

Description Size L.W.H. Capacity Weight Code Price

Without Lid 1180.780.925 450 L 21 kg PCN92Y £390.80

With Removable Lid 1180.780.955 450 L 23 kg PCN95Y £461.20

PCN95Y

65

G-TRUCK® Premium Pallet Trucks

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

GPT1554P


66

• Premium model features upgraded

handle, pump & tandem front rollers

• Conform to EN 1757-2

• Fork width: 160mm

GKN/CHEP/UK

• Raised height of forks: 205mm

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

• Lowered height of forks: 85mm

• Complete with entry & exit rollers

• Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever


• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm tandem nylon front rollers


Fork

Length

Width over

Forks

G-TRUCK® Premium Pallet Trucks

Pallet

Type

Weight

Code

CAN BE USED WITH

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 2+

1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 kg GPT1054P £333.70 £328.55

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 kg GPT1554P £333.70 £328.55

1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 kg GPT1068P £349.10 £343.95

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 kg GPT1568P £349.10 £343.95

GPT1054P

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

Close up

of entry/exit

roller &

tandem rollers

PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced regularly - please call for details

Ergonomically

designed

handle with

3 position

control lever

G-TRUCK Pro Pallet Trucks

CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

Fork

Length

Width over

Forks

GPT1154S

G-TRUCK Pro Pallet Trucks

Pallet

Type

Weight

Code

GPT1054S

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 3+

1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 kg GPT1054S £309.75 £304.65

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 kg GPT1154S £309.75 £304.65

1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 kg GPT1068S £320.05 £316.60

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 kg GPT1168S £320.05 £316.60

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY






• Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever


• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels & 85mm nylon single front rollers



Handling & Lifting


67

Pallet Trucks

Low Profile Pallet Trucks





• Mobile on 180 x 50mm red

polyurethane steering wheels &

50 x 70mm tandem front rollers


Printers Pallet Trucks





• 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)

• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering

wheels & 85mm nylon front rollers


2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting Pallet Trucks & Stackers

Low Profile Pallet Trucks

Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Code Price

1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1054 £578.60

1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1068 £615.35

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1554 £578.60

1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1568 £615.35

Braked Pallet Trucks






• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels

& 80mm nylon front rollers

• Progressive braking system & parking

brake facility. With the braking device, the

walking speed can be controlled by hand.

When you pull the brake lever in upward

direction, the brake works. You can use

the brake no matter if the truck

is moving or not


GN685BPT

2500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

LPPT1054

PROMPT DELIVERY

Printers Pallet Trucks

GN0845


600 450 Printers GN0645 £455.60

800 450 Printers GN0845 £455.60

1000 450 Printers GN1045 £455.60

Quick Lift Pallet Trucks





• Mobile on 200mm polyurethane steering



with a comfortable rubber gripped handle

• Quick lift pump action speeds up

pallet movement in busy work places

• Quick lift function up to 300kg weight


2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

68

Braked Pallet Trucks

Quick Lift Pallet Trucks

Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Code Price Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Code Price

1000 550 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK GN550BPT £631.90

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1554 £411.45

1000 685 GKN/CHEP/UK GN685BPT £631.90

1150 685 GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1568 £427.80


Pallet Trucks

Long Fork Pallet Trucks




• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering





CAN BE USED WITH

GKN/CHEP/UK

1000 x 1200mm

Closed Pallets

2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

PROMPT DELIVERY

GN2054

Long Fork Pallet Trucks

Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Fork Spacing Code Price

1500 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 220 GN1554 £542.10

1500 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1568 £568.20


1800 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1868 £596.00


2000 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN2068 £620.45

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks





• Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels

& 85mm nylon front rollers




3000KG

LOAD CAPACITY


HDPT301554


1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301554 £546.95

1150 685 GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301568 £571.50





PROMPT DELIVERY

Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Truck

• Mobile on 200mm steel steering wheels

& 80mm steel front rollers



HDPT501558

5000KG

LOAD CAPACITY


GN2054


1150 580 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT501558 £1,433.55


Handling & Lifting


69

VULCAN® High Lift Pallet Trucks





• Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers

• Stabilising bars automatically come into operation to prevent the unit moving

• Automatically slow descending speed to prevent damage of your goods


1000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

CAN BE

USED WITH

Handling & Lifting


HLPT1755

Full Height

Euro

800 x 1200mm

Open Pallets

1000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

VULCAN® High Lift Pallet Trucks

Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Weight Code Price

1170 540 Euro 95 kg HLPT1755 £679.65

1170 685 Euro 115 kg HLPT1768 £679.65

VULCAN® Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks





• Mobile on 180 x 55mm nylon steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers

• Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving

• Battery & charger included: battery - 12v/60Ah

• Lifting motor power: 0.8kw

• Manual operation included


PHL54H

Lowered Height

HLPT1755

Half Height

Stabilising bars

prevent the unit

moving whilst in use

70

PROMPT DELIVERY

PHL54H

Full Height

VULCAN® Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks

Fork Length Width over Forks Pallet Type Weight Code Price

1170 540 Euro 125 kg PHL54H £1,688.20

1170 680 Euro 136 kg PHL68H £1,805.80

VULCAN® Weigh Scale Pallet Truck


• CE marked & plated




• Mobile on 200 x 50mm polyurethane steering

wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers

• Accuracy (+/- 0.5% and in 2kg increments)

• Electronic lifting height indication in display

• Highly reliable - all components are compact,

designed for mobile use & low power usage

• Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the

pallet truck to be used outside or on lorries

& can be cleaned with water (under normal

pressure). The load cells in the forks

have an even protection level

• Power supply - built in rechargable batteries

give up to 70 hours use from one charge


2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

WPT57H Weigh Scale Display

VULCAN® Weigh Scale Pallet Truck


1150 545 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK WPT57H £795.15

WPT57H

VULCAN® Premium Weigh Scale Pallet Truck






• Mobile on 180 x 50mm polyurethane steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers

• High accuracy (+/- 0.1% and in 0.5kg increments)

• Electronic lifting height indication in display

• Highly reliable - all components are compact,

designed for mobile use & low power usage

• Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the pallet truck to be used outside or

on lorries & can be cleaned with water (under normal pressure).

The load cells in the forks have an even protection level

• Built in rechargeable batteries with up to 70/80 hours


PROMPT DELIVERY

2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

Handling & Lifting


PWS1270

Weigh Scale Display

VULCAN® Premium Weigh Scale Pallet Truck


1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1157 £1,203.30

1220 690 GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1270 £1,270.25

71

VULCAN® Semi Powered Pallet Truck





• Modern, compact & light design makes this unit suitable for application

in a variety of warehouses, supermarkets & even on large lorries

• Brand new Lithium maintenance-free, pollution free battery that

is slower discharging & requires significantly shorter time to recharge

• 400W motor driven without the need for pushing

or pulling. Maximum driving speed of 4.8 km/h

• CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller

• Incorporates stabilising wheels either side of the drive wheel arrangement


wheels & 80 x 60mm polyurethane tandem rollers

• Power supply: 24V/3+0A. Complete with 13amp single phase

3 pin charging plug (spare battery available - call for details)

PROMPT DELIVERY

• The pallet truck can be used as a normal pallet truck by

disengaging the brake lever


1800KG

LOAD CAPACITY

FAST CHARGE

ONLY 3.5 HOURS

Handling & Lifting

SPPT40

Winch Scissor Lift Table

Battery Life

Indicator

VULCAN® Semi Powered Pallet Truck

Fork Length Width over Forks

Pallet Type Code Price

1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK

SPPT40 £1,379.65

Pallet Trucks & Scissor Lifts

WLT30Y

£387.95

From Only

PROMPT DELIVERY

• Conforms to EN 1757-4

• These units are elevated by using

the hand operated winch mechanism


125mm braked castors

72

Winch Scissor Lift Table

Load Capacity Platform Size mm Lowered Height mm Max Lift Height mm Code Price

300kg 950.600 440 1000 WLT30Y £387.95

500kg 950.600 550 1000 WLT50Y £534.90

VULCAN® Fully Powered Pallet Truck





• 400W motor driven without the need for pushing

or pulling. Maximum driving speed of 4.5 km/h

• CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller

• Incorporates stabilising wheels either

side of the drive wheel arrangement


wheels & 80 x 70mm polyurethane tandem rollers

• Power supply: 2 x 12 / 80ah. Complete with 13amp

single phase 3 pin charging plug


1500KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

Control panel

Battery life indicator & key

Battery life indicator & key

VULCAN® Fully Powered Pallet Truck


1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT10 £2,187.80

VULCAN® Premium Fully Powered Pallet Truck

2000KG

LOAD CAPACITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

FPPT10





• Approved acceleration enhances pallet

entry & exit. Nonpolar control is programmable

for specific tasks or operator skill levels

• High quality hydraulic pump ensures

little noise & maximum durability

• Drive unit incorporates an electro magnetic brake

that is spring applied & electrically released.

The brake is activated by the control handle

• Ergonomically designed control handle

• Mobile on 252mm steering wheels

& 84mm tandem rollers


Control Panel

Handling & Lifting


FPPT20 &

FPPTPLSA

VULCAN® Premium Fully Powered Pallet Truck


1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT20 £5,446.55

Optional Driver Platform & Side Protection Bars FPPTPLSA £710.25

73

Scissor Lift Tables

• Elevated by pump action

foot pedal & lowered by a

hand operated release trigger

• Comply to EN1570:2011

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked

castors with wheel guards

• Handles supplied loose

• SL150Y incorporaates a folding handle

• CE marked

PROMPT DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

SL150Y

£378.00

From Only


74

SL300Y

SLD35Y

Scissor Lift Tables

Pedal strokes to Lowered

Load Cap. Plat size L.W.

Max Lift Height Wheels Weight Code

elevate

height

Single Scissor Lift Tables

Price

(each) 1+

Price

(each) 2+

150 kg 750.450 25 225 740 100mm PVC tyre with a Nylon centre 49 kg SL150Y £401.85 £378.00

300 kg 850.500 32 340 900

87 kg SL300Y £515.60 £488.10

127mm Polyurethane tyre / steel centre

500 kg 850.500 45 340 900 91 kg SL500Y £551.20 £522.30

Double Scissor Lift Table

350 kg 910.500 55 348 1300 127mm Polyurethane tyre / steel centre 115 kg SLD35Y £642.20 £610.70

Hydraulic Stackers

• Conform to EN ISO3691-5:2009

based on directive 2006/42/EC

• Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which

can be either hand operated or foot operated

• Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked nylon castors

with wheel guards & 2 x 80mm tandem

front nylon rollers

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload these stackers

PROMPT DELIVERY

STI18Y

STI19Y

STI17Y

STI01Y

Handling & Lifting

STI02Y

STI03Y STI05Y STI16Y

Hydraulic Stackers

Load Cap. Fork Type Lifting Height Size H.W.L. Fork Length Width over Forks Load Centre Weight Code Price

500 kg Fixed 1600 2080.755.1705 1150 550 600 205 kg STI16Y £1067.95

500 kg Adjustable 1600 2010.805.1640 1060 up to 745 500 161 kg STI17Y £1036.25


1000 kg Straddle 1600 2155.1450.1560 1060 up to 950 500 336 kg STI19Y £1659.20

1000 kg Fixed 1600 2080.755.1655 1150 550 600 210 kg STI02Y £1253.25


1000 kg Fixed 1000 1790.755.1655 1150 550 600 210 kg STI04Y £1068.80

1000 kg Fixed 2500 2925.860.1705 1150 580 600 286 kg STI05Y £1649.75

1500 kg Fixed 1600 2080.755.1705 1150 550 400 245 kg STI03Y £1577.40


75

Drum Handlers


• Designed to carry full or empty 210L steel drums

• Smoothly lift drums which are held firm by the clamp

DL250Y - Over Pallet Drum Mover

• 2 fixed 130mm polyurethane wheels

& 2 swivel 120mm polyurethane castors

• Lifting Height: 250mm

DL300Y - Straddle Drum Mover

• Lifts a drum up to 740mm off the ground

• Foot operated hydraulic pump

• 2 fixed & 2 swivel (1 braked) 125mm nylon castors

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

MOVE DRUMS FROM

BOTH EURO & UK

PALLETS

PROMPT DELIVERY

Hydraulic pump action

Drum locking mechanism

Release mechanism

Handling & Lifting

Drum Equipment

Drum Lifters

Drum Movers

Size L.W.H. Capacity Weight Code Price

812.1219.1100 250kg 50 kg DL250Y £678.50

950.1200.1565 300kg 72 kg DL300Y £789.15


• Designed to carry full or empty 210L steel drums

• Foot operated hydraulic pump (same as the DL300Y shown above)

• DLL03Z lifting height: 500mm DL450Y lifting height: 1100mm

• Smoothly lifts the drum which is held firm by the clamp

• 450kg load capacity up to 500mm (if you are lifting the drum

higher using the DL450Y the load capacity reduces to 350kg)

• Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel polyurethane castors

DLL03Z foot pedal

DL250Y

DL450Y

PROMPT DELIVERY

MOVE DRUMS FROM

BOTH EURO & UK

PALLETS

DL300Y

DLL03Z

76

Drum Lifters

Size L.W.H. Extended Height Weight Code Price

1100.900.1250 1380 165 kg DLL03Z £1241.85

940.1160.1980 2320 165 kg DL450Y £1377.00

DL450Y

Hydraulic Drum Lifter

• CE tested

• Designed to allow you to pick up & transport

full or empty 210L steel & plastic drums

• Hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum,

held firm by the top rim clamp

• The retractable clamp holds the drum

securely & releases automatically

• Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels

& a rear 125mm swivel polyurethane castor

• Maximum lift height: 200mm


PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

DL388Y

Drum Transporter


• Constructed from tubular steel, this unit is designed

to carry 210L steel drums. Adjustable drum hook

enables varying sizes of drum to be carried.

• Max drum height: 1575mm

• Mobile on 2 x 350mm cushion wheels


DH446L

DH446L

Drum Tilter

DL388Y

Hydraulic Drum Lifter


820.785.1050 43 kg DL388Y £428.30


• Designed to allow you to pick up, transport

& rotate full or empty 210L steel drums

• The saddle secures the drum

• Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels

& a rear 75mm swivel castor


SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

DT300P

PROMPT DELIVERY

Handling & Lifting

Drum Equipment

DT300P

Drum Transporter

Size W.H. Weight Code Price

705.1575 31 kg DH446L £497.20

Drum Tilter

Size L.W. Weight Code Price

1420.900.1712 50 kg DT300P £421.50

77

Bunded Drum Rack System

• Ideal for easy dispensing & storage

• Compatible with most forklifts

• Drum rack to be used with the base only

• Can store up to four 210 Litre drums

PSP05Z

Handling & Lifting

PSP07Z

Bunded Drum Rack System

Description Size L.W.H. Capacity Code Price

Base Unit 1350.1370.630 500 Litres PSP05Z £456.60

Stacker Unit 940.1370.390 - PSP06Z £194.90

Base & Stacker Unit 1350.1370.1580 500 Litres PSP07Z £649.60

IBC Containment Pallets

• Made from polyethylene

• Excellent chemical resistance

• Fork pockets allowing easy positioning

• Optional grid available for the

PSP01Z - call for details

Drum Equipment

PSP09Z

78

PSP01Z

IBC Containment Pallets


Single 1490.2000.770 1100 Litres PSP01Z £809.20

Double 2450.1450.580 1140 Litres PSP09Z £1,171.00

Bunded Work Floors

A range of polyethylene modular flooring panels,

highly resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these

panels are designed to protect floors from spills

• Easy low level loading - 150mm

• Removable grate allows easy access

• When linked the sumps can create a bunded

work/storage area which will meet the

guidelines provided by the Environment

Agency, Scottish Environment Protection

Agency & the Environment and Heritage Service

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

PSF54Z

& PSFR2Z

Bunded Work Floors


2 Drum 1600.800.150 121 Litres PSF52Z £213.85

4 Drum 1600.1600.150 239 Litres PSF54Z £306.55

Ramp for Above 1260.800.180 - PSFR2Z £142.35

4 Drum Inline 2610.900.150 300 Litres PSF55Z £459.20

Ramp for Above 650.800.160 - PSFR5Z £149.40

Sump Storage

Polyethylene construction & highly

resistant to most chemicals &

corrosion

• Fork pockets allow

easy positioning

COMPLY TO ALL

UK OIL STORAGE

REGULATIONS

PSF52Z

Handling & Lifting

PSP02Z

Drum Equipment

PSP04Z

PSP02Z

Sump Storage


2 Drum 1300.750.400 250 Litres PSP02Z £223.70

4 Drum 1380.1290.280 245 Litres PSP04Z £263.20

79

Heavy Duty Sump Pallets

• Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment

• Fitted with removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning

• Drum Storage Sump Pallets - when not in use the fork guides give a safe & secure lift

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload these cages

DSP04G

DSP08Z

Handling & Lifting

COMPLY TO OIL

STORAGE REGULATIONS

(ENGLAND) 2001

Floor Sump Pallets

Description Size L.W.H. Sump Capacity Weight Code Price

2 Drum Unit - Without Grid

40 kg DSP02Z £377.05

1400.625.300 230 Litres

2 Drum Unit - With Grid 70 kg DSP02G £538.50

4 Drum Unit - Without Grid

60 kg DSP04Z £440.15

1400.1250.175 260 Litres

4 Drum Unit - With Grid 120 kg DSP04G £765.25

Drum Storage Sump Pallets

Description

Size L.W.H. Sump Capacity

Weight Code Price

2 Drum Unit - With Grid 1400.625.445

230 Litres 80 kg DSP06Z £643.50

4 Drum Unit - With Grid 1400.1250.330

260 Litres 130 kg DSP08Z £875.55

Fully Enclosed Drum Stores

• For use outside or where security is of importance

• Doors have high & low level venting - with 3 point locking

• Vertical units are fitted with galvanised grid floors &

horizontal units have an open topped sump

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload these units

Drum Equipment

DH244Z

DH204Z

COMPLY TO OIL

STORAGE REGULATIONS

(ENGLAND) 2001

80

Drum Stores

Drums Stored Sump Cap. Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

Vertical Storage Units

1 234 Litres 800.800.1470 80 kg DH241Z £1557.00

2 263 Litres 1510.750.1470 125 kg DH242Z £1758.35

4 439 Litres 1510.1250.1470 150 kg DH244Z £2668.85

Drum Stores

Drums Stored Sump Cap. Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

Horizontal Storage Units

1 233 Litres 1250.800.1280 80 kg DH201Z £1770.20

2 439 Litres 1510.1250.1280 110 kg DH202Z £2185.90

4 439 Litres 1510.1250.2170 150 kg DH204Z £2348.05

Drum Storage Shelters

Designed for the secure storage of cylinders, drums,

components and products. These covered shelters

provide a facility to store items securely outside a

building. Built from square section steel frame with

galvanised steel panel to the sides and rear, these

storage shelters are robust and weather resistant.

• Feet supplied for surface mounting as standard.

• Internal storage area is 2.35 wide x 2.1 high x 1.37 metres

deep.

• Powder coated in Dark Blue Germ Guard Active

Technology paint.

• Corrosion resistant galvanised panels.

• Full site survey and erection service available.

Description

Single Gated Open

Front Shelter

Description

Double Gated

Mesh Infill

Door Shelter

Size

H.W.D

2100.

2500.

1900

Size

H.W.D

2100.

2500.

1900

Drum Rack

Code

Price

SODRUMSHLT £1,634.00

Code

Price

DOMSHDRSHL £1,834.00

Size

Description

Code Price

H.W.D

2100.

Double Gated Open

2500. DODRUMSHLT £1,715.00

Front Shelter

1900

Description

Single Gated

Galvanized Panel

Fronted Shelter

Strong, stackable and easily transported.

• Designed for two 210 litre drums.

• Steel construction for extra strength.

• Pallet feet enable stacking up to three high - two high

only in shelter.

• Powder coated finish in dark blue.

Drum Rack

Size

H.W.D

2100.

2500.

1900

Description Size H.W.D Code Price

Drum Rack 400.1450.600 DRACK40145BX £339.00

Heavy Duty Sump

• Welded steel heavy-duty sump for spills and leak

containment.

• Full 250 litre capacity.

• Transportable by fork truck.

• Fork truck guides raise sump off floor.

• Powder coated in light grey.

Code

Price

SOGLVFNTSH £1,746.00

Description

Single Gated Mesh

Infill Door Shelter

Description

Double Gated

Galvanized Panel

Fronted Shelter

Size

H.W.D

2100.

2500.

1900

Size

H.W.D

2100.

2500.

1900

Code Price

SOMSHDRSHL £1,746.00

Code Price

DOGLVFNTSH £1,834.00

Handling & Lifting

Drum Equipment

Heavy Duty Sump


Heavy Duty Sump - Grey 360.1250.950 DSHDSUMPLGXX £332.00

81

Container Drip Trays

• Made from 100% recycled polypropylene

• Tough enough for all working environments

• Re-useable drip & leak containment


Size L.W.H. Capacity Min. Order Qty Code Price each

410.310.45 5 Litres 5 CDT05Z £9.80

560.400.40 9 Litres 5 CDT09Z £12.65

790.400.40 12 Litres 5 CDT12Z £17.75

1000.400.40 15 Litres 5 CDT15Z £19.00

1170.400.40 18 Litres 5 CDT18Z £19.70

600.600.70 28 Litres 5 CDT28Z £17.75

1100.550.40 25 Litres 4 CDT25Z £26.65

850 dia x 60 40 Litres 5 CDT40Z £21.60

Container Bunded Storage

• Made from 100% recycled polypropylene

• Integral grid allows the contents to be

raised above the container base

• Tough enough for all work

environments

CDT40Z

CDT18Z

CDT28Z

Handling & Lifting

Spill Control

Integral grid allows the contents to be

raised above the container base

Container Bunded Storage


640.490.120 28 Litres 3 PSP22Z £32.00

1000.550.150 60 Litres 2 PSP25Z £51.10

1010.1000.120 100 Litres 2 PSP28Z £72.40

1200.1200.120 120 Litres - PSP31Z £92.15

Container Spill Trays

• Made from PE - 100% recycled

• Can be used with or without the platform

• Stackable for easy transportation & storage

• Non slip platform surface

• Designed to fit

on euro pallets

• Easy to clean

PSP99Z

PSP25Z

PSP31Z

PSP22Z

PSP102Z

82

Container Spill Trays


600.400.150 20 Litres 2 PSP98Z £50.50

800.400.150 30 Litres 2 PSP99Z £55.40

800.600.150 40 Litres 2 PSP100Z £67.70

1000.600.170 60 Litres - PSP101Z £82.45

1200.800.170 100 Litres - PSP102Z £137.85

Gas Cylinder Cages

• Provision for a padlock on the hinged doors

• Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign

• Useable distance between shelves: 720mm

• Manufactured in angle iron with sides, end & top

infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle

• Mobile models have a push handle at one end

• Designed to carry up to 16 ‘calor gas’ style cylinders


GCC12G

Gas Cylinder Cages

GCC01N

Description Finish Size W.D.H. Internal Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

Static Unit

Mobile Unit

200mm Nylon

Cylinder Lock Up Cages

• Permanently fixed or pallet base units

• Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign

• Manufactured in angle iron infilled

with tough iron mesh

• Cylinders held by retaining chain

• Base is drilled for fixing points

• CP512G & CP612G are of a slightly

different design as shown in the picture


Painted 1610.890.1800 1560.840 80 kg GCC02Z £1313.75

Galvanised 1610.890.1800 1560.840 80 kg GCC12G £1763.15

Painted 1610.890.1900 1560.840 80 kg GCC01N £1401.35

Galvanised 1610.890.1900 1560.840 80 kg GCC11G £1856.90

CP612G

Handling & Lifting

Cylinder Equipment

CS511G

CP601Z

Cylinder Lock-Up Cages

Painted Finish

Galvanised Finish

Description

Size W.D.H.


Cage Only 1360.1095.1840 CS501Z £1598.55 CS511G £1916.50

Cage with Pallet Base 1360.1095.1990 CP601Z £2036.00 CP611G £2680.85

Cage Only 1360.1715.1840 CS502Z £1855.15 CS512G £2192.00

Cage with Pallet Base 1360.1715.1990 CP602Z £2488.20 CP612G £3151.15

83

Propane Cylinder Trolleys

• Designed to safely move 47kg propane cylinders

• Max diameter of cradle support: 380mm

• CT103L: carries 1 x 380mm cylinder & 1 x 230mm cylinder

• CT102L & CT103L: fitted with a rear castor which

supports the laden trolley enabling full

operator control when in use

• CT101L & CT102L come with puncture proof front wheels

Cylinder Trolleys

• Cylinders are held in place with retaining chain

• TS177L & CT277L: carry a max cylinder size of 286 dia.

x 1575mm high. Tubular steel frame fitted with

2 x 125mm rubber tyred rear support castors

• CT277L & CT201L: zinc plated for use in damp conditions

• Mobile on 250mm puncture proof wheels &

125mm front wheels on the TS177L & CT277L

CT103L

TS177L

CT101L

CT201L

CT102L

Handling & Lifting

Propane Cylinder Trolleys

Size L.W.H. Wheels Weight Code Price

570.550.1310 250 20 kg CT101L £310.65

730.530.1310 250 / 150 26 kg CT102L £454.45

920.810.1440 400 / 200 50 kg CT103L £750.65

Cambuckle Wall Racks

• Individual quick release webbing

straps with adjustable cambuckles

• These units can be used in pairs, top &

bottom, for secure movement in transit

Cylinder

Dia.

Cylinder

Cap.

Cylinder Trolleys

Cylinder Storage

CT277L

Weight Code Price

286 40 Litre 20 kg TS177L £489.30

286 40 Litre 20 kg CT277L £526.70

140-250 10/20/40 Litre 16 kg CT201L £245.95

• Fully welded complete with individual securing chains

• Single or Double Sided Floor Stands: Suitable

for use with full height cylinders

• Low Height Floor Stand: for use with smaller type cylinders

Cylinder Equipment

84

CB200Z

Cambuckle Wall Racks

Size W.D. Cylinders Held Cylinder Dia. Code Price - 1 Off Price - 2+ Off

720.190 2 180-270 CB200Z £162.80 £159.20

1036.190 3 180-270 CB300Z £221.55 £219.75

1352.190 4 180-270 CB400Z £272.05 £270.25

835.230 2 205-305 CB210Z £179.55 £175.95

CR740Z

CR725Z

CR765Z

Cylinder Storage

Size W.D.H. Cylinders Held Cylinder Dia. Code Price

Single Sided Floor Stand

618.350.922 2 180-270 CR725Z £220.00

924.350.922 3 180-270 CR735Z £274.15

Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand

440.465.610 4 100-180 CR740Z £276.40

656.465.610 6 100-180 CR760Z £328.25

Double Sided Floor Stand

618.544.922 4 180-270 CR745Z £323.30

924.544.922 6 180-270 CR765Z £377.60

Cylinder Trolleys

• Cylinder trolleys which easily convert from a sack

truck to a 4 wheel sack truck for ergonomic use

• Designed to transport oxygen & acetylene cylinders

• Complete with chain to secure

the cylinders to the trolley

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels &

2 x 75mm swivel braked castors

PROMPT DELIVERY

i

Information

CARRY OXYGEN

& ACETYLENE

CYLINDERS EASILY

& SAFELY

CTF20Y in Sack

Truck mode

CTF12Y as a

Trolley

CTF20Y as a

Trolley

CTF12Y as 4

Wheel Trolley

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Cylinder Trolleys

Holds / Transports Size L.W.H. Folded Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

1 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010.430.910 1165.430.480 18 kg CTF12Y £204.25

2 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010.720.910 1165.720.480 25 kg CTF20Y £292.80

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

• Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979

• Specially designed for carrying oxygen

cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals

• The tubular frame has a sheet steel base &

retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position

• Fitted with anti-static metal centred wheels &

front 100mm non-marking corner buffers

TS180L

CTF20Y as 4

Wheel Trolley

TS179L

TS178L

Cylinder Equipment Handling & Lifting

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

Cylinder Size Size L.W.H. Strap Heights Wheels Weight Code Price

140mm 420.400.1100 220 / 675 125 8 kg TS178L £350.20

175mm 460.410.1100 220 / 675 250 13 kg TS179L £481.80

230mm 470.480.1100 270 / 920 250 14 kg TS180L £499.30

85

Rivet Workbenches

• No nuts or bolts required - the

system simply taps together with

the use of a hammer/mallet

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

86

Size H.W.D.

mm

T Bar Workbench

Bench

Load kg

Full Undershelf Workbench

Shelf

Load kg

Half Undershelf Workbench

Rivet Workbenches

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


T Bar Workbench

915.915.762 600 - RRWBT/09/09/07 £118.40 RRWBT/09/09/07/M £153.89

915.915.915 600 - RRWBT/09/09/09 £130.76 RRWBT/09/09/09/M £170.02

915.1220.762 600 - RRWBT/09/12/07 £128.36 RRWBT/09/12/07/M £166.86

915.1220.915 600 - RRWBT/09/12/09 £141.22 RRWBT/09/12/09/M £183.61

915.1830.762 600 - RRWBT/09/18/07 £160.43 RRWBT/09/18/07/M £208.57

915.1830.915 600 - RRWBT/09/18/09 £176.06 RRWBT/09/18/09/M £228.91

915.2440.762 600 - RRWBT/09/24/07 £184.72 RRWBT/09/24/07/M £240.16

915.2440.915 600 - RRWBT/09/24/09 £202.33 RRWBT/09/24/09/M £262.96


915.915.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/09/09 £139.79 RRWBH/09/09/09/M £181.75

915.1220.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/12/09 £159.62 RRWBH/09/12/09/M £207.53

915.1830.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/18/09 £209.51 RRWBH/09/18/09/M £272.35

915.2440.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/24/09 £246.77 RRWBH/09/24/09/M £320.81


Chipboard

Worktop

ALLOW 10 DAYS

FOR THE MFC TOP

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange

specify when ordering

MFC

Worktop

915.915.762 600 400 RRWB/09/09/07 £137.32 RRWB/09/09/07/M £178.48

915.915.915 600 400 RRWB/09/09/09 £152.46 RRWB/09/09/09/M £198.25

915.1220.762 600 400 RRWB/09/12/07 £158.15 RRWB/09/12/07/M £205.55

915.1220.915 600 400 RRWB/09/12/09 £175.08 RRWB/09/12/09/M £227.60

915.1525.762 600 400 RRWB/09/15/07 £174.65 RRWB/09/15/07/M £227.11

915.1525.915 600 400 RRWB/09/15/09 £194.17 RRWB/09/15/09/M £252.46

915.1830.762 600 400 RRWB/09/18/07 £212.34 RRWB/09/18/07/M £275.94

915.1830.915 600 400 RRWB/09/18/09 £234.78 RRWB/09/18/09/M £305.17

915.2135.762 600 400 RRWB/09/21/07 £233.54 RRWB/09/21/07/M £303.56

915.2135.915 600 400 RRWB/09/21/09 £257.83 RRWB/09/21/09/M £335.14

915.2440.762 600 400 RRWB/09/24/07 £261.23 RRWB/09/24/07/M £339.59

915.2440.915 600 400 RRWB/09/24/09 £289.16 RRWB/09/24/09/M £375.92

Rivet Workstations




COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


PROMPT DELIVERY

ALLOW 10 DAYS

FOR THE MFC TOP

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Chipboard

Worktop

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

MFC

Worktop

Full Undershelf

Workstation

Shelving & Storage

Size H.W.D.

T Bar Workstation

Bench

Load kg

Shelf

Load kg

Half Undershelf Workstation

Rivet Workstations

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


T Bar Workbench

1830.915.915 600 - RRWST/18/09/09/03 £190.46 RRWST/18/09/09/03/M £247.63

1830.1220.915 600 - RRWST/18/12/09/03 £216.85 RRWST/18/12/09/03/M £281.93

1830.1830.915 600 - RRWST/18/18/09/03 £285.95 RRWST/18/18/09/03/M £371.72

1830.2440.915 600 - RRWST/18/24/09/03 £343.43 RRWST/18/24/09/03/M £446.45


1830.915.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/09/09/03 £207.83 RRWSH/18/09/09/03/M £270.25

1830.1220.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/12/09/03 £234.72 RRWSH/18/12/09/03/M £305.11

1830.1830.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/18/09/03 £318.77 RRWSH/18/18/09/03/M £414.31

1830.2440.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/24/09/03 £387.36 RRWSH/18/24/09/03/M £503.54

Full Undershelf Workstation

Information

1830.915.915 600 400 RRWS/18/09/09/03 £217.66 RRWS/18/09/09/03/M £282.98

1830.1220.915 600 400 RRWS/18/12/09/03 £251.59 RRWS/18/12/09/03/M £327.05

1830.1830.915 600 400 RRWS/18/18/09/03 £345.47 RRWS/18/18/09/03/M £449.16

1830.2440.915 600 400 RRWS/18/24/09/03 £421.85 RRWS/18/24/09/03/M £548.41

i

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Shelving & Racking

87

2 & 3 Tier Trolleys 2 & 3 Tier Basket Trolleys


chrome wire

trolley

• Adjustable

shelves

• 4 x 75mm

swivel castors,

2 braked

• Versatile &

adjustable

chrome wire

trolley

• 4 x 75mm

swivel castors,

2 braked

ET1824/2

EBT1836/2

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

2 & 3 Tier Trolleys

Size

2 Tier 3 Tier

W.L.H.


460.610.1040 ET1824/2 £100.00 ET1824/3 £115.85

460.915.1040 ET1836/2 £110.00 ET1836/3 £130.85

MSC41836

Size

W.L.H.

2 & 3 Tier Basket Trolleys

2 Tier 3 Tier


460.610.1040 EBT1824/2 £115.00 EBT1824/3 £138.35

460.915.1040 EBT1836/2 £125.00 EBT1836/3 £153.35

Eclipse Security Enclosures

• Eclipse chrome wire shelving enclosed in

a tough, durable chrome wire cage

• The unit incorporates 2 hinges padlocked*

doors & 4 shelves (top, bottom & 2 adjustable

intermediate)

*padlock not included

**units delivered fully assembled

Eclipse Security Enclosures - Static Units

Description Size D.L.H Code Price

Standard Chrome 460.915.1625 ESC41836 £433.35



Perma Plus ‘Epoxy Coated’ 610.1220.1625 EPPSC42448 £593.35

Eclipse Security Enclosures - Mobile Units (4 x 125mm castors)

Description Size D.L.H Code Price

Standard Chrome 460.915.1790 MSC41836 £485.85



Perma Plus ‘Epoxy Coated’ 610.1220.1790 MEPPSC42448 £645.00


• Designed for loading, transporting & unloading boxes

& packages of different shapes, sizes & weights

• Highly manoeuvrable on swivel castors (2 braked)

4 Shelf Order Picking Trolley

2 sloping, 1 standard & 1 heavy duty shelf.

2 shelf dividers on standard shelf, 1 short handle

Size D.L.H Code Price

460.915.1790 PT1836T4 £241.35


3 basket & 1 heavy duty shelf.

Mesh side panels each end, 1 short handle


460.915.1790 PT1836T2 £275.45


1 sloping, 2 standard & 1 heavy duty shelf.

2 shelf dividers on standard shelf, 1 short handle


460.1120.1790 PT1848T3 £285.95

88

PT1836T2

PT1848T1


4 standard & 1 heavy duty shelf.

2 shelf dividers on standard shelf, 1 short handle & mesh side end panels


460.1120.1790 PT1848T1 £347.95

Wire Shelving

Eclipse Shelving

• NSF accreditation

• ESD compliant with optional

accessories - call for details

• Bolt free assembly

• Fully adjustable

• Easy to clean

• Up to 300kg shelf loading

• Static of mobile options

• New extra hard wearing Chrome finish

• Accessories available - please call for details

Chrome

The open wire design offers improved light

penetration & better air circulation

making it an ideal system for;

• Catering

• Retail display

• Medical autorities & hospitals

• Electronic

• Engineering industries

• Office

Perma Plus

With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial

additive that will help fight the build up of

germs & improve hygiene standards

making it an ideal system for;

• Catering

• Medical autorities & hospitals

• Food production

• Walk-in freezer & cold rooms

• Damp & corrosive environments

Castors:

Add swivel castors

for mobility.

Descriptions Loading Code Price

75mm castors - set of 4 (2 braked) 210kg R75SET £29.25



NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Shelving & Storage

Easy Build

Eclipse Shelving - Chrome - 1625mm

Shelf

Depth: 305mm Depth: 355mm Depth: 460mm Depth: 610mm

Length Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price

460mm - - - - EC39 £93.35 - -

610mm EC31 £83.35 - - EC40 £96.70 EC47A £113.35

760mm EC32 £90.00 EC35 £100.00 EC43 £110.00 EC47 £126.70

915mm EC37 £96.70 EC36 £106.70 EC44 £116.70 EC48 £136.70

1070mm EC34 £103.35 EC33 £113.35 EC51 £126.70 EC54 £146.70

1220mm EC38 £113.35 EC30 £120.00 EC45 £136.70 EC49 £153.35

1370mm - - EC39A £136.70 EC53 £160.00 EC56 £180.00

1520mm - - EC41 £140.00 EC46 £163.35 EC50 £183.35

1820mm - - EC42 £160.00 EC52 £183.35 EC55 £203.35

Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus - 1625mm

Shelf

Depth: 305mm Depth: 355mm Depth: 460mm Depth: 610mm

Length Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price

460mm - - - - - - EPP40 £100.00

610mm - - - - EPP40 £100.00 EPP47A £120.00

760mm EPP32 £96.70 EPP35 £103.35 EPP43 £113.35 EPP47 £133.35

915mm EPP37 £103.35 EPP36 £110.00 EPP44 £123.35 EPP48 £140.00

1070mm EPP34 £110.00 EPP33 £120.00 EPP51 £133.35 EPP54 £150.00

1220mm EPP38 £116.70 EPP30 £133.35 EPP45 £146.70 EPP49 £160.00

1370mm - - EPP39 £143.35 EPP53 £163.35 EPP56 £186.70

1520mm - - EPP41 £150.00 EPP46 £170.00 EPP50 £193.35

1820mm - - EPP42 £166.70 EPP52 £190.00 EPP55 £220.00

Shelving & Racking

89

Shelving & Storage

PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Racking

90

J Rivet Shelving

• Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts

• J beam profile gives increased storage capacity

whilst maintaining excellent strength

• Supplied with five smooth and hard wearing shelves

and robust uprights. Finished with high quality paint

• Total Bay load: up to 2800kg

J Rivet Shelving Range

Complete with plastic feet

Size H.W.D. Loading Bay Code Bay Price Shelf Code Shelf Price

1830.915.305 150 kg U.D.L. JRB/18/09/03/5/BG £108.10 JRS/09/03/GY £13.79






Simply tap in the beams

Strong chipboard shelves

J Rivet Shelving - For taller bays add price

Extra Height Code Price

Bays to 2135mm JRB/21/--/--/5/BG £6.08

Bays to 2440mm JRB/24/--/--/5/BG £12.53

Bays to 2745mm JRB/27/--/--/5/BG £18.92

Bays to 3050mm JRB/30/--/--/5/BG £26.09

Bays to 3660mm JRB/36/--/--/5/BG £37.42

J Rivet Shelving Range - Accessories


Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.88

Tie Plate - Set of 4 RR8/SET4 £5.07

Metal Feet - Set of 4 RR5/SET4 £5.55

Floor Fixings - M8 x 50 (each) FFM8x50 £1.26

Clicka Shelving

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Two shelf capacities:

265kg

175kg

Locate beam in position

Shelving & Storage


• Choose either 175kg or 265kg shelf capacities

• Tested & certified to the highest European standards - GS TUV

• Supplied with five smooth and hard

wearing shelves and robust uprights.

Finished with high quality paint


NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Clicka Shelving Range - Accessories



Bay Connector (set of 4) C3/CLIP £4.08

Size H.W.D.

Bay Connector

C3/CLIP

Clicka Shelving Range

Tap beam to secure

Lay the shelf into the beams

5 Chipboard Shelves 5 MDF Shelves

Loading Code Price Loading Code Price

1770.900.300 175 kg U.D.L. CL175A/BGC £67.19 265 kg U.D.L. CL265A/BG £81.18

1770.900.450 175 kg U.D.L. CL175B/BGC £76.14 265 kg U.D.L. CL265B/BG £92.00

1770.900.600 175 kg U.D.L. CL175C/BGC £85.82 265 kg U.D.L. CL265C/BG £103.33

1770.1200.300 - - - 265 kg U.D.L. CL265D/BG £94.94

1770.1200.450 - - - 265 kg U.D.L. CL265E/BG £108.26

1770.1200.600 - - - 265 kg U.D.L. CL265F/BG £122.47

Shelving & Racking

91

Kwikrack Shelving

• Offers robust, effective

storage for any application

• The unique 6 fold channel beam

offers high shelf capacities with a

shelf height of only 54mm

• Complete with 5 chipboard shelves

• Total bay load: up to 1500kg

PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Rubber Mallet

Code

Price

MALLET £4.88

Shelving & Racking

92

Size

H.W.D mm

Shelf

Load kg

Kwikrack Shelving

Bay

Extra Shelf


2000.1000.300 300 KWB/20/10/03/5/BGV £116.22 KWS/10/03/GV £13.50

2000.1000.450 300 KWB/20/10/04/5/BGV £136.93 KWS/10/04/GV £17.65

2000.1000.600 300 KWB/20/10/06/5/BGV £154.64 KWS/10/06/GV £21.22

2000.1200.300 250 KWB/20/12/03/5/BGV £130.65 KWS/12/03/GV £16.39

2000.1200.450 250 KWB/20/12/04/5/BGV £149.51 KWS/12/04/GV £20.19

2000.1200.600 250 KWB/20/12/06/5/BGV £169.29 KWS/12/06/GV £24.17

2000.1500.300 200 KWB/20/15/03/5/BGV £151.01 KWS/15/03/GV £20.47

2000.1500.450 200 KWB/20/15/04/5/BGV £178.29 KWS/15/04/GV £25.96

2000.1500.600 200 KWB/20/15/06/5/BGV £202.63 KWS/15/06/GV £30.80

i Information

TAKES LESS THAN

5 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Beam Profile

For Taller Bays add price


Bays to 2500mm KWB/25/--/--/5/BGV £12.00

PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Blue & Grey - Suffi x BG

Medium Duty Rivet Racking


• Complete with 4 x chipboard shelves


Medium Rivet Racking - Accessories





Floor Fixings - M8 x 50 (each) FFM8X50 £1.26

Medium Duty Rivet Racking


1830.1830.305 300 kg U.D.L. MRB/18/18/03/4/BG £187.04 MRS/18/03/GY £37.00






Medium Duty Rivet Racking - For taller bays add price


Bays to 2135mm MRB/21/--/--/4/BG £6.08

Bays to 2440mm MRB/24/--/--/4/BG £12.53

Bays to 2745mm MRB/27/--/--/4/BG £18.92

Bays to 3050mm MRB/30/--/--/4/BG £26.09

Bays to 3660mm MRB/36/--/--/4/BG £37.42

Shelving & Racking

93

Shelving & Storage

Tie plate

PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Racking

94

Blue & Grey - Suffix BG

Blue & Orange - Suffix BO

Rivet Racking


1830.915.305 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/03/4 £120.39 RRS/09/03 £20.37

1830.915.457 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/04/4 £134.73 RRS/09/04 £23.99

1830.915.610 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/06/4 £148.77 RRS/09/06 £27.41

1830.915.762 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/07/4 £175.46 RRS/09/07 £34.16

1830.915.915 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/09/4 £203.24 RRS/09/09 £41.15

1830.915.1220 600 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/09/12/4 £240.48 RRS/09/12 £50.37

1830.1220.305 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/03/4 £150.04 RRS/12/03 £27.78

1830.1220.457 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/04/4 £169.14 RRS/12/04 £32.60

1830.1220.610 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/06/4 £193.66 RRS/12/06 £38.81

1830.1220.762 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/07/4 £223.90 RRS/12/07 £46.22

1830.1220.915 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/09/4 £257.72 RRS/12/09 £54.71

1830.1220.1220 550 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/12/12/4 £309.65 RRS/12/12 £67.73

1830.1525.305 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/03/4 £168.60 RRS/15/03 £32.42

1830.1525.457 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/04/4 £187.69 RRS/15/04 £37.18

1830.1525.610 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/06/4 £232.28 RRS/15/06 £48.38

1830.1525.762 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/07/4 £264.16 RRS/15/07 £56.28

1830.1525.915 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/09/4 £295.31 RRS/15/09 £63.99

1830.1525.1220 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/15/12/4 £354.84 RRS/15/12 £79.00

Rivet Racking


• Heavy duty rivet & key hole slot which offers

a simple & effective way to assemble the racking

• Supplied with four chipboard shelves with

central deck supports and robust uprights.


• 2 colours available - Blue & Grey (add suffix BG)

or Blue & Orange (add suffix BO)


Rivet Racking - For taller bays add price


Bays to 2135mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £6.08

Bays to 2440mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £12.53

Bays to 2745mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £18.92

Bays to 3050mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £26.09

Bays to 3660mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £37.42

Rivet Racking - Accessories






PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Shelving & Storage

Blue & Grey - Suffix BG

Blue & Orange - Suffix BO

Rivet Racking


1830.1830.305 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/03/4 £225.89 RRS/18/03 £46.69

1830.1830.457 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/04/4 £253.49 RRS/18/04 £53.63

1830.1830.610 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/06/4 £283.20 RRS/18/06 £61.04

1830.1830.762 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/07/4 £312.48 RRS/18/07 £68.39

1830.1830.915 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/09/4 £352.92 RRS/18/09 £78.51

1830.1830.1220 500 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/18/12/4 £419.49 RRS/18/12 £95.09

1830.2135.305 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/03/4 £255.54 RRS/21/03 £54.17

1830.2135.457 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/04/4 £295.97 RRS/21/04 £64.35

1830.2135.610 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/06/4 £320.44 RRS/21/06 £70.32

1830.2135.762 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/07/4 £353.88 RRS/21/07 £78.81

1830.2135.915 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/09/4 £398.16 RRS/21/09 £89.84

1830.2135.1220 450 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/21/12/4 £468.54 RRS/21/12 £107.37

1830.2440.305 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/03/4 £288.63 RRS/24/03 £62.36

1830.2440.457 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/04/4 £327.37 RRS/24/04 £72.19

1830.2440.610 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/06/4 £364.42 RRS/24/06 £81.28

1830.2440.762 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/07/4 £406.18 RRS/24/07 £91.83

1830.2440.915 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/09/4 £456.79 RRS/24/09 £104.42

1830.2440.1220 400 kg U.D.L. RRB/18/24/12/4 £535.37 RRS/24/12 £124.13

Rivet Racking


• Heavy duty rivet & key hole slot which offers

a simple & effective way to assemble the racking

• Supplied with four chipboard shelves with

central deck supports and robust uprights.





Rivet Racking - For taller bays add price


Bays to 2135mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £6.08

Bays to 2440mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £12.53

Bays to 2745mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £18.92

Bays to 3050mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £26.09

Bays to 3660mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £37.42

Rivet Racking - Accessories






Shelving & Racking

95

Rivet Divider Shelving System

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

Blue & Grey

Suffix BG

Size

H.W.D mm

Shelf

Load kg

Blue & Orange

Suffix BO

• Cost effective solution to create compartmented shelving

• Dividers can be positioned anywhere along the shelf

• Other sizes & configurations available (please contact sales office)

• Complete with 3 chipboard shelves & 9 dividers (cladding extra)




Rivet Divider Shelving

1 x RRCD/18/15/04/4/BO

& 2 x ZRC/18/04/SC

1830H mm Extra Dividers Add Side Cladding (1830H) per frame

Code Price D.H Code Price Code Price

1830.1525.457 500 RRCD/18/15/04/4 £256.51 457.571 RRCD/45/57 £11.51 ZRC/18/04/SC £19.16

1830.1525.610 500 RRCD/18/15/06/4 £308.99 610.571 RRCD/61/57 £12.83 ZRC/18/06/SC £25.55

1830.1830.457 500 RRCD/18/18/04/4 £356.71 457.571 RRCD/45/57 £11.51 ZRC/18/04/SC £19.16

1830.1830.610 500 RRCD/18/18/06/4 £398.29 610.571 RRCD/61/57 £12.83 ZRC/18/06/SC £25.55

1830.2440.457 400 RRCD/18/24/04/4 £464.99 457.571 RRCD/45/57 £11.51 ZRC/18/04/SC £19.16

1830.2440.610 400 RRCD/18/24/06/4 £517.83 610.571 RRCD/61/57 £12.83 ZRC/18/06/SC £25.55

Rubber Mallet Tie Plate (set of 4) Wall Bracket Metal Feet (set of 4) Floor Fixing (M8x50)

Code

Price

Code

Price

Code

Price

Code

Price

Code

Price

96

MALLET £4.88

RR8/SET4 £5.07

RR5/WBKT £1.38

RR5/SET4 £5.55

FFM8X50 £1.26

Rivet Racking - Archive Racking


• Complete with chipboard shelves & archive boxes

• Supplied with smooth and hard wearing shelves and

robust uprights. Finished with high quality paint

• 500kg UDL per shelf


PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

RRAK18/30

Shelving & Storage

Archive Racking - Single Box Deep (457mm)

Size H.W.D. Shelf Levels Qty of Boxes Code Price

1830.1525.457 3 24 RRAK15/24 £245.79

2440.1525.457 4 32 RRAK15/32 £327.26

3050.1525.457 5 40 RRAK15/40 £409.76

1830.1830.457 3 30 RRAK18/30 £318.96

2440.1830.457 4 40 RRAK18/40 £424.82

3050.1830.457 5 50 RRAK18/50 £531.71

Archive Boxes

• Large labelling area

• Holds 20 kg

• Tote handles for easy carrying

RRAK18/100

Archive Racking - Double Box Deep (915mm)

Size H.W.D. Shelf Levels Qty of Boxes Code Price

1830.1525.915 3 48 RRAK15/48 £421.88

2440.1525.915 4 64 RRAK15/64 £561.92

3050.1525.915 5 80 RRAK15/80 £702.99

1830.1830.915 3 60 RRAK18/60 £512.61

2440.1830.915 4 80 RRAK18/80 £683.05

3050.1830.915 5 100 RRAK18/100 £854.52

Shelving & Racking

Archive Boxes

Size H.W.D Code Price - pack of 10

270.350.430 AK0020AB/10 £39.70

97

Delta Plus Shelving

• Ideal for offices, libraries,

workshops or warehouses

• All steel construction

• Complete with 6 shelves

• Pure white finish (RAL9010)

• Shelves adjust every 25mm

• 362mm deep shelf takes

standard 330mm lateral

files underneath adding

extra versatility

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

i

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Information

COMPLETE

BAYS WITH

6 SHELVES

Shelving & Racking

98

Overall Size

H.W.D mm

Delta Plus Shelving

Delta Plus

Delta Plus

Add Extra Height

Add Extra Height

Extra Shelf

Starter Bays

Extension Bays

Extra for Starter Bays

for Extension Bays

Height

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1930.686.300 DTS/19/07/30/6 £121.91 DTE/19/07/30/6 £92.40 DTS/0730SH £10.48 2230 DTS/22/--/30/6 £7.70 DTE/22/--/30/6 £3.85


1930.986.300 DTS/19/10/30/6 £146.39 DTE/19/10/30/6 £116.86 DTS/1030SH £14.56 - - - - -







1930.986.450 DTS/19/10/45/6 £195.90 DTE/19/10/45/6 £156.75 DTS/1045SH £19.60 - - - - -





1930.986.600 DTS/19/10/60/6 £244.96 DTE/19/10/60/6 £196.41 DTS/1060SH £24.64 - - - - -

Delta Plus Shelving

Back Cladding Sets

4

3

1

2

Size mm Model

Price

1930H.686W DT05/1907/WH £42.89

1930H.986W DT05/1910/WH £60.68

2230H.686W DT05/2207/WH £49.12

2230H.986W DT05/2210/WH £69.62

2530H.686W DT05/2507/WH £55.35

2530H.986W DT05/2510/WH £78.57

1. Slot In Dividers

5

2. Fixed Height Dividers 3. Freestanding Dividers

Shelving & Storage

Size mm Model Price

Size mm Model Price

Size mm Model Price

300D.95H DT08/30/09 £1.08

300D.300H DT07/30/30 £2.77

300D.175H DT06/30/175 £3.00

362D.95H DT08/36/09 £1.30

450D.95H DT08/45/09 £1.76

300D.195H DT08/30/19 £2.16

362D.195H DT08/36/19 £2.61

400D.195H DT08/40/19 £3.23

4. Bin Front

362D.300H DT07/36/30 £3.45

450D.300H DT07/45/30 £4.30

300D.400H DT07/30/40 £3.69

362D.400H DT07/36/40 £4.53

450D.400H DT07/45/40 £5.78

5. Base Plinth

362D.175H DT06/36/175 £3.45

450D.175H DT06/45/175 £4.30

Shelving & Racking

Size mm Model Price

Size mm Model Price

686W.85H DT09/07/85 £2.77

986W.85H DT09/10/85 £3.85

686W.25H DT10/07/25 £1.30

986W.25H DT10/10/25 £1.93

99

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

100

Size H.W.D.

Shelf

Loading

U.D.L

Starter Bay

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving - Open

Open Bays Extension Bays Extra Shelf


2000.700.300 140 E4S/200703/6 £161.96 E4E/200703/6 £121.99 E4/0703SH £13.73

2000.1000.300 110 E4S/201003/6 £186.13 E4E/201003/6 £146.16 E4/1003SH £17.71

2000.1150.300 90 E4S/201103/6 £199.63 E4E/201103/6 £159.60 E4/1103SH £20.01

2000.700.400 130 E4S/200704/6 £179.91 E4E/200704/6 £138.89 E4/0704SH £16.32

2000.1000.400 200 E4S/201004/6 £218.72 E4E/201004/6 £177.71 E4/1004SH £22.84

2000.1150.400 180 E4S/201104/6 £246.06 E4E/201104/6 £204.99 E4/1104SH £27.40

2000.700.500 200 E4S/200705/6 £203.67 E4E/200705/6 £161.45 E4/0705SH £19.96

2000.1000.500 180 E4S/201005/6 £245.26 E4E/201005/6 £203.03 E4/1005SH £26.82

2000.1150.500 150 E4S/201105/6 £261.87 E4E/201105/6 £219.64 E4/1105SH £29.59

2000.700.600 180 E4S/200706/6 £207.88 E4E/200706/6 £164.73 E4/0706SH £20.31

2000.1000.600 200 E4S/201006/6 £265.73 E4E/201006/6 £222.59 E4/1006SH £29.94

2000.1150.600 150 E4S/201106/6 £322.72 E4E/201106/6 £279.57 E4/1106SH £39.46

Extra

Height

mm

2200

• Bays up to 2500kg

• Quick & easy to erect


& necessary fixings,

bracing & plastic feet

• Endless versatility with the huge

range of accessories available

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving - Extra Height

Depth

mm

Starter Bay

Extension Bay


E4S/22--03/6 £5.07 E4E/22--03/6 £2.54

2500 300 E4S/25--03/6 £15.23 E4E/25--03/6 £7.67

3000 E4S/30--03/6 £43.09 E4E/30--03/6 £21.57

2200

E4S/22--04/6 £5.07 E4E/22--04/6 £2.54

2500 400 E4S/25--04/6 £16.26 E4E/25--04/6 £8.19

3000 E4S/30--04/6 £45.23 E4E/30--04/6 £22.67

2200

E4S/22--05/6 £5.07 E4E/22--05/6 £2.54

2500 500 E4S/25--05/6 £17.47 E4E/25--05/6 £8.77

3000 E4S/30--05/6 £47.53 E4E/30--05/6 £23.77

2200

Extension Bay

E4S/22--06/6 £5.07 E4E/22--06/6 £2.54

2500 600 E4S/25--06/6 £18.40 E4E/25--06/6 £9.23

3000 E4S/30--06/6 £49.37 E4E/30--06/6 £24.74

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving - Cladding

Expo 4 Solid Side Cladding

Price to clad each frame. Includes multiple panels & a plastic joining rib

Overall Size

H.D mm

Code

Expo 4 Mesh Side Cladding

Expo 4 Mesh Back Cladding Expo 4 Solid Sheet Back Cladding Expo 4 Hook In Back Cladding

Price includes multiple panels of

2” x 2” galvanised mesh & ties

Price

Overall Size

H.D mm

Code

Price

2000.300 EX10/2003/GY £24.28 2500.300 EX10/2503/GY £30.80

2000.400 EX10/2004/GY £31.49 2500.400 EX10/2504/GY £39.97

2000.500 EX10/2005/GY £36.28 2500.500 EX10/2505/GY £45.98

2000.600 EX10/2006/GY £43.38 2500.600 EX10/2506/GY £55.03

2200.300 EX10/2203/GY £27.23 3000.300 EX10/3003/GY £36.68

2200.400 EX10/2204/GY £33.62 3000.400 EX10/3004/GY £47.64

2200.500 EX10/2205/GY £39.17 3000.500 EX10/3005/GY £54.80

2200.600 EX10/2206/GY £48.51 3000.600 EX10/3006/GY £65.59

Overall Size

H.W mm

Code

Price

2000.700 EX12/2007/GV £41.88

2200.700 EX12/2207/GV £45.34

2500.700 EX12/2507/GV £49.49

3000.700 EX12/3007/GV £63.21

2000.1000 EX12/2010/GV £58.26

2200.1000 EX12/2210/GV £63.50

2500.1000 EX12/2510/GV £69.51

3000.1000 EX12/3010/GV £87.73

2000.1150 EX12/2011/GV £65.76

2200.1150 EX12/2211/GV £71.64

2500.1150 EX12/2511/GV £78.33

3000.1150 EX12/3011/GV £98.97

Price includes multiple solid

steel sheets & screws

Overall Size

H.W mm

Price to clad each frame. Includes multiple panels of 2” x 2” galvanised mesh & ties

Code

Overall Size

H.D mm

Price

2000.700 EX13/2007/GY £72.51

2200.700 EX13/2207/GY £112.19

2500.700 EX13/2507/GY £151.98

3000.700 EX13/3007/GY £148.41

2000.1000 EX13/2010/GY £97.42

2200.1000 EX13/2210/GY £124.70

2500.1000 EX13/2510/GY £151.98

3000.1000 EX13/3010/GY £173.39

2000.1150 EX13/2011/GY £97.42

Code

2200.1150 EX13/2211/GY £124.70

2500.1150 EX13/2511/GY £151.98

3000.1150 EX13/3011/GY £173.39

Price

Price includes multiple

hook in steel panels

Overall Size

H.W mm

Overall Size

H.D mm

Code

Code

Price

2000.300 EX11/2003/GV £14.83 2500.300 EX11/2503/GV £17.47

2000.400 EX11/2004/GV £20.13 2500.400 EX11/2504/GV £23.53

2000.500 EX11/2005/GV £25.38 2500.500 EX11/2505/GV £29.88

2000.600 EX11/2006/GV £30.69 2500.600 EX11/2506/GV £36.34

2200.300 EX11/2203/GV £16.15 3000.300 EX11/3003/GV £22.32

2200.400 EX11/2204/GV £21.81 3000.400 EX11/3004/GV £30.28

2200.500 EX11/2205/GV £27.63 3000.500 EX11/3005/GV £38.18

2200.600 EX11/2206/GV £33.51 3000.600 EX11/3006/GV £46.09

Price

2000.700 EX14/2007/GY £125.57

2200.700 EX14/2207/GY £145.70

2500.700 EX14/2507/GY £157.99

3000.700 EX14/3007/GY £190.34

2000.1000 EX14/2010/GY £147.72

2200.1000 EX14/2210/GY £174.83

2500.1000 EX14/2510/GY £185.56

3000.1000 EX14/3010/GY £223.34

2000.1150 EX14/2011/GY £162.20

2200.1150 EX14/2211/GY £192.71

2500.1150 EX14/2511/GY £203.62

3000.1150 EX14/3011/GY £245.08

Shelving & Racking Shelving & Storage

101


5

2

9

8

1

3

4

11

10

12

6

7

1 3 5

6

Shelving & Storage

7

Freestanding Divider

9

Roll Out Drawer

10

Garment Rail

11

Tyre Rack

Shelving & Racking

102

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving - Accessories

Ref Description Size mm Qty Code Price

1

2

3

Plinth

Freestanding

Divider

Fixed Height

Dividers

Roll Out Drawer

Compartment System

(complete with 4 front to back dividers

& 6 x 146mm & 4 x 220mm cross

dividers)

Additional Cross

Dividers

Additional Front to

Back Divider

Lateral Filing System

300D.200H Each EX20/0302 £12.52

400D.200H Each EX20/0402 £14.13

500D.200H Each EX20/0502 £15.75

600D.200H Each EX20/0602 £17.54

300D.300H Each EX33/300/300 £5.48

400D.300H Each EX33/400/300 £7.21

500D.300H Each EX33/500/300 £8.37

600D.300H Each EX33/600/300 £8.99

300D.400H Each EX33/300/400 £9.63

400D.400H Each EX33/400/400 £10.04

500D.400H Each EX33/500/400 £10.96

600D.400H Each EX33/600/400 £12.29

1000W.400D Each EX25/1004/120/GY £291.57

1000W.600D Each EX25/1006/120/GY £333.85

1000W.400D Set EX25/1004/INDIV £99.61

1000W.600D Set EX25/1006/INDIV £109.94

70W.80H Each EX25/76/120/DV £2.42

146W.80H Each EX25/155/120/DV £2.77

220W.80H Each EX25/230/120/DV £3.35

400D.80H Each EX25/04/120/FB £16.90

600D.80H Each EX25/06/120/FB £20.31

Roll Out Reference Shelf

Expo 4 Boltless Shelving - Accessories

Ref Description Size Qty Code Price

4 Plastic Binning System Call for Details

5 Garment Rail

6 Tyre Rack

7 Plinth

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Roll Out Filing Frame

1000W.400D Set EX21/GRRL1004 £25.78

1000W.600D Set EX21/GRRL1006 £26.94

1000W.400D Set EX23/TYRK1004 £65.35

1000W.600D Set EX23/TYRK1006 £66.56

700W.70H Each EX18/070 £10.90

1000W.70H Each EX18/100 £14.83

1150W.70H Each EX18/115 £15.00

8 Louvre Back Panel 1000W.500H Each PLV5010LEX £71.64

9 Lateral Filing Frame 1000W.400D Each EX22/LFF1004 £65.35

10 Roll Out Reference Shelf 1000W.400D Each EX27/RORS1004 £130.70

11 Roll Out Filing Frame 1000W.400D Each EX27/ROFF1004 £130.70

12 Double Cupboard Doors 2000H.1000W Each EX29/2010 £639.15

Idea Plus Galvanised Shelving


• No clips - assemble in minutes

• Tough hardwearing finish

• 200kg UDL per shelf

• Max Bay load:

600kg UDL (without bracing)

1200kg UDL (with bracing)

PROMPT DELIVERY

10 MINUTE

ASSEMBLY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

Idea Plus Galvanised Shelving

1794mm High Bay 2208mm High Bay 2622mm High Bay Extra Shelf

Size W.D.


808.308 IPB/180830/5/GV £71.09 IPB/220830/5/GV £77.89 IPB/260830/5/GV £84.69 IP2/0803/GV £8.10

808.408 IPB/180840R/5/GV £94.33 IPB/220840R/5/GV £101.12 IPB/260840R/5/GV £107.92 IP2/0804R/GV £12.75



1008.308 IPB/181030/5/GV £80.16 IPB/221030/5/GV £86.96 IPB/261030/5/GV £93.75 IP2/1003/GV £9.91





For Bay Loads up to 1200kgs - add 1 x Brace for every 4 bays


X Brace (Pair) IP5/XBRACE/KIT £14.78

Optional Extras


Metal Foot IP4/MTF/KIT £2.89

Floor Fixing (M6 x 50mm) FFM6x50 £0.85

103

Expo 3

Boltless Shelving


• Hard wearing galvanised finish that will

last the rigours of any environment

• Simple & easy to build

• Up to 300kg UDL per shelf


10 MINUTE

ASSEMBLY

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

PROMPT DELIVERY


Starter Bay Extension Bay Extra Shelf

Size H.W.D.

Shelf Load


2000.700.200 100 kg E3S/200702/6SD £121.07 E3E/200702/6SD £87.33 E3/0702SHSD £8.94
























104

For taller bays add the following to the bay prices

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Height


2200 E3S/22----/6SD £4.50 E3E/22----/6SD £2.31

2500 E3S/25----/6SD £11.65 E3E/25----/6SD £5.82

3000 E3S/30----/6SD £23.53 E3E/30----/6SD £11.77

All bays come with 6 shelves

& all necessary fixings,

bracing & plastic feet

Midispan Racking

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

• Pre-galvanized shelving system with steel decking panels

and capacities up to 750kg UDL per level.

• With a wide range of profiles and sizes, Midispan is

flexible across a vast range of applications and

is perfect in demanding environments

• Heavy duty and secure

• Easy to build and reconfigure

• Galvanised beams and decking panels

• Beams adjust every 25mm


Height

mm

Midispan Racking - Frames

Depth - 400mm Depth - 600mm Depth - 800mm Depth - 1000mm Depth - 1200mm


Frames - M50 Profile - Galvanised (Frame capacity up to 4300kg)

1950 MSF/19/04 £56.01 MSF/19/06 £57.10 MSF/19/08 £60.68 MSF/19/10 £63.22 MSF/19/12 £69.74



Frames - M70 Profile - Galvanised (Frame capacity up to 8800kg)

2550 - - MSF70/25/06 £123.32 MSF70/25/08 £131.22 MSF70/25/10 £136.82 MSF70/25/12 £142.58

4500 - - MSF70/45/06 £194.44 MSF70/45/08 £198.82 MSF70/45/10 £204.94 MSF70/45/12 £211.40

5550 - - MSF70/55/06 £227.20 MSF70/55/08 £239.31 MSF70/55/10 £247.39 MSF70/55/12 £255.23

6000 - - MSF70/60/06 £241.56 MSF70/60/08 £253.73 MSF70/60/10 £261.81 MSF70/60/12 £269.60

Width

mm

Price includes uprights, metal feet and all necessary bracing and fixings. Frame capacity based on shelf levels spaced at 400mm intervals

Load

kg

Midispan Racking - Beam Levels

Price includes pair of beams, galvanised decking, safety pins & beam ties

C50 Profile on M50 upright C70 Profile on M50 upright Metal Foot


Code

Price

Load

kg

Code

Price

Load

kg

Code

Price

Load

kg

C50 Profile Galvanised Beam Levels - including all galvanised decking

1000 400 MSB/1004C50 £34.43 400 MSB/1006C50 £43.09 400 MSB/1008C50 £51.74 350 MSB/1010C50 £60.28 325 MSB/1012C50 £68.64



C70 Profile Galvanised Beam Levels - including all galvanised decking







Code

Price

Load

kg

Code

Price


105

TS Longspan Racking

Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

• NEW “Twin Slot” pattern on the upright

New larger upright profile 60x50mm with twin slots

• Heavy duty Racking system

Store all your heavy and bulk items with ease

• Adaptable storage solutions

Simple to add to, as your storage needs grow

• Strong “Z” profile beam design

Unique beam design that offers capacities up to 950kgs

• Heavy duty shelf levels

Shelf levels includes deck supports to match


PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

106

Longspan Heavy Duty Racking - Frames

Includes pair of uprights & all necessary bracing & fixings

Height

mm



1984 TSF/20/04/BE £41.30 TSF/20/06/BE £53.95 TSF/20/07/BE £57.15 TSF/20/09/BE £55.95 TSF/20/12/BE £60.85





TS Longspan Racking

Longspan Heavy Duty Racking - Beam Levels - Chipboard Decking

Includes one complete level with 2 beams, chipboard decking, all necessary deck supports & safety pins

Width

mm

Shelf

Load


Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

1229 950 TSB/12/04/OR £40.90 900 TSB/12/06/OR £53.35 875 TSB/12/07/OR £60.30 825 TSB/12/09/OR £65.90 750 TSB/12/12/OR £77.65






Longspan Heavy Duty Racking - Beam Levels - Solid Steel Decking

Includes one complete level with 2 beams, solid steel decking, all necessary deck supports & safety pins

Width

mm

Shelf

Load


Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

1229 480 TSBSD/12/04/OR £69.90 480 TSBSD/12/06/OR £84.10 480 TSBSD/12/07/OR £92.60 400 TSBSD/12/09/OR £101.70 360 TSBSD/12/12/OR £120.00






Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price


Longspan Heavy Duty Racking - Beam Levels - Wire Mesh Decking

Includes one complete level with 2 beams, wire mesh decking, all necessary deck supports & safety pins

Width

mm

Shelf

Load


Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

Shelf

Load

Code

Price

1229 350 TSBWD/12/04/OR £49.30 350 TSBWD/12/06/OR £63.55 325 TSBWD/12/07/OR £72.10 300 TSBWD/12/09/OR £79.25 250 TSBWD/12/12/OR £95.30





107

Rivet Garment Racks

• Offers a cost effective & flexible

way to store hanging garments

• Comes configured as single or

double garment rails

• No nuts & bolts required - the

system just taps together with


Shelving & Storage

Shelving & Racking

PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

108

Overall Size

H.W.D mm

Tube

Load kg

Rivet Garment Racks

Single Rail Garment Bay - 2 Levels

Double Rail Garment Bay - 2 Levels


2135.915.610 70 RRGB/SG/21/09/06/2/BG £114.31 RRGB/DG/21/09/06/2/BG £139.97

2135.1220.610 60 RRGB/SG/21/12/06/2/BG £141.17 RRGB/DG/21/12/06/2/BG £180.10

Pallet Racking

• For use with UK Pallets

• Pallet Racking Kit for 12 x pallets

(Boxes shown 1000H x 1200Wmm)

H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

3000.5742.900 2 12 MPRK1 £1057.20




H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

4000.5742.900 2 12 MPRK2 £1164.66




H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

5000.5742.900 3 16 MPRK3 £1549.71

• For use with Euro Pallets



H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

3000.5742.1100 2 18 MPRK4 £1079.52

Pallet Racking Shelving & Storage




H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

4000.5742.1100 2 18 MPRK5 £1189.59




H.W.D

mm

Levels

Pallets

Stored

Code

Price

5000.5742.1100 3 24 MPRK6 £1577.07

109

Pallet Racking

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Pallet Racking

Wire Decking Panels

W.D

mm

Load

kg

Code

Price

1350.900 1000 MPRMWD/1309 £34.84

2700.900 2000 MPRMWD/2709 £69.62

1350.1100 1000 MPRMWD/1311 £38.53

2225.1100 2000 MPRMWD/2211 £77.64

2700.1100 2000 MPRMWD/2711 £77.00

3300.1100 3000 MPRMWD/3311 £116.46

Open Timber Decking Panels

W.D

mm

Load

kg

Code

Price

1350.900 500 MPROTD/1309 £27.52

2225.900 810 MPROTD/2209 £49.15

2700.900 1000 MPROTD/2709 £54.97

3300.900 1226 MPROTD/3309 £73.77

1350.1100 685 MPROTD/1311 £34.04

2225.1100 1120 MPROTD/2211 £60.74

2700.1100 1375 MPROTD/2711 £68.06

3300.1100 1680 MPROTD/3311 £91.13

110

Fork Spacers

Depth

mm

Load

kg

Code

Price

900 (Pair) 2000 (Pair) MPRFS/09/YW £70.08

1100 (Pair) 2000 (Pair) MPRFS/11/YW £77.99

Pallet Support Bars

Depth

mm

Load

kg

Code

Price

900 (Pair) 1700 (Pair) MPRSP/09/GV £28.20

1100 (Pair) 1500 (Pair) MPRSP/11/GV £32.41

Pallet Racking

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

• A pallet racking solution that will provide you

with the perfect storage solution for your business

• Galvanised frames with steel beams (RAL 1003) Yellow

• We will evaluate the type of goods you store, the

amount of floor space available for the racking

installation, the speed of throughput & the

type of equipment you use before

recommending the best solution

• Total Bay load: up to 11,000kg

Pallet Racking Accessories

Frames

Height

mm

Beam Levels

Depth - 900mm

Depth - 1100mm


2500 MPRF/2509/GV £140.74 MPRF/2511/GV £147.26

3000 MPRF/3009/GV £160.64 MPRF/3011/GV £168.08

4000 MPRF/4009/GV £196.46 MPRF/4011/GV £204.77

5000 MPRF/5009/GV £232.33 MPRF/5011/GV £241.45

6000 MPRF/6009/GV £277.96 MPRF/6011/GV £289.79

Width

mm

Load per Pair

kg

Code

Price

1350 3540 MPRB/1375/YW £64.31

2225 2800 MPRB/2210/YW £106.94

2700 3180 MPRB/2712/YW £138.72

3300 (900mm depth) 3790 MPRB/331709/YW £227.37

3300 (1100mm depth) 3790 MPRB/331711/YW £227.37



Upright Protector Type L - 400mm MPRUPL/04/YW £62.64

Upright Protector Type U - 530mm MPRUPU/05/YW £45.28

200mm Row Spacer MPRRS/20/GV £4.50

250mm Row Spacer MPRRS/25/GV £5.25

L-Shaped Upright

Proctector

U-Shaped Upright

Proctector

111

Warehouse

Partitioning

System

Warehouse Partitioning Systems

based on mesh panels and steel

sheet panels, adaptable for high or

low assembly and provide a range

of safety levels. Stable and durable

partitioning walls to cover all your

material handling needs

Shelving & Storage

Industrial Partitioning

112

Mesh Sizes

(UR350 & UX450)

50×50 mm mesh

panels are an ideal

solution for providing

a safe working

environment that

allows natural light

and ventilation.

(UR300)

100×50 mm mesh

panels are a lighter

alternative to 50×50

mm, but still a perfect

solution for providing

a safe working

environment..

(UR325)

25×25 mm mesh

panels are adapted

for applications that

require a high level

of safety, such as

storing aerosols, or

hazardous or

high-value goods.

The panels allow

natural light and

ventilation.

(URSP)

Full steel

Modular full steel

panels are ideal for

creating storage

areas for storing

goods out of sight.

They are made from

profiled steel sheet

and available in a

number of different

standard widths.

natural light and

ventilation.

Locks for Doors

PANIC BAR

For emergency

evacuation. Available

as a hinged door,

fitted with euro

profile cylinder.

The Troax Panic

Bar meets the

requirements of

norm EN1125

EURO CYLINDER

A frequently used

door, which can be

used both locked

with a key or

unlocked with just

the handles.

ABLOY EL460

A kit with the

electrical lock ABLOY

EL460 is combined

with split function for

emergency exit from

the inside

ELECTRIC STRIKE

When an electric

keyless control is

needed. For example

together with a tag/

code/ card system.

KNOB AND HANDLE

When it shall be

possible to open the

door from the inside

with only the handle

and neccessary to

use a key from the

outside

PADLOCK

For less frequent

access.

ASSA CYLINDER

A frequently used

door, which can be

used both locked

with a key or

unlocked with just

the handles.

Anti-collapse System

Anti-collapse system prevents any risk of spillage from

pallets in warehouse storages. The system is used for safe

handling and storing of products in a logistics environment.

It is made from fully welded mesh and steel frames and is

strong and durable.

The panels are available in three models with different

safety levels to suit your specific needs. The Anti-collapse

screen can be made from 700mm, 1,200mm and 1,500mm

high panels by 1,100mm and 2,200mm wide.

TUV Certfied

pendulum

test method

Troax anti-collapse

system is tested and

approved by TÜV

Rheinland to withstand

an impact of 2,500

Joules.


Speed Bolt

Speed bolt is developed for the anti-collapse system.

The nut is included in the bolt, which makes the assembly

a lot easier, faster and more efficient. This one item

bolt solves the assembly on closed upright beams.

Uni-bracket

Uni-bracket is a versatile bracket which can be mounted in

four different positions. The unique kit secure method keeps

the panels locked in position. It has a cut-out which eases the

removal of pallet racking beams located near the brackets. A

user-friendly system as it can be built more logically from the

bottom of the screen upwards.

113

Titan

A high quality double skin system that is ideal for

cleanroom & office applications where appearance is

important. When used in conjunction with the correct HVAC

system, Titan is ideal for working toward an ISO 14644-1

class 5 cleanroom environment

• RAL 9010 - other colours available upon request

• Flush double glazing with integral magnetic

blinds, coved & bull nosed skirting

• Anti-static/electro-dissipative &

anti-microbial powder coating

• Sound reduction

ASK ABOUT

OUR INSTALLATION

SERVICE

Shelving & Storage

Industrial Partitioning

Elan

Ideal for offices, facility areas,

machine enclosures etc, where

sound reduction & insulation are

important

• Standard powder coated colours:

sandstone, medium grey,

white or light grey

• Fire rating

• Double glazing

• Ceilings

• Integrated venetian blinds

ASK ABOUT

OUR INSTALLATION

SERVICE

Titan Double Skin Partitions

Prices from (per linear metre)

This price is a guide. Specific prices

P.O.A.

for projects are available upon request

Elan Double Skin Partitions


114



P.O.A.

Bastion

Heavy duty angle-framed industrial

partitioning suitable for harsh

environments. It provides secure

storage & screening and can feature

a combination of full steel, mesh &

glazing. 25 x 25mm and expanded

metal mesh inserts are also available

upon request.

ASK ABOUT

OUR INSTALLATION

SERVICE

Bastion Single Skin Partitions


Shelving & Storage



Sigma

P.O.A.

Demountable & relocatable

medium duty partitioning, ideal for

applications requiring

a high quality appearance.

ASK ABOUT

OUR INSTALLATION

SERVICE

Industrial Partitioning Shelving & Storage

Sigma Single Skin Partitions




P.O.A.

115

Magnetic Impact Protection

The magnetic strips are an integral

part of the profile. A simple solution

for applications that do not require

permanent protection, or that

require operations such as cleaning,

painting etc.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Easy to apply, adjust or remove

• Suitable for Interior & Exterior use

• Can be cut to size on site

• Flexible non-aging PU foam

• UV resistant signal colours

• Solvent resistant, free from CFC and

silicone

• Temperature resistant from -20ºC to

+90ºC

Magnetic Impact Protection

Type

Surface Protection

Options Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 Option 6 Option 7

Profile size:

1 Metre

lengths

Code 422.26.582* 422.27.977* 422.20.678* 422.23.243* 422.24.979* 422.25.253* 422.20.276*

Shelving & Storage

Price £33.30 £33.30 £43.20 £33.30 £31.60 £48.40 £33.30

Impact Protection

TRAFFIC-LINE Impact

Protection profiles provide

both visual warning and

safety cushioning to hard

unyielding objects.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Prevents injury and protects property.

• Quick and easy to install.

• High quality moulded sections.

• Standard length is 1,000mm.

• Easily cut to length with sharp knife or fine saw blade.

• Made from flexible age resistant polyurethane foam.

• Temperature resistant from -40 °C to + 90°C.

• CFC and silicon free.

Impact Protection

*Express Delivery Available

Type Surface Protection Edge Protection Profile Protection

Options Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4 Option 5 Option 6 Option 7

Profile size:

1 Metre

lengths

Code 422.18.441* 422.13.249* 422.19.912* 422.14.275* 422.19.099* 422.13.264* 422.17.696*

Impact Protection

Price £27.40 £27.40 £37.30 £28.40 £28.40 £26.10 £26.10


5m Impact Protection

TRAFFIC-LINE Impact

Protection profiles

provide both visual

warning and safety

cushioning to hard

unyielding objects.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Prevents injury and protects property.

• High quality moulded sections.

• Made from flexible age resistant

polyurethane foam.

• UV resistant yellow/black colours according

to DIN 4844.

• Fire resistant.

• CFC and silicon free.

5m Impact Protection

Type Push-fit Protection Push-fit Protection

Profile size:

5 Metre

lengths

Code 422.23.704* 422.26.236* 422.24.291* 422.22.011* 422.29.978*

116

Price £132.10 £134.90 £128.60 £157.80 £132.40


Ensures pipes are protected against accidental damage from

passing vehicles. Addition to range is entirely wall mounted for

added flexibility.

Pipe Protectors

• Effective protection.

• Highly visible.

• Strong steel protection.

• Quickly & easily installed.

PROMPT DELIVERY

TRAFFIC-LINE External Pipe Protectors

Wall & Ground Mounted 48mm Dia.

Dimensions (mm) Code Price

1,000mmH x 350mmW x 300mmD 200.27.919* £244.20

1,500mmH x 350mmW x 300mmD 200.20.402* £367.90

TRAFFIC-LINE External Pipe Protectors

Wall Mounted 48mm Dia.

Dimensions (mm) Code Price

1,000mmH x 350mmW x 300mmD 200.28.423* £244.20

1,500mmH x 350mmW x 300mmD 200.20.616* £367.90

* Prompt Delivery Available

• Wall Mounted

• Wall & Ground Mounted

Collision Protection Bars

Low cost protection for plant and machinery from forklift trucks, roller

containers, trolleys, pallet trucks etc.

• Easily and quickly installed.

• Low profile design enables easy pedestrian

access to protected areas.

• Protect plant and machinery etc. Interior use only.

Collision Protection Bars

Description H x W (mm) Code Price

Straight Bar

76Ø 3mm thick

Corner Bar

76Ø 3mm thick

Column Guards

86 x 400 199.13.478* £30.20

86 x 800 199.19.220* £44.60

86 x 1200 199.14.143* £59.70

86 x 638 x 638 199.22.677* £134.80

Rawl plug bolt 12 x 100 109.17.393* £1.40

Throughbolt anchor 12 x 120 109.24.665* £3.30


These highly versatile Column Protectors provide strong

protection for vulnerable columns, exposed pipe work

etc, against damage by motorised transport.

• ‘One way’ assembly for easy installation.

• Strong steel construction.

• Isolates column from impact shock.

• Highly visible versions.

£337.90

From Only

From Only

£30.20

PROMPT DELIVERY

Column Guards

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Shelving & Storage

Impact Protection

Dimensions (mm) Finish Code Price

Outer Dim. 600 x 520 x 520mm Inner Dim. 400 x 400mm Hot Dip Galvanised 200.22.925* £337.90

Outer Dim. 600 x 520 x 520mm Inner Dim. 400 x 400mm Hot Dip Galvanised & Powder Coated 200.20.623* £399.00






117

Racking End Frame Protectors

A refinement of our original End Frame Protectors,

these new End Frame Protectors are easily installed

providing protection to Pallet Racking End Frames

from potentially hazardous damage from forklift

trucks or other vehicles. These End Frame Protectors

now feature additional protection to the sides of the

end frames for additional peace of mind.

£388.90

From Only

• Highly visible.

PROMPT DELIVERY

• Strong effective protection.

• Adjustable to width.

• Easily installed with minimum loss of space.

• Powder Coated Yellow with Black Bands.

Racking End Frame Protectors

H x W x D (mm) Code Price

Set 1 - 500 x 900mm - 1,300 x 190mm 198.23.925* £388.90

Set 2 - 500 x 1,200mm - 2,100 x 190mm 198.25.753* £459.70

Set 3 - 00 x 2,300mm - 2,700mm x 190mm 198.22.185* £508.40

Shelving & Storage

Impact Protection

*Prompt Delivery Available

Plastic Pallet Racking Protectors

The TRAFFIC-LINE Pallet Racking Protectors

manufactured in high quality HD Polyethylene,

provide protection to vulnerable pallet racking

uprights from potentially dangerous damage

from fork lift tucks etc. Fits racking uprights from

60 to 85mm in width. They are quickly and easily

installed using the two Velcro straps to secure

them, removing the need to drill holes in the floor.

Plastic Pallet Racking Protectors

• Cushioning effect.

• Dimensionally

stable.

• Easy assembly – no

tools.

• TUV Approved.

• Conforms to DIN EN

15512.

• Recyclable.

Description Size Code Price

Velcro Fasteners 600mm x 143mm 197.29.201* £33.10


Pallet Racking Protectors

Protect vulnerable pallet racking uprights and end

frames from potentially dangerous damage from fork

lift trucks etc.

• Superior build quality and strength.

• Effective protection.

• Highly visible colours.

• Simple to install – secure fixing with anchorage bolts

(available at extra cost).

• Conforms to DIN 4844 Safety Guidelines.

Description

Pallet Racking Protectors

H x W x D (mm)

Fixing Bolts

required

Code

Price

400 x 160 x 5 4 197.15.928* £35.60

Right-Angle

400 x 160 x 6 4 197.13.182* £44.80

800 x 160 x 6 4 197.14.605* £82.30

1200 x 160 x 6 4 197.18.380* £122.50

400 x 160 x 5 6 197.28.897* £51.90

U-Profile

400 x 160 x 6 6 197.18.365* £70.50

800 x 160 x 6 6 197.28.189* £108.60

1200 x 160 x 6 6 197.88.004* £153.30

118

122

Surface fixing bolts 12 x 100 - 109.17.393* £1.40


Black Bull HD Impact Protection Railing

The BLACK BULL Railing Gate has been designed specifically for use with our MD and HD Railing systems,

being identical for both systems with the exception of the fixings. The gates are designed to fix to End Posts,

Centre Posts or Corner Posts and can be hung either on the left hand side or the right hand side. They can be

manually opened up to 90° either inwards or outwards. This range of options ensures that the BLACK BULL

Railing Gate is extremely versatile in use and will suit most applications.

Manufactured from high quality steel with a welded protective panel for additional strength, better visibility

and to which a warning sign can be attached if required. (Sign not supplied).

• Indoor use only.

• Easily installed.

• High quality steel.

• Opening angle 90°

• Can be retrofitted.

PROMPT DELIVERY

Shelving & Storage

Barriers

£226.30

From Only

Black Bull HD Impact Protection Railing

Size (mm) Description Code Price

H - 1,000 BLACK BULL HD Impact Protection Railing System - Bollard 194.15.516* £104.60

H - 1000 BLACK BULL HD Impact Protection Railing System - Bollard (Galvanised) 194.13.700* £162.90

W - 835 x H - 475 BLACK BULL Railing System Gate MD - 835 x 475mm 194.20.653* £233.30

W - 835 x H - 475 BLACK BULL Railing System Gate HD - 835 x 475mm 194.29.743* £233.30


119

Heavy Duty Barrier System

• Simple & easy installation

• Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity

• Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges

• Available in either powder coated yellow

or Galvanised finish for outdoor use

• Mounting plate size: 220 x 220mm with

pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)

• Post size: 100 x 100mm

Lift Out Rail System

• The rails on this protective barrier system are easy to

remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery

• Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square

tubular steel & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular steel

• Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled

for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied)

• Finish: powder coated yellow

4 x SBLR04, 2 x SBLP21 & 1 x SBLP22

3 x BPG04Z, 1 x BBG06Z

& 1 x BBG24Z

Shelving & Storage

Safety Barriers

Length

3 x BPY04Z, 1 x BBY06Z

& 1 x BBY24Z

Weight

H.D. Barrier System - Barriers

Painted Yellow

Protective Posts

Galvanised


610 8 kg BBY06Z £111.80 BBG06Z £127.80

915 10 kg BBY09Z £136.80 BBG09Z £158.55

1220 12 kg BBY12Z £142.75 BBG12Z £166.45

2440 24 kg BBY24Z £187.85 BBG24Z £237.10

Height

Weight

H.D. Barrier System - Posts

Painted Yellow

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Galvanised


510 10 kg BPY04Z £163.85 BPG04Z £180.25

• Designed to protect building doorways from accidental damage.

• Fully welded construction for floor mounting - fixings included.

• Extra height posts available on

request for embedding into concrete.

• Powder coated in highly visible yellow or yellow and black

• 5 day delivery on the yellow Protective Posts

available, order quantities

may apply - please

PROMPT DELIVERY

speak to the sales team.

Description

SBLR04 & 2 x SBLP11

Lift Out Rail System - Posts

Single Rail - 500mm High

Lift Out Rail System - Lift Out Rails

Double Rail - 1100mm High

Weight Code Price Weight Code Price

End Post 5.5 kg SBLP11 £133.55 10 kg SBLP21 £188.80

Corner Post 6 kg SBLP12 £157.05 10.5 kg SBLP22 £212.40

In Line Post 6 kg SBLP13 £157.05 10.5 kg SBLP23 £212.40

Rail Length Weight Code Price

1220 9 kg SBLR04 £119.25

1830 13 kg SBLR06 £132.30

2440 17.5 kg SBLR08 £165.10

3000 21.5 kg SBLR10 £191.75

120

Protective Posts

Size H. W. Colour Option Code Price

Yellow RBPP110170YX £204.00

1100.170

Yellow & Black RBPP110170WX £204.00

Yellow RBPP915115YX £136.00

915.115

Yellow & Black RBPP915115WX £136.00

Yellow RBPP76090XYX £118.00

760.90

Yellow & Black RBPP76090XWX £118.00

Floor Graphic Markers

• Graphic floor signs - 430mm dia • Bold text

• Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse

• Independently tested for slip resistance • High visibility

• A full range of 38 designs are available to purchase,

please speak to sales for more information

• Manufactured from hardwearing Laminated Vinyl

with R9 Grade anti-slip certification

Half Circle Graphic Markers

• Graphic floor signs - 750W x 375Dmm

• Super strong adhesive quality

• Highlights areas to keep clear in front of fire doors

• Additional designs are available to purchase,

please speak to sales for more information

• Manufactured from hardwearing Laminated Vinyl

with R9 Grade anti-slip certification

FM01

FM02

FM05

FM16

FHMC01

FHMC02

FHMC04

FM17

Code

FM20

Floor Signals


Price

See codes below illustration £20.90

• Manufactured from tough PVC

• Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse

• Mark walkways, forklift routes & pallet positions

• Designed to withstand everyday traffic in a warehouse

• 6 colours available: red, green, blue, yellow,

white or black - specify when ordering

FHMC05

Half Circle Graphic Markers

Code

FHMC06

Frames4floors

FHMC07

Price

See codes below illustration £48.70

• Tough permanent self-adhesive colour coded PVC frames,

which will enable you to place and protect your

identification data on the warehouse floor or wall.

• Supplied in packs of 10 frames

Shelving & Storage

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Signs & Labelling

Floor Signals

Frames4floors

Description Size H.W. Pack Size Code Price

Size of Insert Colour Code Price

‘T’ Floor Signal 200.300 10 or 50 FS/T or FS/T/50 £15.50 or £60.30

Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FFDL/10 £33.62

‘L’ Floor Signal 200.200 10 or 50 FS/L or FS/L/50 £15.50 or £60.30 DL - 89 x 199 Mixed (x2 of each colour above) FFDLMIX/10 £33.62

‘+’ Floor Signal 300.300 10 or 50 FS/+ or FS/+/50 £22.50 or £93.20

Yellow/Black FFDLBY/10 £41.21

‘●’ Floor Signal 90 dia. 100 FS/O £35.20

Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FF4/10 £57.20

‘ ’ Floor Signal 90.90 100 FS/A £35.20

A4 - 200 x 290 Mixed (x2 of each colour above) FF4MIX/10 £57.20

‘

’ Floor Signal 300.100 10 FS/F or FS/F/50 £15.50 or £60.30

Yellow/Black FF4BY/10 £66.42

Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

121

Floor Marking Tape

Shelving & Storage

Line Marking

122

£231.10

From Only

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PROline-tape Floor Marking System

Description Tape Colour Code

Delivery weight Typical delivery time

(Kg/ea.) (working days)

Price

PROline-tape Marking Set White 261.15.202*

(Inc. 50 mm x 33 m Tape)

Yellow 261.17.297*

Blue 261.14.977*

1 Tapeliner, 2 Rolls of

11,5

£238.60

Red 261.15.660*

PROliner Tape, 1 Trimming

Green 261.19.541*

Knife, Marker Line & Chalk Orange 261.17.130*

PROline-tape Marking Set White 261.19.212*

5

(Inc. 75 mm x 33 m Tape)

Yellow 261.18.900*

Blue 261.16.487*

1 Tapeliner, 2 Rolls of

12 £243.40

Red 261.16.560*

PROliner Tape, 1 Trimming

Green 261.17.656*

Knife, Marker Line & Chalk Orange 261.13.748*

1 TAPEliner: Marker with Trimming Knife 261.16.528* 10 £233.60


Description Tape Colour Code

33m long,

50mm wide

33m long,

75mm wide

PROline Floor Marking Tape

White 261.16.606*

Yellow 261.13.796*

Blue 261.19.771*

Red 261.13.752*

Green 261.18.249*

Orange 261.16.322*

Red/white 261.18.826*

Yellow/black 261.17.941*

Green/white 261.17.310*

White 261.16.619*

Yellow 261.18.798*

Blue 261.15.989*

Red 261.18.675*

Green 261.16.655*

Orange 261.17.531*

Red/white 261.15.954*

Yellow/black 261.13.438*

Green/white 261.19.066*

Delivery weight

(Kg/ea.)

0.5

Typical delivery time

(working days)

Price

£5.20

0.5 £7.10

5

0.7 £7.80

0.7 £10.60


PROline-tape is an extremely

tough floor marking tape for

quick and effective marking of

internal surfaces. Aisles, traffic

ways and other demarcation

areas can be identified

precisely, cleanly and

economically. Also available is

our PROline Marker Kit which

contains all of the elements

required to get started.

When ordering please specify

colour(s) and width of tape

required.

• Available in 50mm and 75mm

widths x 33m long.

• Six bold safety colours.

• Three diagonally striped hazard

warning colours.

• Leaves no residue when

removed from most surfaces.

• Ideal for short and medium term

marking.

Floor Marking Paint

PROline-paint Marking System

Description Paint Colour Code Delivery weight (Kg/ea.)

1 PROliner Applicator 50 to 75 mm lines;

2 Cans PROline Paint;

1 PROline Marker Line

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Available PROline-Paint Colours

Green Grey Black Yellow

Blue Red White Orange

White 260.11.610*

PROline-paint is developed for rapid and effortless marking

of indoor and outdoor areas.

• PROline-paint is long lasting, durable and cost-effective.

• Easy to use – shake can, insert into applicator and apply.

• PROline-paint markings are highly visible and are abrasion

and chemical resistant.

• Adheres to most surfaces – concrete, asphalt, tarmac, metal,

tiles etc.

• PROline-paint is fast drying normally within minutes.

• Economical – one 750ml can will produce 50mm wide line

50-90 metres long (Dependant on surface)

• Environmentally friendly – No CFC’s – conforms to latest EU

regulations.


(Working days)

8 5

Price

£200.80

Yellow 260.10.795* £200.80

PROline-paint Applicators

Description Code Delivery weight (Kg/ea.)

£152.30

From Only


(Working days)

50mm to 75mm Lines 260.10.174*

£153.90

5 5

100mm to 130mm Lines 260.10.383* £205.10

Price

Shelving & Storage

Line Marking

PROline Marking Paint 750ml Aerosol

Paint Colour

Code


(Working days)

Price

White 260.11.745* 1-2 £13.10

Yellow 260.11.089* 1-2 £13.10

Orange 260.17.886* 1-2 £13.10

Red 260.12.976* 1-2 £13.10

Green 260.11.015* 1-2 £13.10

Blue 260.12.531* 1-2 £13.10

Grey 260.11.057* 1-2 £13.10

Black 260.11.954* 1-2 £13.10


123

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Label Holders

• Instant identification • Easy to update & cut to size

• Supplied complete with white card & protective transparent PVC strip

• Ideal for cold stores at temperatures

as low as -30 degrees

EXPRESS DELIVERY

10

25

15

30

Label Holder Profiles

20

40

50

60

70

80

Magnetic Label Holders (Brown)

Height Length Pack Size Code Price

80 100 ML18 £34.90

15

500 20 ML150 £45.20

80 100 ML28X £39.60

20

500 20 ML250X £49.80

80 100 ML28 £43.00

25

500 20 ML250 £53.50

80 100 ML38 £47.60

30

500 20 ML350 £58.40

Height in mm

40

50

60

70

80 100 ML48 £62.50

500 20 ML450 £73.30

5000 5M roll MLR4/5 £38.70

10,000 10M roll MLR4/10 £76.70

50,000 50M roll MLR4 £220.50

80 100 ML58 £77.30

500 20 ML550 £94.25

50,000 50M roll MLR5 £255.00

100 100 ML610 £89.30

200 50 ML620 £87.80

1000 10 ML6/10 £104.00

100 100 ML710 £107.20

200 50 ML720 £105.00

80 200 50 ML820 £120.00

Self Adhesive Label Holders (White)

Height Length Pack Size Code Price

Shelving & Storage

Magnetic Label Holders are brown

Ticket Holders

Ticket Holder

Profiles

Height in mm

15

30

Self Adhesive Label Holders

50

Ticket Pouches

EXPRESS DELIVERY

80 100 AL18 £43.60

1000 10 AL1/10 £34.00

80 100 AL38 £59.00

1000 10 AL3/10 £46.00

80 100 AL58 £72.80

1000 10 AL5/10 £54.00

Signs & Labelling

124

• Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating

• Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores *white card included

Size

H.W.

SCAN YOUR

BARCODES THROUGH

THE PLASTIC FRONT

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Ticket Holders

Pack Size

Self Adhesive

Magnetic


25.100 100 TS210* £47.40 TS210M* £82.80

25.200 50 TS220* £45.20 TS220M* £65.50

25.1000 10 TS25/10* £37.50 TS25M/10* £57.80

25.2000 10 TS25/20 £55.35 TS25M/20 £90.10

38.100 100 TS310* £51.35 TS310M* £87.40

38.200 50 TS320* £48.30 TS320M* £70.80

38.1000 10 TS38/10* £43.00 TS38M/10* £64.60

38.2000 10 TS38/20 £64.30 TS38M/20 £104.00

54.100 100 TS510* £70.80 TS510M* £103.50

54.200 50 TS520* £64.30 TS520M* £93.50

54.1000 10 TS54/10* £61.20 TS54M/10* £91.00

54.2000 10 TS54/20 £103.60 TS54M/20 £153.00

80.100 100 TS810* £77.20 TS810M* £113.80

80.200 50 TS820* £71.40 TS820M* £102.00

80.1000 10 TS80/10* £67.00 TS80M/10* £95.00

80.2000 10 TS80/20 £123.00 TS80M/20 £167.20

An economical range of flexible PVC ticket pouches, which have a

clear PVC front and yellow back designed for use on racking and

shelving. The pouch opens at the top and the side for easy access

to the insert. The clear front also enables barcodes to be scanned

without removing the ticket. The self-adhesive pouch enables it to

be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic versions can be easily

relocated without removing the ticket.

Ticket Pouches

Size

H.W

Pack

Size


• Cost effective ticket pouches

• Clear front enables barcodes to be scanned

• Supplied complete with white card inserts.

• Available in 5 colours; yellow, green, blue,

red & black - please specify when ordering

Magnetic

Self-adhesive


30.100 100 MP310 £65.90 SAP310 £58.80

40.120 100 MP412 £77.80 SAP412 £62.20

60.100 100 MP610 £90.50 SAP610 £65.20

60.140 100 MP614 £104.60 SAP614 £72.90

Easy Wipe Racking Strip

• Write on-wipe off using wet wipe marker pen

• Adheres to any steel racking

• Cut to suit any length required

• 6 colours available: red, green, blue, yellow, matt

black or white - specify when ordering

EXPRESS DELIVERY

20mm


Size L.W. Code Price

10M.10mm MSR1 £13.60

10M.15mm MSR15 £19.20

10M.20mm MSR2 £23.50

10M.25mm MSR25 £27.90

10M.30mm MSR3 £31.60

10M.40mm MSR4 £40.20

• Makes anything magnetic

• Cut to suit any length

• Mount items onto steel structures

without the need for drilling

30mm

50mm

Magnetic Self Adhesive Strip

70mm

90mm


Size L.W. Code Price

10M.50mm MSR5 £48.20

10M.60mm MSR6 £48.90

10M.70mm MSR7 £56.30

10M.80mm MSR8 £60.30

10M.90mm MSR9 £65.00

10M.100mm MSR10 £70.50

Location Markers

• White faced magnetic location markers

• Use a wet wipe marker pen, wipe off

Shelving & Storage

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers

Size H.W. Pack Size Code Price

10.80 100 LM18 £10.20

15.80 100 LM158 £15.80

20.80 100 LM28 £23.20

25.80 100 LM258 £26.60

Magnetic Self Adhesive Strip

30.80 100 LM38 £30.00

Size H.W. Fixing Code Price

40.80 100 LM48 £34.70

13mm.30M Premium Adhesive MSSA/13 £69.60

50.80 100 LM58 £44.20

20mm.10M Foam Adhesive MSSA/20 £37.20

30.100 100 LM310 £32.20

25mm.10M Foam Adhesive MSSA/25 £45.30 40.100 100 LM410 £43.60

50mm.10M Foam Adhesive MSSA/50 £57.70 50.100 100 LM510 £49.80


EXPRESS DELIVERY

Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers

Size H.W. Pack Size Code Price

60.100 100 LM610 £64.90

70.100 100 LM710 £70.20

80.100 100 LM810 £74.80

50.150 100 LM515 £66.20

56.105 100 LM105 £60.30

80.150 100 LM815 £101.00

100.150 100 LM1015 £116.40

50.200 100 LM520 £89.30

80.200 100 LM820 £129.00

100.200 100 LM1020 £161.00

90.210 10 LM219 £18.30

Signs & Labelling

125

Warehouse Information

Labels

• High visibility individual weight loading

labels suitable for both racking & shelving

• Printed black writing on yellow or white

background - please state colour required

(*print may appear on 2 lines)

• Minimum order value of £25.00

Beam & Shelf Location

Code Labelling

• High quality custom made location code

labels produced quickly & efficiently

• They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes,

directional arrows, check digits & barcodes

• Black text on white or yellow background

• Installation service available - call for details

Shelving & Storage

Size

H.W.

Warehouse Information Labels

Self Adhesive

Weight Load Notices

Magnetic


25.200 BL23 £1.09 BL23M £1.71

50.300 BL53 £1.66 BL53M £3.26

70.300 *BL73 £2.48 *BL73M £4.35

90.300 *BL93 £2.98 *BL93M £5.43

• Can be supplied blank or printed at no

extra charge (black printing only) colour

printing extra - call for details

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Ring Binders

Signs & Labelling

126

BLS6

BLS4

BLS7

BLS2

Weight Load Notices

BLS5

BLS1

Description Size H.W. Code Price

Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice - PVC 356.254 BLS1 £13.90

Cantilever Racking Weight Load Notice - PVC 356.254 BLS2 £13.90

Drive Thru’ Racking Weight Load Notice - PVC 356.254 BLS3 £13.90

Mezzanine Floors Weight Load Notice - PVC 210.295 BLS4 £13.90

Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice - PVC 470.350 BLS5 £16.70

Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice - Rigid Styrene 297.420 BLS6 £17.00

Landscape Shelving Weight Load Notice - Rigid Styrene 215.220 BLS7 £11.30

Carton Live Store Weight Load Notice - PVC 356.254 BLS8 £13.90

Do Not Climb Racking Load Notice - Rigid Styrene 297.210 BLS/DNC £9.40

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Description


• 2 or 4 hole ring binders

• Magnetic or self-adhesive fixings

• PVC covers, which can be retro-fitted

are available - call for details

• Creates quick & flexible information centres

• Self-adhesive version for permanent fixing or for heavier files

Qty

per Pack

Ring Binder

Magnetic

Self Adhesive


2 Ring Holder

RBM2/3 £31.20 RBA2/3 £15.60

3

4 Ring Holder RBM4/3 £37.50 RBA4/3 £18.80

Self Adhesive Numbers & Letters

• Self adhesive vinyl labelling

• Numbers & letters are available with

either yellow or white backgrounds

• For applications in factories,

warehouses & offices etc

• Minimum order - 20 cards (can be

mixed numbers, letters or sizes)

• Specify characters required

(see table for quantity of

characters per card)

• Cards of identical, individual

peel-off numbers 0-9

or letters A-Z

• Easily applied -

cleanly removed

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Individual Numbers or Letters

Size H.W. Digits per card Arrows Colour Code Price

9.5 x 6 168 Yellow/White F1 £1.14

12.5 x 8.5 90 Yellow/White F2 £1.14

19 x 14 36 3 Yellow/White F3 £1.14

38 x 21 12 3 Yellow/White F4 £1.14

56 x 21 12 3 Yellow/White F5 £1.56

90 x 38 6 3 Yellow/White F6 £2.16

130 x 45 5 Yellow F7 £2.80

230 x 145 1 Yellow F8 £2.80

Document Pockets

• Self adhesive pockets

have an aggressive

tape on reverse for

permanent fixing

• Magnetic pockets for

steel cabinets or

racking & shelving

• Manufactured in tough

clear polypropylene with

welded edges providing

ample room for documents

• Pockets supplied in packs

of 10 (except A7 size which

is in a pack of 100)

Size

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Document Pockets

Self Adhesive

Magnetic


A3 Horizontal AP3H/10 £58.70 MP3H/10 £65.20

A3 Vertical AP3V/10 £58.70 MP3V/10 £65.20






Bin Numbering

Weather Resistant Pockets

• Keep documents clean & dry

• Press seal fastening makes them ideal

for use where exposed to wind or rain

• Choice of 3 fixings; magnetic, self-adhesive or tie-on

• Top panel holes enable use in 2/4 ring binders (tie-on models only)

Size

Magnetic Self-adhesive Tie-on

Pack

Size

Weather Resistant Pockets



A4 Horizontal 10 WRM4H/10 £36.00 WRA4H/10 £31.50 WRT4H/10 £33.30

A4 Vertical 10 WRM4V/10 £36.00 WRA4V/10 £31.50 WRT4V/10 £33.30

Shelving & Storage

Signs & Labelling


A4 Horizontal 50 WRM4H/50 £163.30 WRA4H/50 £148.20 WRT4H/50 £157.00



A4 Vertical 50 WRM4V/50 £163.30 WRA4V/50 £148.40 WRT4V/50 £157.00

127

Shelving & Storage

Signs & Labelling

Rainbow Pockets

• Available 2 sizes, 3 fixings and 5 stand out colours; red,

green, blue, yellow or black - please specify when ordering

• Industrial quality document pockets available

in a range of ‘LEAN’ colours

• Helps protect and highlight your important messages

• Quick & easy to use, no need to remove or

lift the pocket to replace the insert

• Available in vertical or horizontal formats

Make your display and important documentation

stand out with these coloured document pockets.

The pockets will help to transform plain

noticeboards into a bold information centre

perfect for 5S and Lean management systems.

Three different fixing options are available

magnetic for magnetic whiteboards or any

other steel surface, self-adhesive for

permanent general use applications, and

tie-on for mesh cages or trolley handles etc.

(tie-on strap secures around a maximum

diameter of 60mm).

To Suit

Documents

Qty

Rainbow Pockets



215.160 - A5 Vertical 10 CMP5V £27.50 CAP5V £19.40 CTP5V £21.40

115.230 - A5 Horizontal 10 CMP5H £27.50 CAP5H £19.40 CTP5H £21.40

310.220 - A4 Vertical 10 CMP4V £33.80 CAP4V £22.90 CTP4V £25.00

215.310 - A4 Horizontal 10 CMP4H £33.80 CAP4H £22.90 CTP4H £25.00

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY


Frames4docs

• Frame any sign, chart or document

• Colour coded frames. Colours conform

to British Safety Standards

• Ideal for displaying important messages

• Can be used horizontally or vertically

• Suitable for documents up to 1.5mm thick

• 5 colours available: red, green, blue, yellow

or black. Available as a pack of the

same colour or a mixed pack of 2 of

each colour - specify when ordering

• Self adhesive frames - aggressive adhesive that

has been selected to adhere to most surfaces

• Magnetic frames - a very strong pull force

& can be applied to any flat steel surface

Title Block

Frames4docs

128

Size

Pack

Self Adhesive

Magnetic

Size


A5 10 SFD5/10 £48.70 MFD5/10 £50.00

A4 10 SFD4/10 £59.40 MFD4/10 £61.20

A3 10 SFD3/10 £91.00 MFD3/10 £93.60

A2 10 SFD2/10 £155.00 MFD2/10 £158.20

Title Block 10 SFD6/10 £33.30 MFD6/10 £33.30


Choice of 4 colours

750mm

x 750mm

boards

Pick and choose from a range of standard boards of

750mm x 750mm in various colour options to create a

modular and lean visual communication system to suit

your requirements.

• Modular system to fit any space

• Choose from a range of standard 5S boards

• Various colour options to keep track of tools

• Customise through title frames to suit your brand

• Supplied with the products on display

• Smaller, lighter and movable Shadow Board

• Keep your workplace organised on the go

• Use on a mobile stand or a wall

• Choose from a range of standard 5S boards

• Various colour options to keep track of tools

• Simple to move and relocate around the workplace

Modulean Lite Shadow Boards

Description Board Size H.W. Code Price

Dry Cleaning Board * 500.500 SHB50/1 £119.00

Fire Safety Board 500.500 SHB50/2 £145.00

First Aid Board 500.500 SHB50/3 £119.00

Mask and Glove Dispenser 500.500 SHB50/4 £109.00

Notice Board * 500.500 SHB50/5 £89.00

Sanitising Board * 500.500 SHB50/6 £129.00

Mobile Framework 500.500 SHBMF £197.00

Racksack® Trolley Sack - T1B/1 £17.80

50 Disposable Face Masks - DFM01 £39.00

100 Vinyl Gloves - Medium - VGM01 £8.20

* Available in Blue, Green, Red and Yellow

Modulean Shadow Boards

Description Board Size H.W. Code Price

5S Information Board - White Only 750.750 SHB001 £99.00

Notice Board* 750.750 SHB002 £99.00

Easy Wipe Board - White Only 750.750 SHB003 £99.00

Cleaning Board - Dry* 750.750 SHB004 £129.00

Cleaning Board - Wet* 750.750 SHB005 £129.00

Cleaning Board - XL* 1500.750 SHB006 £219.00

First Aid Board* 750.750 SHB007 £129.00

Eyewash & First Aid Board* 750.750 SHB009 £149.00

Fire Safety Board* 750.750 SHB010 £169.00

*Please confirm colour of board - (/B) Blue, (/G) Green, (/R) Red, (/Y) Yellow.

500mm

x 500mm

boards

Our racksack ® trolley can also be used as an accessory to

the mobile system, to segregate waste on the go.

Shelving & Storage

Signs & Labelling

SHB50/1 SHB50/2 SHB50/3 SHB50/4 SHB50/5 SHB50/6


129

Racksack

• Manage your warehouse waste

• To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking

• Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings supplied

• Manufactured from tough woven polyester

• Choice of designs in Blue

• Special prints/other designs including some logos

can be printed to order - please enquire for more details

• Symbol Only versions are also available,

please speak to sales for details

Racksack Clear

• Make it clear to see what’s in your racksack

• Enhance security measures to prevent theft

• Premium clear front with blue backing

• Special prints/other designs including some logos

can be printed to order - please enquire for more details

• Symbol Only versions are also available,

please speak to sales for details

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

GW White

MP Blue

Symbol only designs also available.

Please enquire for more details.

P Red PS Red SW Red MR Green

Shelving & Storage

Size

H.W.

C Blue

Colour

P Red PS Red SW Red MR Green

Racksack

Single Unit Pack of 5 Pack of 10


1000.920 Blue RSB/1 £26.90 RSB/5 £123.30 RSB/10 £226.80

Roll Cage Sacks

• Organise waste packaging materials

• Easy collection & segregation of waste

• Ideal for 800mm wide roll containers

• Hard wearing & re-usable

• Clear version available for enhanced security, please see below

Fits by hooking over the sides or can also be secured

via eyelets in the top corners. Velcro straps help

secure the middle of the sack

Size

H.W.

MP C P SW GW

Backing

Colour

Racksack Clear



1000.920 Blue RSCL/1 £35.50 RSCL/5 £162.60 RSCL/10 £299.90

Trolley Sacks

• Organise waste packaging materials

• Easy collection & segregation of waste

• Single or double pocket versiosn available

• Single pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 50L

• Double pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 50L &

500 x 600 with a capacity of 55L

Fits by hooking over the sides or can also be secured via

eyelets in the top corners. For use on trolleys up to 580mm wide

Signs & Labelling

Clear Roll Cage Sack

Code Pack Price

C2CL/1 1 £44.30

C2CL/5 5 £212.20

C2CL/10 10 £422.30

EXPRESS DELIVERY

130

Description

Upper Pocket

700 x 850 Capacity of 105L

Lower Pocket

650 x 850 Capacity of 95L

Solid Roll Cage Sack


Trolley Sack

Code Price Code Price Code Price Description



C2B/1 £32.20 C2B/5 £154.00 C2B/10 £307.00 Single Pocket T1B/1 £17.80 T1B/5 £87.40 T1B/10 £173.70

Double Pocket T2B/1 £24.00 T2B/5 £112.80 T2B/10 £225.20


• Industry standard plastic small parts storage bins or storage with

LouvrePanlels.

• Stackable with semi-open fronted for easy access.

• Made from strong hard wearing crate grade non-toxic polyproylene - a

virtually indestructible plastic container.

• The material of the container boxes is capable of withstanding a

temperature range from -15 degrees C to +50 degrees C.

• Containers are recyclable - environmentally friendly.

• Containers are hygenic, clean, and smooth inside faces guard against build

up of grease, oil etc.

• Can be stacked or organised on louvre panels or shelves.

• Available in 7 sizes, various pack quantities and 4 bright colours including

blue, red, green or yellow.

• In stock for quick delivery.

Topstore Containers

Louvre Panels, Spigots and Sprongs

• Louvre Panels are made from a

heavy gauge of CR4 steel with

reinforced louvre.

• Available in various sizes and

perfect for use with Topstore TC

Containers.

• Durable hard wearing and

epoxy powder coated grey.

• Louvre Panels can be mounted on

walls, free standing racks,

trolleys, shelving, workbenches

and service truck interiors.

• In stock for quick delivery.

Topstore Containers

Spigot & Sprongs, Louvre Value = 2 Load Capacity = 10kg

Description Code Price per 10

TS.1 19mm Sq Tube x 152mm Long WP011031* £52.21

TS.2 19mm Sq Tube x 304mm Long WP011032* £70.28

TS.3 19mm Sq Tube x 304mm Long x 108mm Upstand WP011033* £95.17

TS.4 13mm Diameter Round Tube x 152mm Long WP011034* £51.42

TS.5 13mm Diameter Round Tube x 304mm Long WP011035* £61.73

Louvre Value = 1 Load Capacity = 1kg Price per 25

TSW.6 Single Wire x 152mm Long WP011036* £58.30

TSW.7 Single Wire x 203mm Long WP011037* £58.30

TSW.8 Double Wire x 152mm Long WP011038* £47.70

TSW.9 Double Wire x 203mm Long WP011039* £56.45

W x D x H mm

No. Of

Louvre

From only

£53.73

L x W x Hmm Pack Qty Blue Code Price Red Code Price Green Code Price Yellow Code Price

165 x 100 x 75 60 LVRC161075BE £77.20 LVRC161075RD £77.20 LVRC161075GN £77.20 LVRC161075YW £77.20




376 x 420 x 182 5 LVRC374218BE £66.21 LVRC374218RD £66.21 N/A - N/A -

520 x 310 x 200 5 LVRC523120BE £78.97 LVRC523120RD £78.97 N/A - N/A -

PROMPT DELIVERY

Panels

Code Pack Qty Price

Shelving & Storage

Small Parts Containers

438 x 457mm 48 ROY5* 2 £29.36

946 x 457mm 108 ROY6* 2 £55.06

641 x 457mm 72 ROY16* 2 £39.86


• Shown with Topstore Containers, see above.

131

Louvre Racks & Bin Trolleys

IDEAL FOR A

WIDE VARIETY OF

ENVIRONMENTS

ARTBRKSSEA

ARTBRKSSEB

Shelving & Storage

Small Parts Storage

132

ARTBRKSSS

ARTBRKSSE

• Bin sizes: ARTB10 - 106 x 136 x 76 (WxDxH)

ARTB20 - 106 x 187 x 76 (WxDxH)

ARTB30 - 140 x 274 x 127 (WxDxH)

ARTB40 - 210 x 375 x 179 (WxDxH)

ARTB50 - 280 x 457 x 254 (WxDxH)

Louvre Racks

Description Size H.W.D. No of Bins Code Price

Rack with No Bins

Starter - Single Sided 1920.930.505 - ARTBRKSSS £385.85

Extension - Single Sided 1920.905.505 - ARTBRKSSE £266.31

Starter - Double Sided 1920.930.710 - ARTBRKDSS £544.69

Extension - Double Sided 1920.905.710 - ARTBRKDSE £447.08

Louvre Rack with Bins - Kit A

Starter - Single Sided 1920.930.505 16 x ARTB10, 24 x ARTB20, 12 x ARTB30, 8 x ARTB40 & 6 x ARTB50 ARTBRKSSSA £632.90

Extension - Single Sided 1920.905.505 16 x ARTB10, 24 x ARTB20, 12 x ARTB30, 8 x ARTB40 & 6 x ARTB50 ARTBRKSSEA £513.41

Starter - Double Sided 1920.930.710 32 x ARTB10, 48 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30, 16 x ARTB40 & 12 x ARTB50 ARTBRKDSSA £1,038.80

Extension - Double Sided 1920.905.710 32 x ARTB10, 48 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30, 16 x ARTB40 & 12 x ARTB50 ARTBRKDSEA £941.18

Louvre Rack with Bins - Kit B

Starter - Single Sided 1920.930.505 32 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30 & 16 x ARTB40 ARTBRKSSSB £644.57

Extension - Single Sided 1920.905.505 32 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30 & 16 x ARTB40 ARTBRKSSEB £525.09

Starter - Double Sided 1920.930.710 64 x ARTB20, 48 x ARTB30 & 32 x ARTB40 ARTBRKDSSB £1,062.13

Extension - Double Sided 1920.905.710 64 x ARTB20, 48 x ARTB30 & 32 x ARTB40 ARTBRKDSEB £964.52

Louvre Rack with Bins - Kit C

Starter - Single Sided 1920.930.505 24 x ARTB10, 24 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30 & 12 x ARTB40 ARTBRKSSSC £626.21

Extension - Single Sided 1920.905.505 24 x ARTB10, 24 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30 & 12 x ARTB40 ARTBRKSSEC £506.62

Starter - Double Sided 1920.930.710 48 x ARTB10, 48 x ARTB20, 48 x ARTB30 & 24 x ARTB40 ARTBRKDSSC £1,025.31

Extension - Double Sided 1920.905.710 48 x ARTB10, 48 x ARTB20, 48 x ARTB30 & 24 x ARTB40 ARTBRKDSEC £927.70

Bin Trolleys

Description Size H.W.D. No of Bins Code Price

Trolley with No Bins

Double Sided 1425.930.710 - ARTBTY £555.46

Trolley with Bins - Kit A

Double Sided 1425.930.710 96 x ARTB20 & 48 x ARTB30 ARTBTYA £857.18

Trolley with Bins - Kit B

ARTBRKSSEC

ARTBTYA

Double Sided 1425.930.710 32 x ARTB10, 48 x ARTB20, 24 x ARTB30 & 16 x ARTB40 ARTBTYB £896.09

ARTBTY

ARTBTYB

Rhino Tuff Bins

• Full length rear lip for use with louvre panels

• Moulded finger grips for greater comfort

• Coloured Rhino Tuff Bins - available in 3 colours: red,

blue or yellow. Please specify when ordering*

• Reinforced side walls prevent the bins spreading

• Large label area for increased visibility (label included)

• Recycled Rhino Tuff Bins - made from 100% recycled plastic

ARTB70

ARTB50

ARTB60

ARTB40

ARTB25

ARTB30

LIFETIME

GUARANTEE

ARTB05

ARTB10

ARTB20

ARTB50/GR

ARTB30/GR

ARTB40/GR

Shelving & Storage

ARTBPLV0505

Size H.W.D.

LP Value

ARTBDIV6

in a ARTB40

Rhino Tuff Bins

Colour

Recycled


49.106.106 1.5 x 2 ARTB05** £0.90 - -

76.106.136 1.5 x 2 ARTB10** £1.08 ARTB10/GR £0.97

76.106.187 1.5 x 2 ARTB20** £1.42 ARTB20/GR £1.19

127.140.205 2 x 3 ARTB25** £2.72 ARTB25/GR £2.32

127.140.274 2 x 3 ARTB30** £3.63 ARTB30/GR £3.11

179.210.375 3 x 4 ARTB40** £8.16 ARTB40/GR £6.91

254.280.457 4 x 6 ARTB50** £15.13 ARTB50/GR £12.80

179.415.375 6 x 4 ARTB60* £13.99 - -

292.415.460 6 x 6 ARTB70* £21.24

**Add suffix for colour - BE for Blue, YW for Yellow or RD for Red

*ARTB60 & ARTB70 are available in blue only

ARTB25/GR

ARTB20/GR

ARTB10/GR

Dividers

Size H.D. Colour Code Price

127.274 Black ARTBDIV3 £1.02





Louvre Panels

Galvanised

Size H.W.

Colour

Code

Price

457.457 Galvanised ARTBPLV0505 £18.70

915.457 Galvanised ARTBPLV1005P £36.31

457.915 Galvanised ARTBPLV0510L £36.31

Small Parts Storage

133

Rhino Tilt Bins

• Stack or interlock side-by-side

• Use as a self-supporting structure, fix to a wall or

louvre panel using its specially designed adapter clip

• Large front handles with ergonomic grip

• Great for space saving & organising small parts

Rhino Tilt Bin Size 1




PROMPT DELIVERY

Shelving & Storage

Small Parts Storage

134

• Complete with louvre panels

• Large front handles with ergonomic grip

• Great for space saving & organising small parts

Rhino Tilt Bins with Louvred Panels


Rhino Tilt Bins with 457W x 457Hmm Square Louvre Panel

Louvre Panel and 24 x RTB1 RTBKITA £76.78

Louvre Panel and 12 x RTB2 RTBKITB £76.12

Louvre Panel and 6 x RTB3 RTBKITC £65.56

Louvre Panel and 2 x RTB4 RTBKITD £49.50

Rhino Tilt Bins with 930W x 1425Hmm Portrait Louvre Panel

Louvre Panel and 48 x RTB1 RTBKITAP £152.47

Louvre Panel and 24 x RTB2 RTBKITBP £151.15

Louvre Panel and 12 x RTB3 RTBKITCP £130.03

Louvre Panel and 6 x RTB4 RTBKITDP £128.71

Rhino Tilt Bins


Rhino Tilt Bins with 457W x 457Hmm Square Louvre Panel

Size 1 - 73W.50D.92Hmm RTB1 £2.42

Size 2 - 108W.90D.141Hmm RTB2 £4.79

Size 3 - 144W.121D.193Hmm RTB3 £7.81

Size 4 - 215W.167D.283Hmm RTB4 £15.40

(Spacer for RTB3) - 68.120.190mm RTB/SBR £3.30

Rhino Tilt Bins with Louvred Panels

RTBKITA

RTBKITC

RTBKITB

RTBKITA

PROMPT DELIVERY

RTBKITDP

RTBKITBP

RTBKITAP

RTBKITCP

Rhino Tilt Bin Stands

RTBSSSA

RTBSSSB

RTBSSSC

RTBSSSD

Shelving & Storage

RTBDSSD

RTBDSSC

RTBDSSA

Bin Sizes

RTB1 - 73W x 50D x 92H

RTB2 - 108W x 90D x 141H

RTB3 - 144W x 121D x 193H

RTB4 - 215W x 167D x 283H

PROMPT DELIVERY

RTBSSSB

Small Parts Storage


Includes Code Price

Rhino Tilt Bins with Single Sided 930W x 1920Hmm Louvre Rack

24 off RTB4 RTBSSSD £755.45

48 off RTB3 RTBSSSC £760.73

96 off RTB2 RTBSSSB £845.21

192 off RTB1 RTBSSSA £850.49


Includes Code Price

Rhino Tilt Bins with Double Sided 930W x 1920Hmm Louvre Rack

48 off RTB1, 48 off RTB2, 24 off RTB3 & 16 off RTB4 RTBDSSB £1324.37

24 off RTB1, 32 off RTB2, 12 off RTB3 & 32 off RTB4 RTBDSSD £1342.41

72 off RTB1, 48 off RTB2, 36 off RTB3 & 8 off RTB4 RTBDSSA £1352.97

48 off RTB1, 48 off RTB2, 12 off RTB3 & 24 off RTB4 RTBDSSC £1353.85

135

‘Magna’ Bin Racks

• These units come complete with Polypropylene bins.

• These units incorporate a unique magnetic strip at the

top of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools.

• Bin Sizes: Small - 100W x 165D x 75H mm

Large - 150W x 235D x 130H mm


SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

GIL07Z

Shelving & Storage

Bin Racks

GIL16Z





‘Magna’ Bin Racks

No of Bins Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

4 Small & 3 Large 540.260.405 4 kg GIL07Z £31.90


Bin Trolley

• Mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes

• Length of the hanging strip: 840mm

• Height between hanging strip: 130mm

• Ideal when small parts storage is an

essential part of the day to day operations

• Both units are supplied without small parts bins

which must be ordered as additional items

Small Parts Storage

GIL26Z

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GIL15Z

PROMPT DELIVERY

GILR2Y

shown with

additional bins

136

Bin Racks


15 Small 540.255.405 5 kg GIL15Z £34.00


Bin Trolley

Description Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

Double Sided - Mobile 940.500.1250 23 kg GILR2Y £153.70

Storage Bin Rack

• This unit comes complete with 47 Polypropylene bins.



Storage Bin Trolley

• This unit comes complete with 46 Polypropylene bins.

• Bin Sizes: Medium - 120W x 175D x 100H mm


• Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

GIL47Z

Storage Bin Rack



Storage Bin Trolleys



Medium - 120W x 175D x 100H mm



GIL46Y

Storage Bin Trolley


30 Medium & 16 Large 660.560.1120 20 kg GIL46Y £212.65

Shelving & Storage

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

GIL90Y

Small Parts Storage

GIL60Y

Storage Bin Trolleys


24 Small, 20 Medium

& 16 Large

660.570.1120 20 kg GIL60Y £220.70

36 Small, 30 Medium

& 24 Large

660.570.1320 28 kg GIL90Y £248.05

137

Space Bin Containers

• Large polypropylene constructed containers.

• Can be stacked or nested.

• Ideal for product selection.

• 50 litre capacity.

• Maximum load 15kg (maximum 4 high stack).

• Colour available: Dark grey.

• Sold in packs of 5.

• Ext. Size: H320 x W495 x D390mm.

• Int. Size: 320 x W440 x D340mm.

5 Pack only

£55.65

Space Bin Containers

Description Pack Qty Code Price

PROMPT DELIVERY

Ext .H.320 x W.495 x

D.390mm

Int. H.320 x W.440 x

D.340mm

5 6405150* £55.65


Shelving & Storage

Plastic Storage Boxes

138

Topbox

• Ideal for storing all kinds of small parts

for home, office, warehouse equipment etc.

• All containers manufactured from

polypropylene.

• Transparent container makes product selection

easier.

• Stackable, nestable.

• Clear storage boxes.


Topbox

Description Capacity L L x W x Hmm Pack Qty Code Price

Container with lid 24 430 x 325 x 245

WP01245010 £69.32

Container without lid 24 420 x 315 x 241 WP012450WOL10 £52.68

10

Container with lid 35 490 x 395 x 260 WP01245510 £99.88

Container without lid 35 483 x 382 x 257 WP012455WOL10 £73.03

£121.90

4 Pack only

PROMPT DELIVERY


Multi-Function Storage Bins

• Sorting storage bins with various choice of colourful lids.

• Supplied in packs of 4.

• Ideal for separating items, and used for recycling or

segragation.

• Made from durable polypropylene, with removal hinge lids.

• Stacabkle and nestable, with a max capacity of 30KG

stacked and max 5 containers high.

• Container size: H345 x W400 x D635mm.

• Container capacity of 50 litres.


Multi-function Storage Bins

Description Pack Qty Code Price

Mixed Colours

PROMPT DELIVERY

64051016MX* £121.90

Blue 64051016BE* £121.90

Red 4 64051016RD* £121.90

Green 640510169GN* £121.90

Yellow 64051016YW* £121.90


‘THE ORGANISER’ Carry Case

• Ideal for all your D.I.Y. needs; nuts, bolts, fuses & screws etc.

• Complete with 18 individual removable containers

which have their own divider & belt clip

From Only

£14.90

Individual containers complete with dividers & belt clip

EXPRESS DELIVERY

MSC18H

Compartment Boxes

• Complete with clear compartment boxes

• Manufactured from high quality

‘impact proof’ polypropylene

• Suitable for storage of your components

in a workshop, production or service area

• Incorporates 4 locating holes on

the back of each unit, which allows them

to be hung on the wall

EXPRESS DELIVERY

MSC18H

‘THE ORGANISER’ Carry Case

Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price - 1+ Price - pk of 8

330.330.130 1.6 kg MSC18H £19.85 £14.90

MSB12Z

MSB06Z

Shelving & Storage

Small Parts Storage

MSB24Z

MSB44Z

MSB64Z

Compartment Boxes

Description Drawers Drawer Size W.D.H. Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

6 Compartment Drawers 6 Large

0.9 kg MSB06Z £18.00

Small

265.160.235

12 Compartment Drawers 8 Small & 4 Large 1 kg MSB12Z £18.95

24 Compartment Drawers 24 Large

45.130.38

Large

2.6 kg MSB24Z £41.20

44 Compartment Drawers 32 Small & 12 Large

107.130.53

500.160.390

2.8 kg MSB44Z £44.15

64 Compartment Drawers 64 Small 3.2 kg MSB64Z £45.70

139

PROMPT DELIVERY

Economy Attached

Lid Containers

• Up to 75% height saving when nested

• Designed for both automated & manual handling

• Lids are equipped with ribs which

hold stacked containers securely

• Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals

• Maximise volume & load capacity

• Save space during transportation

2 x AT643604

Nested

AT642604

Closed

AT643104

Open

Shelving & Storage

Containers

140

Storage Trays

• Polypropylene bins & trays with easy access open fronts

• Sturdy profiled design allows stacking whenever needed

Economy Attached Lid Containers

Ext. Size W.D.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Capacity Colour Code Price

400.300.222 338.254.197 18 L Blue Container & Lid AT432204 £19.80







Security Seals - Bag of 1000 OTKS0104AA £134.60

Dolly to suit 1 x 600W.400D or 2 x 400W.300D Containers PD064S £78.55

Storage Trays

Description Ext. Size L.W.H. Colours Code Price

Storage Trays

Storage Trays

Storage Trays

Storage Trays

Storage Bins

Modular

Storage Bins

300.94.80 Blue 4533.760.624 £4.95

400.94.80 Blue 4532.760.624 £6.80

Divider for above Storage Trays 4535.760.624 £0.95

300.188.80 Blue 4531.760.624 £7.30

400.188.80 Blue 4530.760.624 £8.95

500.188.80 Blue 4536.760.624 £8.95


300.115.100 Blue 9101.760.624 £5.60

400.115.100 Blue 9111.760.624 £8.50

500.115.100 Blue 9121.760.624 £10.30

600.115.100 Blue 9131.760.624 £10.80


300.230.100 Blue 9103.760.624 £8.30

400.230.100 Blue 9113.760.624 £10.25

500.230.100 Blue 9123.760.624 £12.05

600.230.100 Blue 9133.760.624 £14.20


96.105.45 Blue 9076.000.624 £4.00

170.105.75 Blue 9075.000.624 £4.35

250.148.130 Blue, Yellow or Red 9074.005 £6.75

350.206.150 Blue, Yellow or Red 9073.005 £12.85

500.310.200 Blue 9071.000.624 £22.95

500.310.250 Blue 9072.000.624 £29.00

300.230.150 Blue 9067.000.624 £8.95

400.230.150 Blue 9068.000.624 £14.55

500.230.150 Blue 9069.005.624 £16.85

600.230.150 Blue 9070.000.624 £21.85

Widthway Divider for above Modular Storage Bins 9067.300.504 £4.00

9101.760.624

Lower value orders may incur a handling charge

4533.760.624

9067.000.624

Euro Containers

• Straight walls provide maximum volume

• Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet

PROMPT DELIVERY

Euro Containers

Euro Containers - Integral Lids

• Attached lids for added security

• Tough polypropylene

construction

• Comfortable hand

holes & smooth base

Euro Containers

Description Ext. Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Colours Volume Weight Code Price

Solid sides & base 300.200.120 257.158.117 Grey 4 L 0.5 kg 8715.005 £11.50


Lid for above 400.300 - Grey - 0.4 kg 5787.820 £8.40

Solid sides & base 600.400.50 555.355.40 Grey 8 L 0.8 kg ES100804 £12.55



Solid sides & base 600.400.175 556.356.162 Grey or Red 34 L 1.8 kg ES641704 £18.35

Solid sides & base 600.400.230 555.355.225 Dark Grey Recycled 44 L 2.2 kg 6479.760 £28.60







PROMPT DELIVERY

Shelving & Storage

Containers

ES1C1004

ES1C3004

ES0C8505

Euro Containers - Integral Lids

Ext. Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Volume Weight Code Price

400.300.246 355.255.220 20 L 1.68 kg ES1C2004 £28.50

400.300.330 355.255.300 30 L 2.18 kg ES1C3004 £34.65

600.400.161 555.355.139 28 L 2.11 kg ES0C2804 £34.65

600.400.246 555.355.220 45 L 3 kg ES1C4504 £54.15

600.400.291 555.355.265 54 L 3.33 kg ES1C5404 £58.35

600.400.423 555.355.394 75 L 4.47 kg ES0C8505 £68.80


141

Tellus Stack

Nest Containers

PD064S

Stack Nest Containers

• These stackable nesting containers are suitable for the

distribution of goods in a wide variety of industries - can

be tailored to the flow of goods in most situations

• Available in multiple colours - please specify when ordering

PROMPT DELIVERY

Two Tone


Shelving & Storage

Containers


Description Ext. Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Colours Code Price

Tellus Stack Nest Containers (This range does not inter work with the Two Tone Stack Nest Containers shown below)

Solid sides & base 400.300.220 300.245.215 Green 7924.760 £18.55

Lid for above 400.300 - Grey 6410.820.502 £11.85

Solid sides & base 600.400.180 490.340.175 Green or Blue 4128.760 £25.55

Solid sides & base 600.400.220 490.340.215 Green 7925.760 £27.55



Lid for above 600.400 - Green or Grey 7907.820 £13.90

Two Tone Stack Nest Containers (This range does not inter work with the Tellus Stack Nest Containers shown above)

Solid sides & base 600.400.200 457.338.177 Two Tone Red & Grey SN110305 £24.20

Solid sides & base 600.400.300 460.340.270 Two Tone Red & Grey SN105105 £31.20

Blue Dolly to suit all containers above (to suit either 1 x 600.400 or 2 x 400.300 containers) PD064S £78.55

Premium Attached Lid Containers

• Wholesale & industrial applications

• Designed for both automated & manual handling

• Lids are equipped with ribs which

hold stacked containers securely

• Integrated lid accepts strapping & security seals

• The step design enables nearly vertical walls to maximise

volume/load capacity & save space during transportation

DESIGNED FOR BOTH

AUTOMATED &

MANUAL HANDLING

PROMPT DELIVERY

142 144

Premium Attached Lid Containers

Ext. Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Capacity Colours Code Price

400.300.300 327.235.285 25 L

1325.851 £24.00

600.400.250 529.344.235 46 L 1310.851 £39.30

600.400.300 527.342.285 55 L

Blue Container

with Lid

1311.851 £39.70

600.400.350 526.341.335 64 L 1329.850 £46.80

600.400.400 526.341.385 73 L 1330.850 £48.15

Blue Dolly (to suit either 1 x 600.400 or 2 x 400.300 containers) PD064S £78.55


Magnum Optimum

• Easy to fold & erect. Folded height: 325mm

• Lighter, more durable, offers more

shipping & useable volume. Achieves

a highest possible folding ratio & fulfills

quality standards of all current

European regulations for FOC’s

• When empty, it folds to around one

third of its erected size, saving valuable

space in storage or return transport.

Each side is numbered in

the sequence they fold

PROMPT DELIVERY

Open

Folded

Magnum Optimum

Description Ext. Size L.W.H. Volume Weight Code Price

Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors 1200.800.950 620 L 55 kg 2330.456 £421.70

Lid to Suit 1200.800 - 7 kg 2336.820 £52.50

Magnum - 2 Drop Access Doors 1200.1000.975 847 L 49 kg 2549.461.502 £424.50

Big Box

Lid for above (Black) 1200.1000 - 7 kg 2326.820 £49.00

• Manufactured in high density polyethylene

• Securely stacks loads of up

to 4500kg - 9 full units

• Smooth internal & external walls

for ease of cleaning

• 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks

• Drain taps & plugs are available

& all components are

easily replaceable

Containers Shelving & Storage

4401.100.554

LOAD CAPACITY

OF 500KG

4401.300.554

PROMPT DELIVERY

Big Box

Description Ext. Size L.W.H. Int. Size L.W.H. Feet & Door Fittings Code Price

Solid sides & base 1200.800.760 1110.710.610 4 Feet 4403.100.554 £330.75

Solid sides & base 1200.800.790 1110.710.610 3 Skids 4403.300.554 £372.75

Lid for above 1200.800 - - 4409.820.502 £63.60

Solid sides & base 1200.1000.760 1110.910.610 4 Feet 4401.150.554 £374.15

Solid sides & base 1200.1000.790 1110.910.610 3 Skids 4429.300.502 £357.85

Lid for above 1200.1000 - - 4410.820.502 £71.25


143

Pallets

Box Pallets

• Ideal for stacking.

• Up to 1000kg capacity.

• Choice of mesh or steel sides.

• Powder coated dark blue.

• Dimensions show the interior usable space.

£262.00

From Only

Box Pallets - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W.D Mesh Sides Steel Sides Price

460.610.610 PBX616146MBX PBX616146SBX £262.00

610.610.610 PBX616161MBX PBX616161SBX £271.00

460.915.610 PBX916146MBX PBX916146SBX £282.00

610.915.610 PBX916161MBX PBX916161SBX £291.00

460.915.915 PBX919146MBX PBX919146SBX £301.00

610.915.915 PBX919161MBX PBX919161SBX £312.00

760.915.915 PBX919176MBX PBX919176SBX £323.00

460.1220.915 PBX129146MBX PBX129146SBX £333.00

610.1220.915 PBX129161MBX PBX129161SBX £346.00

760.1220.915 PBX129176MBX PBX129176SBX £358.00

Shelving & Storage

Pallets

£293.00

From Only

Half-Drop Side Pallets

• Half-drop side for easier access.





Half-Drop Side Pallets - Dimensions/Codes


460.610.610 PHD616146MBX PHD616146SBX £293.00

610.610.610 PHD616161MBX PHD616161SBX £303.00

460.915.610 PHD916146MBX PHD916146SBX £314.00

610.915.610 PHD916161MBX PHD916161SBX £324.00

460.915.915 PHD919146MBX PHD919146SBX £335.00

610.915.915 PHD919161MBX PHD919161SBX £347.00

760.915.915 PHD919176MBX PHD919176SBX £360.00

460.1220.915 PHD129146MBX PHD129146SBX £372.00

610.1220.915 PHD129161MBX PHD129161SBX £385.00

760.1220.915 PHD129176MBX PHD129176SBX £399.00

Post Pallets

• Angled steel corner posts.

• Easier access to stacked materials.



144

£170.00

From Only

Post Pallets - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W.D Code Price

460.610.610 PPO616146BXX £170.00

610.610.610 PPO616161BXX £177.00

460.915.610 PPO916146BXX £183.00

610.915.610 PPO916161BXX £190.00

760.915.610 PPO916176BXX £197.00

915.915.610 PPO916191BXX £204.00

460.915.915 PPO919146BXX £211.00

610.915.915 PPO919161BXX £220.00

760.915.915 PPO919176BXX £227.00

915.915.915 PPO919191BXX £236.00

460.1220.915 PPO129146BXX £243.00

610.1220.915 PPO129161BXX £253.00

760.1220.915 PPO129176BXX £262.00

915.1220.915 PPO129191BXX £271.00

Detachable Side Pallets

Pallets

• Detachable mesh or steel panel.

• Up to 1000Kg capacity.




Detachable Side Pallets - Dimensions/Codes


460.610.610 PDS616146MBX PDS616146SBX £289.00

610.610.610 PDS616161MBX PDS616161SBX £300.00

460.915.610 PDS916146MBX PDS916146SBX £310.00

610.915.610 PDS916161MBX PDS916161SBX £321.00

460.915.915 PDS919146MBX PDS919146SBX £331.00

610.915.915 PDS919161MBX PDS919161SBX £344.00

760.915.915 PDS919176MBX PDS919176SBX £354.00

460.1220.915 PDS129146MBX PDS129146SBX £367.00

610.1220.915 PDS129161MBX PDS129161SBX £381.00

760.1220.915 PDS129176MBX PDS129176SBX £393.00

£289.00

From Only

Open Fronted Pallets

• Completely open front.





Open Fronted Pallets - Dimensions/Codes


460.610.610 POF616146MBX POF616146SBX £227.00

610.610.610 POF616161MBX POF616161SBX £234.00

460.915.610 POF916146MBX POF916146SBX £243.00

610.915.610 POF916161MBX POF916161SBX £252.00

460.915.915 POF919146MBX POF919146SBX £261.00

610.915.915 POF919161MBX POF919161SBX £270.00

760.915.915 POF919176MBX POF919176SBX £278.00

460.1220.915 POF129146MBX POF129146SBX £289.00

610.1220.915 POF129161MBX POF129161SBX £300.00

760.1220.915 POF129176MBX POF129176SBX £308.00

Chute Pallets

• Heavy duty chute front.

• Easy access to stacked materials.


• Can be stacked up to 5 pallets high.


£227.00

From Only

Shelving & Storage

Pallets

Chute Pallets - Dimensions/Codes


305.610.610 PCH616130BXX £164.00

305.915.610 PCH916130BXX £200.00

£164.00

From Only

145

Vertical Sheet Rack


• Distance between support bars: 230mm


Vertical Sheet Rack



• Flat steel base to accept sheet metal


Shelving & Storage

Vertical Sheet Rack

GVR15

No of Sections Size H.L.W. Weight Code Price

3 900.860.860 20 kg GVR15 £281.80

Vertical Storage Racks



• Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied)


GVR98

Vertical Sheet Rack

GVR20

Description No of Sections Size H.L.W. Weight Code Price

Static 3 1245.1100.970 53 kg GVR20 £673.15

Mobile 3 1380.1100.970 54 kg GVR98 £721.15

Variable Height Sheet Rack


• Distance between uprights: 160mm

• 5 support bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm


Storage Racks

GVR31

146

GVR24


No of Sections Size H.L.W. Weight Code Price

4 1500.600.1200 70 kg GVR24 £438.85

6 1500.600.1800 100 kg GVR26 £541.50

8 1500.600.2400 120 kg GVR28 £729.95

GVR99

Variable Height Sheet Rack

Description Size H.L.D. Weight Code Price

Static 1000.1400.800 70 kg GVR31 £456.85

Mobile 1135 x 1400 x 800 71 kg GVR99 £502.40


• Each starter bay is made up of two

uprights & 8 adjustable support dividers

• Each extension bay is made up of one upright

& a further 8 adjustable support dividers

• Movable dividers enable horizontal adjustment

of the storage sections allowing the unit

to meet your individual requirements

• Plywood base offers protection to the

ends of the stored items whilst

adding stability to the unit

• Frame has wall mounted fixing points

to secure the unit (fixings not included)

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload

these cages

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Description

CR3000ST Movable Divider

Overall Size

L.D.H

Starter Bay


• Each starter bay is made up of two

uprights & 3 adjustable support arms

• Each extension bay is made up of one upright

& a further 3 adjustable support dividers

• Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical

adjustment of the storage sections allowing

the unit to meet your individual requirements

• Plywood base offers protection to the

ends of the stored items whilst

adding stability to the unit

• Frame has wall mounted fixing points

to secure the unit (fixings not included)

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload

these cages

Code


Price

CR3000ST

Overall Size

L.D.H

Extension Bay

5 Compartments (8 Dividers) 2430.650.3000 CR3000ST £1065.05 2430.650.3000 CR3000EX £889.15

Additional Divider - CRA20A £64.10 - CRA20A £64.10

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Code

Price

Storage Racks Shelving & Storage

Movable dividers enable

horizontal & vertical adjustment

CR2575ST & CR2575EX

with 1 x CRA15A

Description

Overall Size

L.D.H

Starter Bay


Code

Price

Overall Size

L.D.H

Extension Bay

3 Dividers 1633.785.2575 CR2575ST £933.95 1595.785.2575 CR2575EX £766.60

Additional Divider - CRA15A £75.95 - CRA15A £75.95

Code

Price

147

Cantilever Racking


• Load capacity per arm: 200kg

• Each arm has end stops to

prevent items falling off

• Load heavy materials at the base

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to

unload these cages

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

GCR110

GCR120

Shelving & Storage

Bar Storage Racks

• Tiers per unit: 6

• Units can be fixed to the floor for stability



Cantilever Racking

Description Size L.D.H. Weight Code Price

Parallel Arms

Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580.610.2100 106 kg GCR110 £1058.05

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase length by 1225 per bay 38 kg GCR111 £478.20

Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580.1100.2100 143 kg GCR210 £1320.40

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase length by 1225 per bay 51 kg GCR211 £630.65

Tapered Arms

Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580.650.2030 93 kg GCR120 £1154.55

Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase length by 1225 per bay 34 kg GCR121 £541.65

Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580.1190.2030 125 kg GCR220 £1232.25

Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase length by 1225 per bay 44 kg GCR221 £626.90

2 x GSR62

H.D. Bar Storage Racks


• Space between arms: 250mm

• Units can be fixed to the floor for stability



GSR01

Storage Racks

350 kg

350 kg

400 kg

2 x GSR11

148

850 kg

950 kg

1100 kg

Load Capacity per arm

Bar Storage Racks


Single 680.680.1910 45 kg GSR61 £435.85

Double 1270.680.1910 55 kg GSR62 £638.00

H.D. Bar Storage Racks


5 Tier Single Bay 1150.575.1500 40 kg GSR01 £600.60

6 Tier Single Bay 1150.575.1870 60 kg GSR02 £672.75

5 Tier Double Bay 1150.1000.1500 50 kg GSR11 £741.45

6 Tier Double Bay 1150.1000.1870 80 kg GSR12 £803.20

Cantilever Racking

• Store long & heavy products safely

• Improve stock accessibility. Ideal for timber, piping, steel, plastic etc

• The arms are fitted with removable end stops for

the ease of loading products on & off

• Frame has wall & floor fixing points to secure the unit (fixings not included)

• The arms are height adjustable in increments of 150mm



Overall Size

L x D x H mm

CR1003ST

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Cantilever Racking

Heavy duty, height adjustable arms

with removable end stops

Starter Bay with 12 Arms & 3 Uprights Starter Bay with 15 Arms & 3 Uprights Extension Bay with 4 Arms & 1 Upright Additional Arm

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

500mm Long Arms

2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR0503ST £1737.35 CR0504ST £1856.45 CR050EX £660.65 CRA05A £152.40

1000mm Long Arms

2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR1003ST £1881.15 CR1004ST £2013.15 CR100EX £711.80 CRA10A £165.05

Cantilever Racking Shelving & Storage

149

Vertical Racks

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

Strorage Racks

i

Information

SIMPLE TO

BUILD AND

RECONFIGURE

• Quick & easy to erect

• Starter bays come complete with 3 dividers (one left hand, one right hand and one adjustable)

• Extension bays come complete with 3 dividers (three adjustable)

• Can be secured to the floor

Vertical Racking

Size H.W.D.

Starter Bay

(c/w right & left fixed & 1 adj. dividers)

Extension Bay

(c/w 3 adj. dividers)

Extra Adjustable Hoop Dividers

Code Price Code Price Size H.D. Code Price

2550.1200.810 VRS/2512/3 £749.88 VRE/2512/3 £505.71

150

2550.1600.810 VRS/2516/3 £775.37 VRE/2516/3 £551.49

2550.1800.810 VRS/2518/3 £800.80 VRE/2518/3 £597.26

1000.400 VR/DIV1004 £76.14

Cantilever Racking

1 x CMS/191006/S3 &

2 x CME/191006/S3

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Shelving & Storage

CMS/191006/D3

• Store all your long awkward item

• Simple to build and reconfigure

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Starter Bay

Single Sided

FRAME LOADING PER SIDE

Height mm Arm - 600mm Arm - 800mm Arm - 1000mm

1976 2200 kg 1900 kg 1600 kg

2432 2200 kg 1900 kg 1600 kg

2964 2200 kg 1900 kg 1100 kg

• Complete with 3 arms per

upright (6 on double sided)

Extension Bay

Single Sided

Starter Bay

Double Sided

Model

Price

Arm End Stop CMAR/150ES £8.42

• Capacity per arm: up to 600kg

• Arms adjust every 75mm

Extension Bay

Double Sided

Additional Arm

Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price

1976 x 1000 x 600 CMS/191006/S3 £749.09 CME/191006/S3 £394.82 CMS/191006/D3 £967.93 CME/191006/D3 £504.24 CMAR/06 £30.51

1976 x 1000 x 800 CMS/191008/S3 £807.41 CME/191008/S3 £423.95 CMS/191008/D3 £1,084.55 CME/191008/D3 £562.55 CMAR/08 £37.21






2964 x 1000 x 800 CMS/291008/S3 £1,005.37 CME/291008/S3 £522.92 CMS/291008/D3 £1,282.51 CME/291008/D3 £661.52 CMAR/08 £37.21

2964 x 1000 x 1000 CMS/291010/S3 £1,064.02 CME/291010/S3 £552.28 CMS/291010/D3 £1,399.84 CME/291010/D3 £720.19 CMAR/10 £44.00

Cantilever Racking

151

Security Cage with Lift Up Lid


• Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts

• When the lid is shut the front doors will not

open leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit

• Units have a hasp & staple padlock facility (padlock not included)

• Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets


Shelving & Storage

GBC12Z

Security Cage with Lift Up Lid

Size W.D.H. Internal Height Weight Code Price

1260.1260.830 710 150 kg GBC12Z £1162.15

1860.1260.1250 1130 180 kg GBC18Z £1480.05

Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted SCS001 £62.10

Lock Up Security Cage

• Manufactured from 50 x 50mm

mesh panels & galvanised roof

• This unit is supplied fully constructed

• Units have a hasp & staple padlock

facility (padlock not included)


Security Cages

GLC12Z & SCS001

152

GLC12Z & SCS001

Lock Up Security Cage

Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

1580.1175.1910 100 kg GLC12Z £1494.25

2700.1175.1910 150 kg GLC15Z £2142.30

3160.1175.1910 160 kg GLC18Z £2215.50


Security Cages

• All welded units constructed from steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh

• Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)

• Ideal for the security of both hazardous & valuable materials


SCB02Z

SCB06Z

Shelving & Storage

SCB01Z

IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF

BOTH HAZARDOUS &

VALUABLE MATERIALS

Security Cages

Security Cages

Overall Size W.D.H. Internal Size W.D.H. No of Doors Weight Code Price

700.700.830 690.690.790 1 37 kg SCB01Z £509.85

1400.700.830 1380.690.790 2 52 kg SCB02Z £853.75

700.700.1630 690.690.1585 1 55 kg SCB03Z £905.85

700.1000.1630 690.990.1585 1 58 kg SCB06Z £1012.80

1400.700.1630 1380.690.1585 2 110 kg SCB04Z £1374.20

1400.1000.1630 1380.990.1585 2 113 kg SCB07Z £1488.30

2070.700.1630 2040.690.1585 2 124 kg SCB05Z £1731.20

2070.1000.1630 2040.990.1585 2 127 kg SCB08Z £1823.30


SCB05Z

153

Security Cages

SCS04Z fitted with SCS001

SCS03Z fitted with SCS003

Shelving & Storage

IDEAL FOR STORAGE OF

BOTH HAZARDOUS &

VALUABLE MATERIALS

SCG02S

SCG01Z

Security Cages

• Load capacity: 500kg

• All welded units constructed from

steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh

• Units are load tested & CE certified

• Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)

• Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the

cranage eyes we recommend using a spreader)

• A hazardous chemical sign is available

as a factory fitted optional extra

• Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon,

2 braked swivel castors (add 115mm to the height)

• Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or

Galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors

SCS01Z


Security Cages

154

Yellow Powder Coated Units Galvanised Units with Yellow Doors Shelf to suit - factory

Overall Size Internal Size No of Weight

W.D.H.

W.D.H. Doors kg

Static Mobile Static Mobile

fitted (one per unit)


700.700.880 690.690.790 1 37 kg SCS01Z £591.50 SCS01S £648.00 SCG01Z £652.65 SCG01S £710.90 - -

1400.700.880 1380.690.790 2 52 kg SCS02Z £956.90 SCS02S £1013.55 SCG02Z £1051.00 SCG02S £1109.10 - -

700.700.1680 690.690.1585 1 55 kg SCS03Z £1006.70 SCS03S £1063.30 SCG03Z £1101.15 SCG03S £1159.30 SCS003 £80.85




Single & Double Lockers

Single and Double Lockers Customize storage spaces

depending on the specific need required. The single doors

can be created out of eight standard wall panel widths. Both

the single and double lockers can be built out of UR350

panels (19x19mm framework) or UX450 panels (20x30mm

framework). Securing plates for padlocks are standard.

Troax Cage

Troax Cages - Mini & Maxi Boxes

Boxes Size W.D. Finish Code Price

Mini Box

No. 1

Maxi Box

No. 1

Maxi Box

No. 2

Maxi Box

No. 3

Maxi Box

No. 4

Maxi Box

No. 5

1200.1200

2200.1200

2200.2400

2200.3600

2200.4800

2200.6000


Description


Price

P.O.A.

Troax Cage is a quick and easy theft deterrent, suitable for

warehouses or on construction sites. It has a flexible and

modular construction, and all depths are possible from

200mm up to the infinity. Also the depth can be extended

as and when needed using additional modular panels and

brackets. The unique design of the hinge enables a 270

degrees opening of both doors.

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800298 £716.74

Hot Dip Galvanised UK800299 £907.36

Grey - RAL 7037 UK800295 £845.43


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800293 £1123.25


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800290 £1401.06


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800288 £1678.89


Grey - RAL 7037 UK800286 £1956.70


Shelving & Storage

Security Cages

155

Shelving & Storage

CLD1634

CLD163T

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY


156

CLD163U

Utility Cupboards

Information

• Manufactured from robust, high quality plastic

• Ideal for many applications including kitchens/cafeterias

Janitorial closets, schools, offices etc

• Anti-wear steel hinges that provide a snap closure

• Hygienic & easy to clean

i

IDEAL FOR MANY

APPLICATIONS;

KITCHENS,

CAFETERIAS,

SCHOOLS,

OFFICES ETC

CLD084D

CLT084T

Utility Cupboards

Doors Features Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

Compact Cupboard

Double

840.680.370 9 kg CLD084D £89.05

1 Shelf

Triple 840.1020.370 14.5 kg CLT084T £133.30

Large Cupboard

Double

1630.680.370 17 kg CLD1634 £148.10

3 Shelves

Triple 1630.1020.370 22 kg CLT1634 £212.05

Utility Cupboard

Double 3 Half Shelves 1630.680.370 17 kg CLD163U £148.85

PPE Cupboards

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Our Personal Protective Equipment

Cupboards enable the safe and

separate storage of protective

equipment and clothing in the

workplace.

• “No snag” handles with 2-point locking.

• All steel structure with strengthened

doors.

• Adjustable powder coated shelves.

• PPE Clothing cupboard comes with

adjustable hanging garment rail.

• Powder coated dark blue Germ Guard

Active Technology anti-bacterial paint.

• Supplied with PPE labels.

• Reaction to fire classification EN 13501-1.

• Cupboard shelves have a UDL of 70kg.

£203.00

From Only

PPE Cupboards

Size H.W.D Shelves Code Price

1800.900.460 3 CB1890463BXX £356.00

1800.1200.460 3 CB1812463BXX £471.00

900.900.460 2 CB9090462BXX £263.00

900.460.460 1 CB9046461BXX £203.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

W.1200 x D.460 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

First Aid Cupboards

Our First Aid Cupboards are manufactured from high

quality steel with instantly recognisable identification

symbols and a clean white powder coated finish.

They are designed to meet a wide range of first aid

requirements.

• “No snag” handles with 2-point

locking.

• Adjustable galvanised shelves.

• Stands raise cupboards by

500mm with an adjustable

foot for uneven surfaces.

Floor Cupboards


1800.1200.460 3 CF181246ZWXX £455.00

1800.900.460 3 CF189046ZWXX £398.00

900.460.460 1 CF904646ZWXX £205.00

900.900.460 1 CF909046ZWXX £263.00

700.350.300 1 CF703530ZWXX £172.00

700.900.460 1 CF709046ZWXX £241.00

Wall Cupboards


570.850.255 1 CF855725MWXX £228.00

£172.00

From Only

PPE Clothing Cupboards


1800.610.460 1 CR1860461BXX £329.00

1800.900.460 1 CR1890461BXX £359.00

1800.1200.460 1 CR1812461BXX £480.00

1800.900.460 4 CR1890464BXX £388.00

1800.1200.460 4 CR1812464BXX £578.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.1200 x D.460 CCES1246ZLXX £39.00

W.610 x D.460 CCES6046ZLXX £25.00

W.900 x D.460 CCES9046ZLXX £30.00

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

W.460 x D.460 CUPDSHLF4646 £29.00

W.350 x D.300 CUPDSHLF3530 £24.00

Shelving & Storage


Mobile Cupboards


1040.900.460 1 CF109046ZWXX £396.00

840.900.460 1 CF849046MWXX £391.00

Stands

To Fit Code Price

W.460 x D.460 CFST4646ZWXX £104.00

W.900 x D.460 CFST9046ZWXX £121.00

W.350 x D.300 CFST3530ZWXX £100.00

157

Hazardous Substance Cupboards

CZ709046ZYXX

CZ703530ZYXX

CZ189046ZYXX

Shelving & Storage

Floor Cupboards

Size H.W.D Shelves Code Price Extra Shelves Code Price

1800.900.460 3 CZ189046ZYXX* £364.00 W.900 x D.460 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00








Mobile Cupboards

Floor Chests

CoSHH Cupboards

Mobile Cupboards


1040.900.460 1 CZ109046MYXX* £389.00

840.900.460 1 CZ849046MYXX* £357.00


Wall Cupboards

Stands

Floor Chests


610.1170.460 CZ611146ZYXX £414.00

510.610.340 CZ516134ZYXX £264.00

Stands

158

To Fit Code Price

Wall Cupboards

543.900.460 CZST9046ZYXX* £98.00


543.460.460 CZST4646ZYXX* £87.00

570.850.255 1 CZ855725ZYXX* £212.00

543.350.300 CZST3530ZYXX* £84.00

* Express Delivery Available * Express Delivery Available

Hazardous Substance Cupboards

£162.00

From Only

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control

of hazardous substances in all working environments. This range

of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and

transportation of hazardous substances as demanded by the

CoSHH regulations.


• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves for superior spill management*.

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of

absorbents*.

• Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled lid to discourage article placement

and a hasp and staple lock - padlock not supplied.

• Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces.


• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint.

• Order quantities may apply, please speak to the sales team.


*Except wall mounted cupboards.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Shelving & Storage

CoSHH Cupboards

• Mobile Cupboard

• Stands

159

Hazardous Security Cupboards

Shelving & Storage

CoSHH Cupboards

160

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Starting from

£499.92

Hazardous Security Cupboards


1800.900.460 3 CSH189046ZYX £1,245.00

1800.1200.460 3 CSH181246ZYX £1,522.00

1200.900.460 2 CSH129046ZYX £809.00

1200.1200.460 2 CSH121246ZYX £1,236.00

900.460.460 1 CSH904646ZYX £581.00

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

First Aid Security Cupboards


1800.900.460 3 CSF189046ZWX £1,263.00

1800.1200.460 3 CSF181246ZWX £1,544.00

1200.900.460 2 CSF129046ZWX £821.00

1200.1200.460 2 CSF121246ZWX £1,254.00

900.460.460 1 CSF904646ZWX £589.00

It is vital that employers and employees

comply with the control of hazardous

substances in all working environments.

This range of cupboards and cabinets

enables the separate storage of hazardous

substances as demanded by the CoSHH

regulations. They are constructed

from welded 1.5mm steel for strength

combined with a superior anti-pick locking

mechanism, to ensure security.

• Welded all steel structure for extra strength.

• Seven lever safe lock for high security.

• New regulation labels enclosed to be fitted

by customer to suit regulations.

• Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed

fixings to prevent forced entry.

• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves

for superior spill management.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active

Technology anti-bacterial paint.

• Made from 1.5mm steel.

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the

correct handling of spills through the use of

absorbents.

• Reaction to fire classification EN13501-1.

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CZES9046ZYXX £53.00

W.1200 x D.460 CZES1246ZYXX £74.00

W.460 x D.460 CZES4646ZYXX £34.00

First Aid Security Cupboards

Our First Aid Security Cupboards are manufactured

from high quality steel with instantly recognisable

identification symbols and a clean white powder

coated finish. They are designed to meet a wide

range of first aid requirements. These storage

cabinets enable secure and identifiable storage in the

workplace.



• Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed fixings to

prevent forced entry.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology

anti-bacterial paint.

• Made from 1.5mm powder coated mild steel.

• Supplied with first aid stickers.


Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CSES9046ZWXX £53.00

W.1200 x D.460 CSES1246ZWXX £74.00

W.460 x D.460 CSES4646ZWXX £34.00

CoSHH Security Cupboards

This range of cupboards and cabinets

enables the secure storage of hazardous

substances as demanded by the CoSHH

regulations.





• New regulation labels enclosed to be fitted by

customer to suit regulations.

• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves

for superior spill management.






absorbents.


Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

COSHH Security Cupboards


1800.900.450 3 CSC189046ZKX £1,245.00

1800.1200.450 3 CSC181246ZKX £1,522.00

1200.900.450 2 CSC129046ZKX £809.00

1200.1200.450 2 CSC121246ZKX £1,236.00

900.460.450 1 CSC904646ZKX £581.00

Acid & Alkali Security Cupboards

Use of caustic materials in the workplace

can present many hazards, particularly

if acids and alkalis are stored incorrectly

or with other chemicals. These storage

cabinets enable secure and identifiable

storage in the workplace.

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.450 CSES9046ZKXX £53.00

W.1200 x D.450 CSES1246ZKXX £74.00

W.460 x D.450 CSES4646ZKXX £34.00

Shelving & Storage





• New regulation labels enclosed to be fitted by

customer to suit regulations.



• Made from 1.5mm steel.



absorbents


Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Acid & Alkali Security Cupboards


1800.900.450 3 CSA189046ZWX £1,263.00

1800.1200.450 3 CSA181246ZWX £1,544.00

1200.900.450 2 CSA129046ZWX £821.00

1200.1200.450 2 CSA121246ZWX £1,254.00

900.460.450 1 CSA904646ZWX £589.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CSES9046ZWXX £53.00

W.1200 x D.460 CSES1246ZWXX £74.00

W.460 x D.460 CSES4646ZWXX £34.00

CoSHH Cupboards

161

Petroleum & Flammable Liquid Cupboards

If stored incorrectly, flammable liquids, pesticides and agrochemicals

can leak or spill causing damage and pollution. These cupboards

promote safe storage, handling and disposal practice.

• High security 3-point locking with full door height hinges.

• Liquid tight integral sumps with plug for easy drainage.

• Fully adjustable, spill retaining galvanized shelves.

• Supplied with stand to raise cupboards by 500mm.

• Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled lid to discourage

article placement and a hasp and staple lock - padlock not supplied.

• Powder coated red with warning decals.

£290.00

From Only

Floor Cupboards


1200.900.610 2 CT129061ZHXX £1,043.00

1200.1200.610 2 CT121261ZHXX £1,173.00

Floor Chests


610.1170.460 CT611146ZHXX £456.00

510.610.340 CT516134ZHXX £290.00

Shelving & Storage

CoSHH Cupboards

162

£176.00

From Only

Floor Cupboards


1800.900.460 3 CA189046ZWXX £407.00

1800.1200.460 3 CA181246ZWXX £482.00

1200.900.460 2 CA129046ZWXX £352.00

900.460.460 1 CA904646ZWXX £210.00

900.900.460 1 CA909046ZWXX £269.00

700.350.300 1 CA703530ZWXX £176.00

700.900.460 1 CA709046ZWXX £247.00

Mobile Cupboards


1040.900.460 1 CA109046MWXX £398.00

840.900.460 1 CA849046MWXX £376.00

Wall Cupboards


570.850.255 1 CA855725ZWXX £234.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.610 CTES9060ZHXX £60.00

W.1200 x D.610 CTES1260ZHXX £79.00

Stands

To Fit Code Price

W.1200 x D.610 CTST12612RXX £127.00

W.900 x D.610 CTST90612RXX £113.00

Acid & Alkali Cupboards

Use of caustic materials in the workplace can

present many hazards, particularly if acids

and alkalis are stored incorrectly or with other

chemicals. These storage cabinets enable safe and

identifiable storage in the workplace.


• Adjustable spill-retaining shelves for superior spill

management*.

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct

handling of spills through the use of absorbents*.

• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings

not included).

• Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable




paint.



Stands


H.543 x W.350 x D.300 CAST3530ZWXX £85.00

H.543 x W.460 x D.460 CAST4646ZWXX £92.00

H . 5 4 3 x W.9 0 0 x D. 4 6 0 CAST9046ZWXX £101.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.350 x D.300 CAES3530ZWXX £35.00

W.900 x D.460 CAES9046ZWXX £57.00

W.460 x D.460 CAES4646ZWXX £44.00

W.1200 x D.460 CAES1246ZWXX £66.00

Storage Vaults

• Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid

Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate &

the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51

• Adjustable vent meets the requirements of

both Flammable Storage (vents closed) &

Agrochemicals (vents open)

• All welded units conforming to the A.P. E.A.

construction requirements

• Provide a half hour protection from

collapse & the passage of flame

• Multi-lockable for high security & fitted

with a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts

• For extra protection & fork lifting the

units have skids on the base

• Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z & SSV02Z

to enable larger items to be stored at base level

• Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four

shelves - the two middle shelves fold away &

the two top shelves are made in 3 sections - the

back section is fixed in position & the front

two sections removable

• All models have a liquid-tight

base to contain spillage

N.B. A fork lift will be needed to unload these vaults

SSV02Z

Shelving & Storage

SSV01Z

SAFETY NOTE

Before storage of herbicides & petroleum based

products takes place the advice of the following

should be sought for specific guidance

Storage Vaults

• Health & Safety Inspector

• Trading Standards Officers

• Environmental Health Officers

• Fire Officers

SSV03Z

Storage Vaults

Overall Size W.D.H. Liquid tight sealed base unit capacity Shelves Weight Code Price

700.850.1270 120 Litres

2 Shelves

690 x 400 fixed (top) & 690 x 400 pivots (middle)

180 kg SSV01Z £1733.75

1370.850.1270 250 Litres

2 Shelves

1360 x 400 fixed (top) & 1360 x 400 pivots (middle)

260 kg SSV02Z £2441.50

2500.1080.1270 550 Litres

4 Shelves

1220 x 500 fixed

460 kg SSV03Z £4355.60

163

CoSHH Cupboards

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Shelving & Storage

CoSHH Cupboards

164

Floor Cupboards


1800.900.460 3 CZ189046ZKXX £364.00

1800.1200.460 3 CZ181246ZKXX £429.00

1200.900.460 2 CZ129046ZKXX £309.00

900.460.460 1 CZ904646ZKXX £191.00

900.900.460 1 CZ909046ZKXX £245.00

700.350.300 1 CZ703530ZKXX £162.00

700.900.460 1 CZ709046ZKXX £224.00

Mobile Cupboards


1040.900.460 1 CZ109046MKXX £389.00

840.900.460 1 CZ849046MKXX £357.00

£162.00

From Only

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the

control of hazardous substances in all working environments.

This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate

storage and transportation of hazardous substances as

demanded by the CoSHH regulations.


• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves for superior

spill management*.

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct

handling of spills through the use of absorbents*.

• Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled lid to

discourage article placement and a hasp and staple lock -

padlock not supplied.

• Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable






Floor Chests


610.1170.460 CZ611146ZKXX £414.00

510.610.340 CZ516134ZKXX £264.00

• Wall Cupboard

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

W.1200 x D.460 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

W.460 x D.460 CUPDSHLF4646 £29.00

W.350 x D.300 CUPDSHLF3530 £24.00

Wall Cupboards


570.850.255 1 CZ855725ZKXX £212.00

Stands

• Floor Chest

• Mobile Cupboard


H.543 x W.460 x D.460 CZST4646ZKXX £87.00

H.543 x W.900 x D.460 CZST9046ZKXX £98.00

H.543 x W.350 x D.300 CZST3530ZKXX £84.00

Clothing Cupboards

• “No Snag” handles with 2-point locking.

• Strengthened doors.

• Top shelf and hanging garment rail.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology antibacterial

paint.


£363.00

From Only

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Clothing Cupboards


1800.600.460 1 CC186046Z £363.00

1800.900.460 1 CC189046Z £386.00

1800.1200.460 1 CC181246Z £482.00

Extra Shelves

To Fit Code Price

W.600 x D.460 CCES6046ZLXX £25.00

W.900 x D.460 CCES9046ZLXX £30.00

W.1200 x D.460 CCES1246ZLXX £39.00

Door Colour Options


Utility Cupboards



• Central divider with removable rail on one side and 3

adjustable shelves on the other.


paint.


£404.00

From Only

Utility Cupboards


1800.900.460 3 CU189046Z £404.00

1800.1200.460 3 CU181246Z £533.00

Extra Shelves

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

To Fit Code Price

W.900 x D.460 CUES9046ZLXX £23.00

YXX

YXX

YXX

YXX

GXX

BXX

Shelving & Storage


W.1200 x D.460 CUES1246ZLXX £25.00

Door Colour Options


YXX

YXX

YXX

YXX

GXX

BXX

165

Modular Cupboards

Shelving & Storage

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

£547.00

From Only


An adaptable and versatile all steel system of

units designed to meet the demands of the

workplace. Enabling you to utilise the free space

above the cupboard, providing a safe and secure

workplace facility and a layout that promotes

good ‘housekeeping’ practices. A weld and rivet

construction provides all-round robustness.

Door Colour Options


Modular Cupboards




• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting - fixings not

supplied.


paint.

• Top unit does not include shelf.


Cupboard - Size H.W.D Shelves Code Price Extra Shelf Price

2300.900.460

YXX

YXX

YXX

YXX

GXX

CM1890462 £547.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

BXX

2300.900.600 CM1890602 £728.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

3

2300.1200.460 CM1812462 £725.00 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

2300.1200.600 CM1812602 £959.00 CUPDSHLF1260 £50.00

166

Container Storage Cupboards

These Container Storage Cupboards can

be used for a multitude of storage options.

Louvre panels on the doors and carcass

enables the user to conveniently store

containers close to hand. A weld and rivet

construction provides all-round robustness.

• Reinforced doors


• 70kg U.D.L capacity galvanised shelves.

• 1800mm high, 900mm wide, 460mm deep.


Container Storage Cupboards

Option Code Price

1A CY189046836X £750.00

1B CY189046832X £763.00

1C CY189046630X £721.00

1D CY189046720X £747.00

2A CYD189046BBX £605.00

2B CYD189046461 £896.00

2C CYD189046457 £892.00

2D CYD189046151 £872.00

Extra Shelves CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

£605.00

From Only

Shelving & Storage

Option 1A

• 36 x Size 4

• 8 Shelves

Option 1B

• 28 x Size 4

• 4 x Size 6

• 8 Shelves

Option 1C

• 24 x Size 4

• 6 x Size 6

• 6 Shelves

Option 1D

• 8 x Size 4

• 12 x Size 6

• 7 Shelves


Option 2A

• Build your own

Option 2B

• 10 x Size 3

• 8 x Size 5

• 41 x Size 2

• 4 Shelves

Option 2C

• 16 x Size 4

• 41 x Size 2

• 4 Shelves

Option 2D

• 10 x Size 6

• 41 x Size 2

• 1 Shelf

167

Workplace Cupboards

£199.00

From Only

Shelving & Storage


168

EXPRESS DELIVERY

* Only in colours Dark Blue and Light Grey doors

Door Colour Options


Wall Mounted Cupboard

Floor Cupboards

Size H.W.D Shelves Code Price Extra Shelf Price

1800.600.460 3 CG186046Z £322.00 CUPDSHLF6046 £22.00

1800.900.460 3 CG189046Z* £356.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

1800.1200.460 3 CG181246Z £471.00 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

1800.900.600 3 CG189061Z £475.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

1800.1200.600 3 CG181261Z £567.00 CUPDSHLF1260 £50.00

1200.900.460 2 CG129046Z £325.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.900.460 2 CG909046Z* £263.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.900.610 2 CG909061Z £326.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

900.460.460 1 CG904646Z £210.00 CUPDSHLF4646 £29.00

YXX

YXX

YXX

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

YXX

GXX

BXX

These general workplace cupboards and cabinets

bring a combination of storage, mobility and security

to the workplace.

A weld and rivet construction provides all-round

robustness.




• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting - fixings not

supplied.





team.

Mobile Cupboards


1040.900.460 2 CG109046M £380.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

1040.900.610 2 CG109061M £533.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

Wall Cupboards


570.850.255 1 CG855725Z £199.00 N.A. N.A.

Vision Door Cupboards

These cupboards and cabinets bring a

combination of storage, mobility, security and

a touch of style to the workplace. The Perspex

doors allow managers and supervisors to be

able to see the contents of cupboards whilst the

cupboard is locked.

• Flush “no snag” handles.

• Mobile and static options.


• Adjustable shelves.

• Secure locks.

• Tough powder coated finish.

• Cupboard shelves have a UDL of

70kg.

Vision Cupboards


1800.1200.460 3 CV181246Z £704.00 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

1800.900.460 3 CV189046Z £618.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

1200.900.460 2 CV129046Z £511.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.900.460 2 CV909046Z £443.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.460.460 2 CV904646Z £289.00 CUPDSHLF4646 £29.00

700.900.460 2 CV709046Z £381.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

700.350.300 2 CV703530Z £249.00 CUPDSHLF3530 £24.00

570.850.255 (Wall Mounted) 1 CV578525Z £309.00 N.A. N.A.

Perforated Cupboards

These cupboards and cabinets bring a combination

of storage, mobility, security and a touch of style to

the workplace. The perforated doors allow managers

and supervisors to be able to see the contents of

cupboards whilst the cupboard is locked.

• Perforated reinforced doors

for visual security.

• Flush “no snag” handles.

• Mobile and static options.


• Adjustable shelves.

• Secure locks.

• Tough powder coated finish.

From Only

£283.00

From Only

£249.00

Floor Cupboards


1800.600.460 3 C6186046P £375.00 CUPDSHLF6046 £22.00

1800.900.460 3 C6189046P £395.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

1800.1200.460 3 C6181246P £524.00 CUPDSHLF1246 £44.00

1800.900.610 3 C6189061P £527.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

1800.1200.610 3 C6181261P £620.00 CUPDSHLF1260 £50.00

1200.900.460 2 C6129046P £378.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.900.460 2 C6909046P £316.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

900.900.610 2 C6909061P £379.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

900.460.460 1 C6904646P £283.00 CUPDSHLF4646 £29.00

Mobile Cupboards

1040.900.460 2 C6109046M £454.00 CUPDSHLF9046 £38.00

1040.900.610 2 C6109061M £567.00 CUPDSHLF9060 £34.00

Shelving & Storage


Door Colour Options


YXX

YXX

YXX

YXX

GXX

BXX

169

Security Cupboards

£561.00

From Only

Shelving & Storage


Our range of Security Cupboards provide an

extra level of security for the storage of high

value equipment and materials. They are

constructed from welded heavy gauge steel for

strength combined with a superior anti-pick

locking mechanism.









• Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1.

Door Colour Options


Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Security Cupboards - Dimensions/Codes


YXX

YXX YXX YXX GXX BXX

Extra Shelves - Dimensions/Codes

To Fit Code Price

1800.1200.460 3 CS181246Z £1,470.00

1800.900.460 3 CS189046Z £1,203.00

1200.1200.460 2 CS121246Z £1,194.00

1200.900.460 2 CS129046Z £782.00

900.460.460 1 CS904646Z £561.00

W.1200 x D.460 CSES1246ZLXX £74.00

W.900 x D.460 CSES9046ZLXX £53.00

W.460 x D.460 CSES4646ZLXX £34.00

170

Multi-Storage Cupboards

A range of heavy duty cupboards ideal for all your

storage requirements.

• The welded construction offers high strength and

durability.

• 1825mm high x 940mm wide x 710mm deep gives a very

large storage capacity.

• The cupboards are available with a combination of

accessories including drawers, shelves and perforated/

louvre rear panels.

• Either with solid doors or vision doors which allow you to

inspect the contents of cupboards.

• Each cupboard comes with adjustable feet for levelling.

• Drawers have a heavy duty slide system giving 100%

extension and a capacity of 100kg.

• Drawers can be fitted with Euroslide dividers.


paint.

£766.00

From Only

Multi-Storage Cupboard shown with drawers, Full Height Tool Panel

and Shelf (tools and clip kits not included).

Multi Storage Cupboards - Dimensions/Codes

Description Size H.W.D mm Code Price

Vision Door Cupboard

Only

Solid Door Cupboard

Only

1825.940. 710 C6MSV181065 £948.00

1825.940.710 C6MSS181065 £766.00

Perforated Tool Cupboards

Perforated Tool Cupboards are the ideal storage

solution for tools and equipment in your workshop.

This high quality cupboard comes fitted with internal

perforated panels which can be used in conjunction

with our clip kits to hang tooling and equipment. A

secure 2-point locking mechanism ensures that the

cupboard contents are kept secure when not in use.


• Cupboard shelves have a 70kg U.D.L capacity.

• Comes with 1 shelf as standard.

• Additional shelves can be ordered, please speak to our

sales team.

• Designed for use with our Clip Kits.


GX

Door Colour Options


LX

BX

YX

UX

Perforated Tool Cupboards - Dimensions/Codes

£334.00

From Only

RX

Colour Suffix

To select drawer & door colours, please add corresponding

letter to the end of the code

K

B

Multi Storage Cupboard Options - Accessories


100mm Deep Drawer C6MSDRW100D £110.00



Galvanised Shelf C6MSSHELFXXX £43.00

Half Height Back Panel

Perforated Panel (Tools Not Included) C6MSTOOLPANX £43.00

Louvre Panel C6MSLOUVREPX £43.00

Dual Panel (Perforated/Louvre) C6MSDUALPANX £43.00

Noticeboard Panel C6MSNOTICEBX £36.00

Full Height Back Panel

Perforated Panel (Tools Not Included) C6MSPRFPANXX £50.00

Dual Panel (Perforated/Louvre) C6MSLOVPANXX £50.00

Clip Kits

G

R

Shelving & Storage




Perforated Door Panels & Back

Panel

1800.900.460 CPF189046Z £598.00

Clip Mix 53 RTCLIPMIX53X £109.00

Wall Mounted 570.820.255 CPF578225Z £334.00

Clip Mix 84 RTCLIPMIX84X £172.00

171

Plastic Step Stool

• Manufactured from high quality plastic

• Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit

• Large anti-slip platform & feet


Handy carry hole

Folding Aluminium Steps

• Certified to EN 14183

• Strong & sturdy folding aluminium steps

• Large (405W x 242Dmm) durable platform

for safe & comfortable standing

• Ideal for use in many environments


EXPRESS DELIVERY

From Only

£50.75

FS369Z

FS253Z

HE400Z

Access

Plastic Step Stool


470.510.400 1.8 kg HE400Z £30.45

Plastic Step Ups

• This versatile nestable step is manufactured from

injection moulded plastic complete with non-slip feet

• Grey or Black - please specify when ordering

Folding Aluminium Steps

No of Steps Size H.W.D. Folded Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

2 450.450.530 503.450.230 3 kg FS253Z £50.75

3 667.480.690 735.480.230 4 kg FS369Z £64.40

Steel Step Ups

• These nestable steps are constructed from tubular

steel & come complete with grooved plastic feet

• Ribbed rubber mat platforms


Handy / Kick Steps

HS501Z

Grey

EXPRESS DELIVERY

4 x HS501Z

Black

HJS02Z

172

Plastic Step Ups

Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price - 1 Off Price (each) 2+

480.330.240 1 kg HS501Z £38.50 £32.65

Steel Step Ups

No of Steps Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

1 440.385.255 2.2 kg HJS01Z £29.50

2 445.555.375 3.5 kg HJS02Z £36.55

Steel Kick Steps

• Available as a standard version or as a model

which is manufactured & approved to the

recognised European GS Standard

• Manufactured in quality steel &

rubber for safety & durability

• Snap-lock for quick assembly

• Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene

castors which retract when weight is applied

• Loaded height: 430mm

• Unloaded height: 435mm

• Available in 6 colours; red, blue, black, green,

yellow or grey - specify when ordering


From Only

£41.45

GA009Z

GA009Z

Plastic Kick Steps

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Available as a standard version or as a model

which is manufactured & approved to the

recognised European GS Standard

• Manufactured from high quality plastic

& rubber for safety & durability

• Snap-lock for quick assembly

• Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene

castors which retract when weight is applied

• Loaded height: 445mm

• Unloaded height: 450mm

• Available in 4 colours; red, blue, black

or grey - specify when ordering


Base Ø Top Ø Weight Code Price each Price each 3 +

GS Approved Steel Kick Step

435 290 5 kg GA009Z £45.85 £41.45

From Only

£38.20

Access

Handy / Kick Steps

GA008Z

KA007Z

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Base Ø Top Ø Weight Code Price each Price each 3 +

GS Approved Plastic Kick Step

440 300 2 kg GA008Z £40.75 £38.20

173

EXPRESS DELIVERY

From Only

£45.80

GS402Z

Access

Handy / Kick Steps

Folding Steps with

Soft Grip Handle

• Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip

treads, non-slip feet & soft grip foam handle,

giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat

• Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm

Plastic Handy Steps

• Tested to BS EN 14183:2003

• Manufactured from tough, medium density

polyethylene & resistant to most chemicals

• Ideal for wash down applications

• Fitted with anti slip strips on the treads

• Available in 4 colours; red, blue, yellow

or green - specify when ordering


Handy carry handle

Non-slip treads

HPE05Z

HPE03Z

GS403Z

Folding Steps with Soft Grip Handle

No of Treads Top Tread Height Size H.W.D. Folded Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

2 480 820.450.520 1065.450.90 4 kg GS402Z £45.80

3 725 1180.460.670 1310.460.90 6 kg GS403Z £59.15

4 980 1435.500.850 1580.500.90 8 kg GS404Z £77.00

Fort ® Handy Steps

• Nestable, lightweight & strong steel frame static steps

• All weather non-slip injection moulded treads

EXPRESS DELIVERY

HS302Z

GS404Z

Safety, Strength & Durability

FORT STEEL FRAMED STEPS

FOR SAFETY, STRENGTH

& DURABILITY

174

HPE02Z

HPE01Z

Plastic Handy Steps

No of Steps Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

1 300.485.310 5 kg HPE01Z £59.70

2 415.475.540 10 kg HPE02Z £87.00

3 620.440.795 15 kg HPE03Z £120.45

4 820.490.1080 20 kg HPE04Z £197.60

4 with handrail 1620.490.1080 22 kg HPE05Z £325.00

HS312Z

HS301Z

Fort Handy Steps

No of Steps Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price - 1 Off Price (each) 2+

1 285.400.400 3 kg HS301Z £78.50 £71.30

2 405.415.730 5 kg HS302Z £121.30 £115.60

2 with post 1400.415.730 5.5 kg HS312Z £146.85 £141.15

Climb-It ® Slim Folding Steps


• Compact storage, ideal for storing in small gaps

• Aluminium construction, with non-slip feet

• Distance between the top platform & handrail is

600mm providing safety when in use

• Large platform size: W330 x D260mm

Only

55mm

when

Folded

FS193Z

FS192Z

No. of

Treads

Height of

top tread mm

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Overall Size - Open

H x W x D mm

Climb-It ® Slim Folding Steps

Overall Size - Folded

H x W x D mm

2 with Handrail 450 1050 x 475 x 565 1160 x 475 x 55 4 FS192Z £68.55

3 with Handrail 680 1280 x 475 x 745 1410 x 475 x 55 5.5 FS193Z £83.30

4 with Handrail 910 1510 x 475 x 915 1660 x 475 x 55 7 FS194Z £96.45

Weight

kg

Code

Price

Folding Steps

Access

FS203Z

Folding Steps

• Conforms to EN 14183

• Tubular steel, non-slip treads & plastic feet

• Folds down flat for easy storage


FS204Z

No of

Treads

Top Tread

Height

Size H.W.D.

FS202Z

Folding Steps

Folded Size

H.W.D.

Weight Code Price

2 470 810.410.540 900.410.70 4 kg FS202Z £57.30

3 710 1050.410.670 1180.410.70 6 kg FS203Z £79.00

4 940 1300.410.810 1440.410.70 8 kg FS204Z £87.10

175

Step-A-Trucks


• Versatile - neat & compact

• Large toe plate & wide step treads

• 150kg load capacity as a step unit

(60kg as a sack truck)

• Multi purpose, simple & easy to

convert from step to sack truck

• When in sack truck mode they are

mobile on 2 x 100mm wheels

FOAM RUBBER HANDLE

FOR YOUR COMFORT

FMS83Y

Sack Truck

EXPRESS DELIVERY

FMS82Y

FMS82Y

Step Unit

FMS83Y

Step Unit

Access

Step-A-Trucks

No of

Size W.D.H.

Sack Truck Step

Price

Plat. Height

Weight Code Price - 1 Off

Treads Folded Sack Truck Step Unit

Toe Plate Tread Size

(each) 2+

2 460.70.990 480.490.990 470.530.920 490 390 x 280 375 x 210 6.5 kg FMS82Y £102.35 £93.85

3 470.90.1265 490.450.1265 470.735.1190 750 390 x 280 375 x 210 9 kg FMS83Y £119.55 £108.90

High Back Folding Steps

• Certfied to EN 14183

• High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet

• Tread size: 380W EXPRESS x 260Dmm DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Folding Steps

FJS64Z

FCI02Z

FCI03Z

176 180

FJS63Z

FJS62Z

High Back Folding Steps

No of Top Tread Size Folded Size

Treads Height H.W.D. H.W.D.

Weight Code Price

2 470 1070.520.540 1080.520.220 7.2 kg FJS62Z £47.80

3 705 1305.520.655 1310.520.150 10 kg FJS63Z £52.25

4 960 1560.520.810 1600.520.140 12.5 kg FJS64Z £65.75

Chrome Plated Folding Steps


• Chrome plated tubular steel construction

• High safety rail, non-slip treads & plastic feet

No of

Treads

Top Tread

Height

Size H.W.D.

Folding Steps

Folded Size

H.W.D.

Weight Code Price

2 470 1070.480.470 960.480.100 5.5 kg FCI02Z £69.80

3 700 1340.540.630 1410.540.110 8 kg FCI03Z £91.55

Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps


• Ideal for use in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc

• Large aluminium serrated treads (360W x 205Dmm)

& a high handrail offer increased safety during use

• Tilt & pull wheels for easy movement

• Only 120mm deep once folded

• Easy slope incline

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Only

120mm

when

Folded

AFGS3Z

i

Information

ROBUST & STURDY

Tool Tray for the

AFGS3Z & AFGS4Z

AFGS4Z

Access

Folding Steps

AFGS2Z

AFGS2Z

Folded

AFGS2Z

Tilt & Pull

Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps

No of Treads Top Tread Height Size H.W.D. Folded Height Weight Code Price

2 440 850.520.545 790 6.5 kg AFGS2Z £133.55

3 660 1240.550.830 1060 9 kg AFGS3Z £159.75

4 880 1440.580.1110 1360 11 kg AFGS4Z £180.80

177

Double Decker

• Certified to EN 131 Professional

• Integral toolholder, bucket hook & screwtray

• A quality professional aluminium stepladder, light

enough to facilitate easy movement & transportation

• The aluminium platform features a red safety strip to

indicate the maximum step height & gives a protective

edge to prevent cuts & grazes

• Patented large double step underneath the

platform for safe & comfortable standing

• The units come complete with heavy duty,

sturdy, rubber, anti-slip feet to make

this a superior & professional stepladder

UNIQUE DOUBLE STEP

& RUBBER PLATFORM

STRIP FOR EXTRA

COMFORT

ALT-502103

PROMPT DELIVERY

Access

Double Decker

No of Treads Plat. Height Size H.W.D. Folded Height Weight Code Price

3 616 1244.470.723 1426 3.8 kg ALT-502103 £95.05

4 828 1461.496.869 1656 4.4 kg ALT-502104 £103.80

5 1041 1677.525.1016 1887 5 kg ALT-502105 £115.70

6 1253 1893.552.1163 2117 6.1 kg ALT-502106 £127.20

7 1465 2110.580.1309 2348 7.2 kg ALT-502107 £143.50

8 1677 2326.607.1456 2529 8.4 kg ALT-502108 £157.50

ALT-502105

Aluminium Folding Steps


• Strong, lightweight & robust aluminium platform range

• 600mm handrail provides safety at high levels

Aluminium Steps

Rubber feet

provide slip resistance

& floor protection

Fitted with high

tensile straps

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Slim design which is

ideal for storage

& transport

178

ALR06Z

No of

Treads

Plat.

Height

Aluminium Folding Steps - 6 to 8 Tread

Size H.W.D.

Folded

Height

Weight Code Price

3 610 1220.427.657 1250 3.2 kg ALR03Z £60.30

4 830 1440.452.811 1490 3.8 kg ALR04Z £67.65

5 1050 1660.476.967 1730 4.5 kg ALR05Z £72.70

6 1270 1860.500.1127 1970 5.9 kg ALR06Z £83.90

8 1705 2315.555.1437 2450 8.1 kg ALR08Z £106.80

Aluminium Stepladders


• Meets all strength requirements of BS2037 Class 1

• Deep 80mm serrated non-slip treads with

ridge reinforcement & double riveting for

maximum durability & comfort

• Large ribbed channel section stiles, box section

back legs, steel hinge & reinforced horns for

improved resistance to heavy usage

• No tapes or flimsy arms to break

• Hard wearing, non-slip feet for maximum

grip on all floor surfaces

• Integral tool tray for convenient storage

N.B. Handrails are supplied

loose for easy assembly

PROMPT DELIVERY

Aluminium Swingback Steps

CTS04Z

Aluminium

Swingback Steps

No of

Treads

Open

Height

Closed

Height

Weight

Without Handrails

With Handrails


4 790 900 2.5 kg CTS04Z £79.45 CTS14Z £110.35

5 1000 1140 3.4 kg CTS05Z £88.70 CTS15Z £118.15

6 1230 1380 4.5 kg CTS06Z £95.25 CTS16Z £125.00

7 1450 1620 5.1 kg CTS07Z £104.20 CTS17Z £133.15

8 1680 1860 6 kg CTS08Z £113.90 CTS18Z £152.60

10 2130 2340 6.6 kg CTS10Z £133.00 CTS20Z £169.45

12 2555 2820 7.3 kg CTS12Z £152.65 CTS22Z £189.10

CTS07Z

Aluminium

Swingback Steps

PROMPT DELIVERY

Access

CPS03Z

Aluminium

Platform Steps

Aluminium Platform Steps

CPS05Z

Aluminium

Platform Steps

Aluminium Steps

No of

Treads

Open

Height

Closed

Height

Platform

Height

Weight

Without Handrails

With Handrails


3 1210 1360 590 4.2 kg CPS03Z £102.70 CPS13Z £130.30

4 1440 1595 810 4.5 kg CPS04Z £111.45 CPS14Z £139.10

5 1650 1830 1030 5.4 kg CPS05Z £118.45 CPS15Z £146.15

CPS05Z

Aluminium

Platform Steps

6 1870 2060 1250 6 kg CPS06Z £126.10 CPS16Z £153.70

7 2090 2295 1470 6.6 kg CPS07Z £136.65 CPS17Z £164.30

8 2310 2540 1690 7.25 kg CPS08Z £146.50 CPS18Z £184.00

10 2750 3010 2130 8.8 kg CPS10Z £184.60 CPS110Z £222.10

12 3190 3300 2570 9.5 kg CPS12Z £202.05 CPS112Z £239.60

179

Regina Special


• High quality professional

aluminium stepladder complete

with large safe handrails

• Benefits from sturdy deep

treads welded to ensure

maximum strength &

longevity of performance

• Integral tool tray in the

guardrail, which enables

safe storage of tools &

materials when in use

• Heavy duty non-slip

sturdy feet

• Platform size:

280W x 255D mm

• Handrails are

supplied loose for

easy assembly

Multi Purpose Ladders

• Can be used as a Stepladder with base stabiliser,

Extension Ladder & as a Platform Ladder

• Complete with removable platform

• Complete with stabilisers for extra stability

• Simple ‘click lock’ hinge system

PL4X3Z

PROMPT DELIVERY

Image shows a 5 tread

but the SV-REGSP-12 is a

12 tread unit

PROMPT DELIVERY

Access

Aluminium Steps

Regina Special - 12 Tread Step

Plat. Height Size H.W.D. Folded Height Weight Code Price

2770 3410.670.2250 3800 16 kg SV-REGSP-12 £409.15

Vera

No of

Treads


• Large platform size: 450 x 500mm

• Integral tool tray in the guardrail

• Welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding

warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy

& includes a large platform, which allows

safe work at height

• Equipped with two re-inforcing arms, which

prevent sudden unwanted opening or closing

& are used to move the ladder via two 125mm

rubber wheels

Tool Tray

Platforrm

Height

Multi Purpose Ladders

Extended

Length

Weight Code Price

4 x 3 Steps 940 3570 14 kg PL4X3Z £148.95

Folded

PROMPT DELIVERY

180

SV-VERA-6

Vera

No of Treads Plat. Height Size H.W.D. Folded Height Weight Code Price

6 1400 2200.700.1640 2460 17 SV-VERA-6 £525.10

8 1900 2660.740.1970 2970 20 SV-VERA-8 £564.05

10 2300 3100.780.2340 3460 23 SV-VERA-10 £639.90

12 2800 3570.820.2700 3940 26 SV-VERA-12 £694.40

Pro Aluminium Folding Steps


• Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm

• Deep non-slip aluminium treads

• Large platform, twin handrails, work tray &

750mm high support rail for increased safety

PROMPT DELIVERY

Tool

Tray

High Support

Rail

Large

platform

No of

Treads

Plat.

Height

Pro Aluminium Folding Steps

Size H.W.D.

Folded

Height

Weight Code Price

3 580 1330.445.805 1420 5 kg AFA03Z £95.80

4 800 1550.465.955 1660 6 kg AFA04Z £116.15

5 1020 1775.490.1110 1900 6.5 kg AFA05Z £131.25

6 1250 2000.515.1260 2140 7.5 kg AFA06Z £147.10

7 1470 2225.535.1415 2380 9 kg AFA07Z £163.60

Telescopic Ladder

AFA04Z


• To open the unit lift from any step dependent on the height you are trying

to achieve.The step can be adjusted all in one go or step by step to suit

your requirements

• Folds quickly & easily for compact storage

• Controlled retraction to guard against trapped fingers

• One time release locking mechanism

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Manufactured in strong aluminium

• For safe use, do not stand on or above the red rung

AFA06Z

Access

CONTROLLED

RETRACTION TO

GUARD AGAINST

TRAPPED FINGERS

Aluminium Steps

Folds quickly & easily for compact storage. Simply push the buttons to close.

The unit has a flange in the legs which restricts air flow and therefore gives

controlled retraction to compact the unit smoothly from

3910mm extended height to 930mm closed height

No of

Treads

Closed

Length mm

Telescopic Ladder

Extended

Length mm

Weight Code Price

13 930 3910 14 kg GXF18Z £205.05

GXF18Z

181

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Swingback Stepladders


• Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips

& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break

• Lightweight & easy to carry

• Integral tool tray incorporates a bucket hook &

110mm & 180mm recesses for holding paint cans

Access

GFS33Z

Glass Fibre Steps

From Only

£85.85

GFS35Z

EXPRESS DELIVERY

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

Complete with Integral Tool Tray

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Swingback Steps

No of

Treads

Size

H.W.D.

Folded

Height mm

Code

Price

3 950.460.780 1060 GFS33Z £85.85

4 1190.490.890 1300 GFS34Z £102.95

5 1390.470.990 1560 GFS35Z £117.50

6 1550.560.1230 1830 GFS36Z £132.40

182

7 1890.590.1340 2080 GFS37Z £146.95

8 2130.625.1500 2290 GFS38Z £164.35

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Platform Stepladders


• Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips

& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break

• Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing

added safety when working at high levels

• Integral tool tray incorporates a bucket hook &

110mm & 180mm recesses for holding paint cans

£125.05

From Only

GFP44Z

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Access

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

GFP46Z

Glass Fibre Steps

Complete with Integral Tool Tray

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Swingback Steps

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Size

H.W.D.

Folded

Height mm

Code

Price

3 725 1350.490.810 1490 GFP43Z £125.05

4 950 1590.525.970 1740 GFP44Z £139.90

5 1190 1930.555.1130 1980 GFP45Z £155.40

6 1420 2054.585.1300 2260 GFP46Z £171.55

7 1650 2280.620.1460 2490 GFP47Z £188.40

8 1885 2530.650.1610 2740 GFP48Z £205.20

183

Glass Fibre Ladders


• Locking mechanism to ensure increased safety. The units

also incorporate roller wheels for ease of movement

on a building/against a wall

• Can be used as a stepladder, extension

ladder or freestanding extension ladder

PROMPT DELIVERY

INSULATED TO

100,000 VOLTS

Access

Extension Ladders

SV-V3-3x8

No of

Treads

Closed

Length

Extended

Length

Glass Fibre Ladders

Height in

position

Weight Code Price

3 x 8 2400 5470 2300 21 kg SV-V3-3x8 £557.20

3 x 10 3000 7450 2900 32 kg SV-V3-3x10 £761.55

Aluminium Platform

with Glass Fibre Legs


• Ideal for compact storage as the unit is lightweight

& the legs fold neatly underneath the platform

• The large serrated platform gives anti-slip

work surface


EXPRESS DELIVERY

APJ04Z

Folded

APJ04Z

In Use

INSULATED TO

10,000 VOLTS

184

Aluminium Platform

Platform Size L.W.H Folded Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

600.600.470 700.600.210 8 kg APJ04Z £119.05

Climb-It® Glass Fibre Podium Steps


• Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists

• Large platform: 406W x 475Dmm

• Podium steps with high safety rail, which is 950mm above the

platform, provides added safety when working at high levels

• Includes an integral tool tray

• Wheels enable easy movement in your work environment

• Stabilisers are incorporated on the GFP55Z, GFP56Z, GFP57Z &

GFP58Z - this gives increased safety & stability when working at height

£243.05

From Only

Access

GFP54Z

GFP57Z

Stabilisers on the 5, 6,

7 & 8 tread units give

increased safety

& stability when

working at height

Glass FIbre Steps

INSULATED TO

30,000 VOLTS

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Podium Steps

Climb-It ® Glass Fibre Podium Steps

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

Open Size H.W.D Code Price

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

Open Size H.W.D Code Price

3 805 1755.644.935 GFP53Z £243.05

4 1090 2040.684.1122 GFP54Z £277.55

5 1375 2325.724.1308 GFP55Z £329.95

6 1660 2610.764.1495 GFP56Z £355.40

7 1945 2895.804.1681 GFP57Z £383.05

8 2230 3180.844.1868 GFP58Z £423.55

185

Fort ® Stable Steps

• Certified to BS EN 14183

• Platform size: 200D x 396W mm

• Open mesh treads facilitate safe use with

muddy boots & in dirty environments

• Robust, ergonomic & heavy duty grey

rubber non-marking grounding feet

make these units extremely stable

Why Choose Me?

3 Equipment for low level access is

important for comfort & safety

3 Open mesh treads & a galvanised

option mean these units can be

used in most environments

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PROMPT Painted DELIVERY Only

£100.65

From Only

GS3002G

GS3113M

In Use

Access

Warehouse Steps

Description

Platform

Height

Fort ® Stable Steps

Size H.W.D.

Weight

Painted

ARE YOUR WAREHOUSE

STEPS CERTIFIED TO EN 131?

Galvanised


2 Step - without handrail 400 436.450.606 7 GS3002M £100.65 GS3002G £114.85

2 Step - with handrail 400 990.450.606 7 GS3012M £116.90 GS3012G £134.75

2 Step - with handrail & wheels 400 990.450.686 8 GS3112M £131.10 GS3112G £148.80

3 Step - without handrail 600 636.450.806 11 GS3003M £140.35 GS3003G £161.65

3 Step - with handrail 600 1190.450.806 11 GS3013M £159.55 GS3013G £184.35

3 Step - with handrail & wheels 600 1190.450.886 12 GS3113M £173.40 GS3113G £198.30

Following the introduction of part 7 to the EN 131 standard

there is growing interest in tested warehouse steps.

Heavy duty warehouse steps were previously covered

within the European BGI637 standard and this standard was

effectively incorporated into the scope of EN 131-7

in September 2013. This, together with the previous

levels of parts 1 to 3 of the EN 131 standard, has defined

criteria for design, test and certification across a wide spectrum of

step units. We have a vast range of UK manufactured steps

which are tested to the EN 131 standard and the EN 14183

standard and users are becoming increasingly interested

in using products that have the benefit of conformance

and certification. No longer can manufacturers & suppliers

say that there is no British standard.

We have been the only UK manufacturer of Safety Steps which are

accredited to the European GS Standard for many

years and elements of these relevant standards

have been incorporated into our design and

test criteria for all of our UK manufactured steps. This is so we can

ensure that the necessary levels of product strength, durability and

stability are achieved. Our manufacturing processes all take

place under controlled conditions conforming to ISO:9001

ensuring product conformity is verified.

Look out for these symbols

GS3013M

186

Fort ® Buttress Steps


• Graduated widths & a 45° easy slope comfort

angle make these steps strong, comfortable & stable

• The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can

easily be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on

2 x 150mm rear wheels which enable tilt & pull

• Available in 3 colours; blue, grey or red


• Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 630W x 250D mm

3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250D mm

4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250D mm

5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250D mm

Why Choose Me?



3 Extra large treads are ideal

for comfort & stability

over extended periods

3 Optional handles allow

for different applications

BS9002M

BS9004A

BS9003R

& BS9103

No of

Treads

Size

H.W.D.

Weight

Fort ® Machine Steps

• Platform size: 550 x 300mm

• Fully welded construction with wide Aluminium treads

• The optional handrail & the wheel facility means

that these units are quick & easy to position

into the required place

Fort ® Buttress Steps

Painted Tubular Steel Steps

Galvanised Steel Steps

Mesh Tread Phenolic Tread Aluminium Tread Handrails to Suit Galvanised Tread Handrails to Suit

Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price Code Price

2 400.760.600 10 kg BS9002M £164.90 BS9002R £169.00 BS9002A £170.85 BS9102 £42.60* BS9002G £178.85 BS9102G £46.60*




MCS04Z, MCSHR4 &

MCS01W

* price applicable when ordering with the Fort Buttress Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

Wheels can be positioned inside

the frame when not in use

MCS05Z

MCS04Z, MCSHR4

& MCS01W

Fort ® Machine Steps

MCS03Z

No of Steps Plat. Height Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price

2 400 660.665.400 12 kg MCS02Z £262.45

Optional Handrail to suit MCS02Z MCSHR2 £51.00*

3 600 800.715.600 16 kg MCS03Z £346.95


4 800 1010.765.800 20 kg MCS04Z £444.80


5 1000 1220.815.1000 25 kg MCS05Z £541.55


Optional Wheels - factory fitted MCS01W £73.40*

* price applicable when ordering with the Fort Machine Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

Access

Warehouse Steps

187

Fort ® Tilt & Pull Steps

• Tread size: 400 x 150mm

• Wheels fitted at the front enable

the steps to be tilted forwards

• Non-slip resilient anti-slip treads which are

clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility

yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling

• Mobile on 2 x 75mm rubber tyred

wheels & fitted with 2 rubber feet

FORT STEEL FRAMED

STEPS FOR SAFETY,

STRENGTH

& DURABILITY

PROMPT DELIVERY

WS2003

Access

Warehouse Steps

WS2004


Stainless Steel



• Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel

• Wheels fitted at the front enable

the steps to be tilted forwards

• Mobile on 2 x 75mm rubber tyred

wheels & fitted with 2 rubber feet

• Treads are covered in a ‘Safety Walk’

resilient anti-slip surface tape

FORT STEEL FRAMED

STEPS FOR SAFETY,

STRENGTH

& DURABILITY


No of Steps Plat. Height Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

2 500 1050.470.630 10 kg WS2002 £169.85

3 750 1300.490.800 12 kg WS2003 £218.15

4 1000 1700.565.1005 16 kg WS2004 £291.65

SS2002

188

Fort ® Tilt & Pull Steps - Stainless Steel


2 500 1055.455.620 10 kg SS2002 £729.15

3 750 1300.480.790 12 kg SS2003 £1068.50

4 1000 1700.550.980 16 kg SS2004 £1336.90

SS2003

SS2004

£224.20

From Only

WS510



& DURABILITY

Access

WS513

Fort ® Mobile Steps


• Platform size: 400W x 300Dmm

• These steps glide easily across floors,

but once body weight is applied they

stay firmly in position

• WS models: Resilient anti-slip treads which are

clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility yellow

strip to prevent the edges peeling. Available in 3

colours; red, blue or yellow - specify when ordering

Description

Platform

Height

EXPRESS DELIVERY

FROM STOCK IN BLUE ONLY

Fort ® Mobile Steps

Size H.W.D.

Weight

Mesh Treads

WM515

Steel Domed Feet

The design incorporates a heavy duty

pressed steel dome with an annular

flange to facilitate the mounting of a

moulded plastic rim which is shrink

fitted for ultimate durability. The turned

out rim gives significantly increased

lateral strength & protection from side

impact forces.

Anti-slip Treads


2 Step - without handrail 500 580.560.575 8 kg WM510 £224.20 WS510 £241.00

2 Step - looped handrail 500 1200.560.575 9 kg WM511 £260.70 WS511 £280.20

2 Step - full handrail 500 1200.560.575 10 kg WM512 £274.50 WS512 £295.05




Warehouse Steps

189

Fort ® Easy Glide

Mobile Steps

• Certified to BS EN 131 Professional

• Expanded steel mesh treads or

all weather, non-slip,

injection moulded treads


• Available in 4 colours; red,

blue, light grey or green


£382.25

From Only

GSE513

GSE515M

Why Choose Me?

3 Impact resistant domed feet that are

welded, not bolted & do not break

(subject to normal use)

3 All weather, non-slip, injected

moulded tread version available

3 Design gives stability whilst

enabling you to get close enough

to prevent over-reaching

Access

EXPRESS DELIVERY

BLUE ONLY

Warehouse Steps

Steel Domed Feet

The design incorporates

a heavy duty pressed

steel dome with an

annular flange to

facilitate the mounting

of a moulded plastic rim

which is shrink fitted for

ultimate durability. The

turned out rim gives

significantly increased

lateral strength &

protection from side

impact forces.

GSE512M

GSE514

190

Fort ® Easy Glide Mobile Steps

No of Platform Platform Size

Mesh Treads

Injected Moulded Treads

Size H.W.D. Weight

Treads

Height

W.D


2 500 400.300 1185.560.640 12 kg GSE512M £382.25 GSE512 £395.40

3 750 400.300 1435.560.855 15 kg GSE513M £429.10 GSE513 £446.65

4 1000 400.300 1685.570.1065 18 kg GSE514M £491.70 GSE514 £513.90

5 1250 450.300 1935.610.1275 23 kg GSE515M £597.35 GSE515 £620.95

Fort ® Gamma Steps




• These steps glide easily across floors,

but once body weight is applied

they stay firmly in position

• 1000mm high handrail

for greater user safety

• Available with Mesh, Phenolic

or Aluminium treads

MS1702A

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Red

Blue

Grey


i

Information

MS1704R

LARGE PLATFORM & HIGH

1000MM HANDRAIL

£410.00

From Only

Access

Steel Domed Feet

The design incorporates

a heavy duty pressed

steel dome with an

annular flange to

facilitate the mounting

of a moulded plastic rim

which is shrink fitted for

ultimate durability. The

turned out rim gives

significantly increased

lateral strength &

protection from side

impact forces.

MS1706M

Why Choose Me?

3 Only range of domed feet

steps to go up to a 6 tread

3 Extra strong dome feet that are

welded, not bolted & do not break

3 Extra large comfort platform

of 410 x 410mm

3 1000mm platform rail

prevents over reaching

Warehouse Steps

Fort ® Gamma Steps

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

Size H.W.D.

Weight

Mesh Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads


2 500 1500.570.670 18 kg MS1702M £410.00 MS1702R £418.55 MS1702A £444.00

3 750 1750.610.830 22 kg MS1703M £460.15 MS1703R £472.05 MS1703A £485.70

4 1000 2000.760.1000 26 kg MS1704M £521.40 MS1704R £536.75 MS1704A £555.45

5 1250 2250.930.1120 29 kg MS1705M £602.15 MS1705R £620.95 MS1705A £641.35

6 1500 2500.1100.1280 33 kg MS1706M £676.90 MS1706R £699.15 MS1706A £719.55

191

£435.55

From Only

Fort ® ‘Duplex’ Mobile Steps

• Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability

• Mobile on 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors.

When body weight is applied the castors retract,

leaving the steps stable & safe on rubber feet

• Expanded steel mesh treads

‘Frame within a frame’ weight reactive steps

When your body weight is applied the uniquely designed inner

frame will lower, resting all 4 non-slip rubber feet on the ground.

This immobilises the wheels giving maximum stability & safety

Castors sit on the floor making

these units manoeuvrable

When body weight is applied

the rubber feet sit on the floor

N.B. these images show phenolic tread units - call for details

MS5961M

MS5941M

Access

Warehouse Steps

Fort ® ‘Duplex’ Mobile Steps

No of Steps Plat. Height Plat. Size W.D. Size H.W.D. Tread Size W.D. Weight Code Price

3 665 335.205 1585.480.740 335.132 17 kg MS5931M £435.55

4 880 335.205 1800.480.870 335.132 21 kg MS5941M £466.95

5 1195 530.255 2195.680.960 530.165 28 kg MS5951M £604.70

6 1310 530.255 2310.680.1110 530.165 33 kg MS5961M £641.75

SP1204A

‘The Universal’ Fort ® Mobile Steps

SP1204R

• Certified to BS EN 14183 • 140mm deep treads

• Large working platform size: 450W x 550D mm

• 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail

• Mobile on 2 swivel braked 125mm rubber castors &

spring loaded 75mm weight reactive rubber castors. Brake

facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra security

when working for extended periods in one position

• Safety chain facility with snap/lock carbine hooks

at the entrance to the platform gives you greater

safety when working above head height

• Available in 2 colours; blue or yellow - specify when ordering

Tread Options

Phenolic

(non-slip)

Aluminium

Expanded

Steel Mesh

192

‘The Universal’ Fort ® Mobile Steps

No of Platform

Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Phenolic non-slip Treads Aluminium Treads

Size L.W.H. Weight

Steps Height


2 480 950.720.1480 24 kg SP1202M £471.65 SP1202R £497.35 SP1202A £514.55

3 720 1085.740.1720 27 kg SP1203M £531.80 SP1203R £563.95 SP1203A £581.05

4 960 1220.760.1960 31 kg SP1204M £604.30 SP1204R £640.85 SP1204A £647.25

WS7014

WM7013

WM7015

Access

EXPRESS DELIVERY

70

Fort ® Weight Reactive

Mobile Steps

Description

MODELS HIGHLIGHTED IN RED



• Mobile on 4 sprung loaded

75mm grey, non-marking castors

• WS models: Resilient anti-slip treads which

are clamped to the steel tread by a high visibility

yellow strip to prevent the edges peeling

Platform

Height

Fort ® Weight Reactive Mobile Steps

Size H.W.D.

WM7010

Weight

Mesh Treads

Anti-slip Treads


2 Step - without handrail 500 580.540.510 10 kg WM7010 £320.10 WS7010 £344.70

2 Step - looped handrail 500 1230.540.510 11 kg WM7011 £337.65 WS7011 £363.35






WS7011

WS7012

Warehouse Steps

193

Fort ® Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps

• Certified to BS EN 131 Professional version available

• Features a large working top platform: 490 x 600mm

• The steps have two lift handles which incorporate knuckle guard hand

grips & are made mobile on 2 x 100mm nylon castors


• Platform rail height: 1000mm

Access

GS7815P

MS700Z

SB780GS

MS7806G

Warehouse Steps

194

£803.30

From Only

MS7814P fitted

with MS710Z

No of Steps

Plat.

Height

Size H.W.D.

Fort ® Tilt ‘N’ Push Steps

Weight

Standard Version

Galvanised Units

Blue Painted Units


3 750 1750.660.1235 43 kg MS7803G £951.10 MS7813P £803.30

4 1000 2000.660.1420 48 kg MS7804G £1184.30 MS7814P £1021.95

5 1250 2250.660.1605 54 kg MS7805G £1396.65 MS7815P £1220.40

6 1500 2500.660.1790 60 kg MS7806G £1598.10 MS7816P £1407.10

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear MS700Z £185.35 MS710Z £170.00

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier - factory fitted SB781MS £99.80 SB780MS £82.85

BS EN 131 Professional Version

3 750 1750.820.1235 43 kg GS7803G £1009.70 GS7813P £857.65

4 1000 2000.820.1420 48 kg GS7804G £1256.50 GS7814P £1089.25

5 1250 2250.1020.1605 54 kg GS7805G £1482.80 GS7815P £1300.30

6 1500 2500.1120.1790 60 kg GS7806G £1697.90 GS7816P £1499.45

Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear GS700Z £185.35 GS710Z £170.00

Retro-fit Lifting Barrier - factory fitted SB781GS £99.80 SB780GS £82.85

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Painted Only

Why Choose Me?

3 Open rear allows easy

step through access to

loading bays & vehicles

3 Great for loading & unloading

3 Easy to manoeuvre

& economical design

GSD703G

Galvanised Finish

GSD704M

Access

Fort ® Dock Steps


• Fitted with lift handles which incorporate

knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm

rubber tyred wheels which make these

units extremely manoeuvrable

• Open rear allows step through

access to a loading bay or lorry etc

• Tread depth: 145mm


No of

Treads

Finish

Tread

Type

Platform

Height

Fort ® Dock Steps

Size H.W.D.

Open rear allows step

through access to a

loading bay or lorry etc

Weight

GSD702R

Code

Open Rear

Price

Warehouse Steps

2 Painted Expanded Steel 500 1210 x 480 x 685 16 GSD702M £271.15



2 Painted Phenolic non-slip 500 1210 x 480 x 685 17 GSD702R £279.30



2 Galvanised Expanded Steel 500 1210 x 480 x 685 18 GSD702G £291.00



195

Fort ® Wheel Steps


• Tread depth: 145 mm

• Platform size: 400W x 300D mm

• Fitted with lift handles which

incorporate knuckle guard hand

grips & 2 x 150mm rubber tyred

wheels which make these units

extremely manoeuvrable

GSW704R

GSW704R

Access

No of Steps Plat. Height Size H.W.D.

Fort ® Wheel Steps

Expanded Steel Mesh Treads

Phenolic non-slip Treads


2 500 1210.540.820 18 kg GSW702M £267.00 19 kg GSW702R £280.60

3 750 1460.570.1032 20 kg GSW703M £319.25 21 kg GSW703R £341.70

4 1000 1710.600.1244 22 kg GSW704M £381.45 23 kg GSW704R £416.45

5 1250 1960.630.1456 24 kg GSW705M £443.20 25 kg GSW705R £495.10

6 1500 2210.660.1668 26 kg GSW706M £507.75 27 kg GSW706R £580.95

7 1750 2460.690.1880 28 kg GSW707M £585.55 29 kg GSW707R £680.75

8 2000 2710.720.2029 30 kg GSW708M £649.20 31 kg GSW708R £770.35

Fort ® Arrow Steps

• Resilient anti-slip treads


• Tread size: 500W x 150D mm

• Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply • Platform size: 500W x 300D mm

use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position • 2 x 150mm nylon wheels

• Available in 3 colours; blue, red or grey - specify when ordering • 600mm high rear handrail

Warehouse Steps

GS0603

MS0600

196

GS0608

GS0605

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

Fort ® Arrow Steps

Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

3 750 1450.640.1110 26 kg GS0603 £429.80

4 1000 1700.670.1220 29 kg GS0604 £477.20

5 1250 1950.700.1535 32 kg GS0605 £547.15

6 1500 2200.730.1745 36 kg GS0606 £600.65

7 1750 2450.760.1955 41 kg GS0607 £686.70

8 2000 2700.790.2165 44 kg GS0608 £742.00

Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism (factory fitted) MS0600 £107.10

Fort ® Spring Steps


• Tread depth: 145 mm


• Mobile on 2 x 75mm sprung

loaded swivel castors & 2 x 150mm

rubber tyred rear wheels

GSS702R

Access

GSS704M

GSS708R

Warehouse Steps

Why Choose Me?

3 The tallest weight

reactive step available,

up to an 8 tread &

2m platform height

3 Combines the flexibility and

manoeuvrability of weight

reactive sprung castors with

the added height of a

traditional warehouse step

Fort ® Spring Steps

No of Plat.

Expanded Steel Mesh Treads

Phenolic non-slip Treads

Size H.W.D.

Steps Height mm


2 500 1210.540.820 18 kg GSS702M £308.05 19 kg GSS702R £321.75

3 750 1460.570.1032 20 kg GSS703M £360.35 21 kg GSS703R £382.80

4 1000 1710.600.1244 22 kg GSS704M £422.45 23 kg GSS704R £457.70

5 1250 1960.630.1456 24 kg GSS705M £484.20 25 kg GSS705R £536.40

6 1500 2210.660.1668 26 kg GSS706M £548.90 27 kg GSS706R £622.05

7 1750 2460.690.1880 28 kg GSS707M £626.60 29 kg GSS707R £721.80

8 2000 2710.720.2029 30 kg GSS708M £690.30 31 kg GSS708R £811.45

197

Fort ® Delta Steps

i

COLOUR

OPTIONS

Orange

Blue

Grey


Information

EASY TO MANOEUVRE




• 2-6 Tread Units: Mobile on 2

rear wheels 150mm dia & 2 front

spring loaded castors to achieve

weight reactive function. Units

move freely when pushed

(unmounted) & stand firmly on

ground once they are in use

• 7-10 Tread Units: Made mobile

on 150mm wheels & the use

of a unique grip lift mechanism

facilitating movement on 75mm

retractable castors

• Available with Expanded Steel,

Phenolic or Aluminium Treads

Optional Hook-on

Container

easily hooks onto the end

rail of the step unit

Model

Price

MS1800Z £75.80

Access

MS1809M

Warehouse Steps

198

No of

Treads

MS1805M & MS1800Z

Platform

Height

Size H.W.D.

Weight

Fort ® Delta Steps

Why Choose Me?

3 Combines the flexibility and

manoeuvrability of weight reactive

sprung castors with the biggest

platform available on a weight

reactive step - up to a 6 tread

3 7 tread and above features our

unique grip lift mechanism for

speed, ease & safety

(preventing ascent in mobile mode)

Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads


2 460 1460.700.670 22 kg MS1802M £419.30 MS1802R £427.85 MS1802A £446.55

3 690 1690.720.855 26 kg MS1803M £484.85 MS1803R £498.40 MS1803A £522.20

4 920 1920.750.1055 29 kg MS1804M £527.70 MS1804R £548.20 MS1804A £578.75

5 1150 2150.840.1175 33 kg MS1805M £572.35 MS1805R £601.30 MS1805A £637.05

6 1380 2380.1030.1315 41 kg MS1806M £628.50 MS1806R £662.50 MS1806A £703.35

7 1610 2610.1160.1490 51 kg MS1807M £736.55 MS1807R £857.30 MS1807A £819.90

8 1840 2840.1160.1630 63 kg MS1808M £790.00 MS1808R £934.70 MS1808A £887.05

9 2070 3070.1160.1765 75 kg MS1809M £1069.05 MS1809R £1131.95 MS1809A £1177.90

10 2300 3300.1160.1900 87 kg MS1810M £1149.40 MS1810R £1208.90 MS1810A £1271.85

Fort ® Atlas Steps


• Expanded steel tread depth: 145D mm

• These steps are made mobile with the use of

the unique grip lift mechanism facilitating

movement on retractable castors

• Mobile on 2 x 160mm rubber wheels &

2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

Why Choose Me?

3 Box section profile -

more steel gives greater

stability & strength

3 Features our unique grip lift

mechanism for speed, ease &

safety (preventing ascent

in mobile mode)



MS1205M

£453.60

From Only

PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL

HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING

MS1210M

Fort ® Atlas Steps


3 750 1750.690.810 32 kg MS1203M £453.60

4 1000 2000.690.870 36 kg MS1204M £521.35

5 1250 2250.780.1130 40 kg MS1205M £643.40

6 1500 2500.780.1290 44 kg MS1206M £740.60

7 1750 2750.880.1450 48 kg MS1207M £853.75

8 2000 3000.930.1610 52 kg MS1208M £915.25

9 2250 3250.980.1770 56 kg MS1209M £1000.55

10 2500 3500.1030.1930 62 kg MS1210M £1148.85

11 2750 3750.1080.2090 68 kg MS1211M £1281.60

12 3000 4000.1130.2250 74 kg MS1212M £1399.95

13 3250 4250.1180.2410 87 kg MS1213M £1489.75

14 3500 4500.1230.2570 93 kg MS1214M £1645.95

15 3750 4750.1280.2730 99 kg MS1215M £1720.25

Access

Warehouse Steps

199

Fort ® Spartan Steps

• Extra wide treads: 750W x 180D mm

• Platform size: 3 to 9 steps - 800W x 400D mm

10 to 15 steps - 800W x 460D mm

• Easy slope 48° angle which is for use in areas

where there is space available, enabling you to

turn around & descend the steps facing forward

• Welded expanded mesh steel platform & treads

with full handrails either side of the steps

• The units incorporate kick boards on 3 sides

of the platform & knee rails around the platform

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels

& 2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors mounted on

the easy action unique grip lift mechanism

• Platform handrail height: 1000mm

• 6 step units & above are sent folded for delivery

- easy to erect

Inward opening gate

allows access from the

rear of the platform.

Factory fitted

Inward Opening Gate

Access

Code

Price

GS400Z £196.95

Warehouse Steps

200

MS4107



Fort ® Spartan Steps

Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & platform

3 Easy slope 480 angle so the steps

can be descended like normal stairs

3 Features our unique grip lift

mechanism for speed, ease & safety

(preventing ascent in mobile mode)


3 690 1690.960.1065 42 kg MS4103 £568.10

4 920 1920.960.1270 51 kg MS4104 £760.15

5 1150 2150.960.1475 69 kg MS4105 £900.80

6 1380 2380.980.1680 82 kg MS4106 £1039.60

7 1610 2610.1030.1885 96 kg MS4107 £1179.95

8 1840 2840.1080.2090 109 kg MS4108 £1326.00

9 2070 3070.1130.2295 123 kg MS4109 £1463.15

10 2300 3300.1180.2560 136 kg MS4110 £1600.15

11 2530 3530.1230.2765 154 kg MS4111 £1736.95

12 2760 3760.1280.2970 173 kg MS4112 £1874.00

13 2990 3990.1320.3175 192 kg MS4113 £2242.50

14 3220 4220.1360.3380 211 kg MS4114 £2413.05

15 3450 4450.1400.3585 230 kg MS4115 £2575.80

Fort ® Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ BS EN 131

Professional Mobile Steps




• Available with a choice of either phenolic non-slip

treads orexpanded steel mesh treads

• Standard comfort ladder angle of 54°

• Fitted with lever operated retractable

front castors & a safety bar to deter access

to the steps when they are in the mobile position

• 6 step units & above are sent folded

for delivery - easy to erect

• Platform handrail height: 1000mm

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels &

2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors

Model

GS9805R &

SG500Z

OPTIONAL SECURITY GATE

A Padlockable security gate

(as shown above) can be factory fitted

to the bottom of these steps

Price

SG500Z £230.20

Retro-fit lifting barrier shown fitted

to the front of these steps

Code

Lifting Barrier

Price

SB980GS £82.85

Why Choose Me?

3 Box section profile -

more steel gives greater

stability & strength for

industrial performance



3 Extra width at base gives

even greater stability

No of

Treads

Plat.

Height

GS9808M

Fort ® H.D. ‘Vantage’ BS EN 131 Professional Steps

Size H.W.D.

Weight

Expanded Steel Treads



Phenolic Non-slip Treads


3 690 1690.780.954 25 kg GS9803M £669.70 GS9803R £683.30

4 920 1920.780.1121 35 kg GS9804M £858.05 GS9804R £873.85

5 1150 2150.910.1288 45 kg GS9805M £957.00 GS9805R £976.45

6 1380 2380.960.1425 55 kg GS9806M £1229.00 GS9806R £1249.95

7 1610 2610.1010.1622 65 kg GS9807M £1486.75 GS9807R £1507.90

8 1840 2840.1060.1789 75 kg GS9808M £1710.60 GS9808R £1736.90

9 2070 3070.1140.1956 86 kg GS9809M £1972.70 GS9809R £2001.45

10 2300 3300.1220.2130 96 kg GS9810M £2211.85 GS9810R £2241.70

11 2530 3530.1270.2290 111 kg GS9811M £2588.50 GS9811R £2622.35

12 2760 3760.1370.2457 127 kg GS9812M £2862.90 GS9812R £2898.95

13 2990 3990.1460.2650 142 kg GS9813M £3402.70 GS9813R £3442.15

14 3220 4220.1540.2791 158 kg GS9814M £3766.15 GS9814R £3807.85

15 3450 4450.1565.2975 173 kg GS9815M £4170.40 GS9815R £4214.25

Access

Warehouse Steps

201

Fort ® Easy Slope Steps

£930.10

From Only

Access

Access Platforms

MS9106M

202



• Easy slope 48° incline - for safe & easy use

• Removable platform chains on three sides for access

• Fitted with grip lift mechanism to

facilitate movement on the castors

No of Plat.

Size H.W.D. Weight

Steps Height

Fort ® Easy Slope Steps

Painted

Galvanised


3 690 1690.950.1826 74 kg MS9103M £930.10 MS9103G £1021.65

4 920 1920.950.2033 82 kg MS9104M £1008.40 MS9104G £1109.55

5 1150 2150.950.2240 90 kg MS9105M £1086.75 MS9105G £1200.05

6 1380 2380.950.2447 98 kg MS9106M £1191.05 MS9106G £1316.45

Fort ® Service Platforms

• Ideal for access to mezzanine floors

& for servicing large plant

machinery/automotive equipment

• Two versions available: easy slope 48° angle

which is for use in areas where there is space

available, enabling the user to turn around &

descend the steps facing forward.

Standard slope 54° angle for use in areas

where space is limited

• Extra large platform size: 800W x 1700D mm

• Extra wide treads: 750W x 182D mm

• Fitted with grip lift mechanism to facilitate

movement on the castors

• Expanded steel mesh treads & platform



• Complete with fixed handrail at the end of the

platform & 1 hook-on platform handrail which

can be fitted either side of the platform

(handrail with centre rail for 2 to 6 tread units

& handrail with centre & toe rail for 7 to 10 treads)

£1097.30

From Only

MSP9304 &

2 x MSPX03

Hook on handrail - MSPX02

No of

Treads

Platform

Height

Accessories


Double Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX01 £83.15

Triple Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX02 £100.65

Platform Extension to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX03 £75.65

Platform Extension to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX04 £100.65

Standard Slope Version - 54° Angle

Fort ® Service Platforms

Platform Extension

MSPX03 or MSPX04. Used to

bridge the gap between the

step platform & anything you

are trying to access

Easy Slope Version - 48° Angle

MSP9210 &

1 x MSPX04

Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

2 500 1580.960.2015 97 kg MSP9202 £1097.30 1580.960.2058 98 kg MSP9302 £1101.10

3 750 1830.960.2197 107 kg MSP9203 £1177.75 1830.960.2283 108 kg MSP9303 £1182.20

4 1000 2080.960.2379 117 kg MSP9204 £1270.25 2080.960.2508 118 kg MSP9304 £1274.05

5 1250 2330.980.2561 127 kg MSP9205 £1459.20 2330.980.2805 128 kg MSP9305 £1465.60

6 1500 2580.1030.2743 137 kg MSP9206 £1594.90 2580.1030.3030 138 kg MSP9306 £1645.00

7 1750 2830.1080.2925 147 kg MSP9207 £1766.85 2830.1080.3255 148 kg MSP9307 £1775.75

8 2000 3080.1130.3107 157 kg MSP9208 £1935.85 3080.1130.3480 158 kg MSP9308 £1946.05

9 2250 3330.1180.3289 167 kg MSP9209 £2076.25 3330.1180.3705 168 kg MSP9309 £2085.10

10 2500 3580.1230.3471 177 kg MSP9210 £2214.55 3580.1230.3930 178 kg MSP9310 £2225.95

Access

Access Platforms

203

Fort ® BS EN ISO 14122 Universal Modular Platform System

• Certified to BS EN ISO 14122

• These modular units, constructed from steel angle, can be

placed alongside each other to create a large working area

• The Universal Modular Platform System comprises a range

of basic modules that can be bolted together in various

configurations to provide permanent access to

machinery/equipment that cannot be reached from ground level

• Due to the modular design they are ideal for going

round corners & the bridge modules are available to

avoid obstructions or areas extending over conveyors

• Adjustable feet to accommodate uneven flooring

• Platform modules are designed & tested to achieve a load of

500Kg/m U.D.L & a concentrated load of 150kg at any point

• Optional floor fixings are available for permanent floor fixing

(recommended over conveyors & moving obstructions)

2 x UMP1003A, 1 x UMPHR1200,

2 x UMPHR0600 & 1 x UMP1201A

Optional Floor Fix Module: 4 off Floor fix feet/Set

Weight kg Model Price

4 UMPFF01 £90.80

Access

Access Platforms

No of Treads

Description

240mm Plat. Height

(equivalent to 1 Tread)

480mm Plat. Height


720mm Plat. Height


960mm Plat. Height


1200mm Plat. Height


Description

Platform

Height mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform Units

Weight

kg

Model

Price

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 240 10 UMP0601A £279.45

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 240 20 UMP1201A £491.80

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 480 14 UMP0602A £322.35

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 480 22 UMP1202A £476.90

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 720 16 UMP0603A £339.05

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 720 24 UMP1203A £530.90

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 960 18 UMP0604A £368.90

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 960 31 UMP1204A £583.10

600 x 600 600 x 600 x 1200 28 UMP0605A £437.80

1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 1200 45 UMP1205A £709.75

Platform Size

L x W mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Platform Step Units

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Weight

kg

Model

1 240 800 x 600 800 x 600 x 240 15 UMP1001A £359.60

2 (with Handrail) 480 800 x 600 940 x 600 x 1585 30 UMP1002A £536.55




Model

Bridge Units (adjoining units must be same height on both ends) - Floor fixings are recommended

600mm Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 330 10 UMP0600A £232.90



600mm High Rise Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 570 13 UMPH0600A £237.50



Price

Price

UMP1001A UMP1002A UMP1004A

UMP0600A

UMP0601A

UMP1203A

High Rise Bridge gives

an additional

240/185mm platform/

clearance height. When

used with a 5 tread this

gives a clearance of

1385mm

UMP1200A

UMP0605A

UMPH0800A

Description

Effective

Height mm

Overall Size

L x W x H mm

Weight

kg

Model

Price

Handrails

600mm - to suit Platform or Bridge 1100 585 x 35 x 1420 6 UMPHR0600 £136.10

1200mm - to suit Platform 1100 1185 x 35 x 1420 10 UMPHR1200 £232.90

204

800mm - to suit Bridge 1100 785 x 35 x 1420 7 UMPHR0800 £195.65

1200mm - to suit Bridge 1100 1185 x 285 x 1420 10 UMBHR1200B £236.70

UMPHR0600

UMPHR1200

UMPHR1200B

UMP1204A

2x UMPHR0600

1x UMPHR1200

UMP0603A

1x UMPHR0600

UMP0604A

UMP1203A

2x UMPHR1200

UMP1200A

2x UMPHR1200B

UMPHR1200

UMP1004A

1x UMPHR0600

UMP0602A

1x UMPHR0600

UMP1002A

1x UMPHR0600

i

Information

MODULAR SYSTEM

CREATES AN

ADAPTABLE SOLUTION

TO FIT YOUR

UNIQUE WORKING

ENVIRONMENT

UMP1003A

2x UMPHR0600

Access Platforms

Access

UMP1004A

2x UMPHR0600

UMP0605A

2x UMPHR0600

UMP1200A

2x UMPHR1200B

UMP1005A

2 x UMPHR0600

205

Fort ® Adjustable Steel Work Platforms


• These modular units can be placed alongside each other to create a large working area

• Mild steel angle construction which is easily height adjustable - simply turn the flanged feet

WP024Z

WP022Z

Why Choose Me?



3 Adjustable feet allow for

ergonomic working heights

Phenolic

non-slip platform

WP041Z

Access

Access Platforms

206 208

Platform

Size

L.W.

Fort ® Universal

Work Platforms

Galvanised mesh grid platform - 50 x 38mm mesh grid


• Non-slip aluminium platform &

treads for increased safety

• Constructed from fully welded tubular steel

• 2 x 125mm castors at each end of the

unit means these units can easily be

wheeled into the correct position

MP201G

Fort ® Adjustable Steel Work Platforms

MP301A,

2 x HR300Z

& 1 x MP100Z

No of

Steps

2

3

4

Plat. Size

L.W.

850.600

Plat.

Height

Size L.W.

Fort ® Universal Work Platforms

Weight

Painted

Galvanised


1300.670 36 kg MP201A £676.80 MP201G £865.60

1050.600 500 1450.670 37 kg MP202A £720.35 MP202G £914.55

1150.600 1600.670 38 kg MP203A £760.85 MP203G £960.85

Optional Side Handrail for the 2 Step units HR200Z £124.75* HR200G £184.00*

850.600

1475.670 40 kg MP301A £755.00 MP301G £965.85

1050.600 750 1625.670 41 kg MP302A £798.35 MP302G £1014.95

1150.600 1775.670 42 kg MP303A £838.55 MP303G £1060.65


850.600

Phenolic non-slip platform - set on 18mm plywood

Plat. Height: 140 to 210mm Plat. Height: 230 to 300mm Plat. Height: 140 to 210mm Plat. Height: 230 to 300mm

Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price Weight Code Price

610.610 16 kg WP011Z £285.85 17 kg WP021Z £292.55 14 kg WP031Z £203.20 15 kg WP041Z £209.90




Why Choose Me?

3 Large platforms allow for ease of

movement for a variety of tasks

3 Designed for comfort & safety

over prolonged periods of use

MP301A,

1 x HR300Z

& 1 x MP100Z

1650.670 44 kg MP401A £891.30 MP401G £1124.80

1050.600 1000 1800.670 45 kg MP402A £934.15 MP402G £1178.75

1150.600 1950.670 46 kg MP403A £981.00 MP403G £1225.40


Optional End Rail MP100Z £102.05* MP100G £146.55*

* prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own



• Units come complete with one side

handrail & one end handrail as

standard. The handrail can be

fitted to either side of the

platform & an extra side

handrail is available

• Robust, firm standing frame

with aluminium 5-bar treadplate

platform & step treads

• Lift & wheel facility for convenient

positioning with 125mm wheels

• Heavy duty, anti slip, grounding feet

MP514A &

HR514Z

Access

MP603A

MP502A

No of Steps

2

3

4

Plat. Size

L.W.

800.500

Plat.

Height


Size

H.W.D.

Weight

Code

Painted

800.600 500

1400.680.1500 46 kg MP602A £943.15

Price

1400.580.1500 42 kg MP502A £907.15

1000.500 1600.580.1500 44 kg MP512A £988.55

800.500

Optional Extra Side Handrail for the 2 Step units HR512Z £149.90*

1550.580.1750 46 kg MP503A £980.45

800.600 750

1550.680.1750 50 kg MP603A £1016.40

1000.500 1750.580.1750 48 kg MP513A £1061.85

800.500

Why Choose Me?

3 Complete with one end &

one side handrail as standard

3 Designed for comfort & safety

over prolonged periods of use


1700.580.2000 50 kg MP504A £1061.85

800.600 1000

1700.680.2000 54 kg MP604A £1097.85

1000.500 1900.580.2000 52 kg MP514A £1143.10


* prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

Access Platforms

209 207

Alpine Tower

• Tested & certified to BSEN1004:2004 & 3T compatible

• Base size: 730D x 1800W mm

• Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job

• Fits easily into most small vans or estate cars

• Narrow width - compact & easy storage

• Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on

bracings for easy assembly

From Only

£642.70

AP0600Z

Alpine Towers


System to 0.6M Platform Height AP0600Z £642.70






Access

Towers & Podiums

Podium Steps

• Complies to PAS 250

• Only 2 removable parts:

platform deck & access ladder

• Saloon gates for easy

access & exit from

the platform

• 1000mm all round guardrail

system with a non slip platform

• Mobile on 2 x swivel

braked castors


i

AP6100Z

£682.50

From Only

Information

CERTIFIED TO

PAS 250

PODX1225



PODX1225

208

Podium Steps

Open Height mm Plat. Height Working Height Width Weight Code Price

2010 752 & 975 2710 to 2960

37 kg PODX0752 £682.50

2260 975 & 1225 2910 to 3160 670

40 kg PODX0975 £774.80

2510 1225 & 1475 3225 to 3475 43 kg PODX1225 £851.50

Climb-It® Folding Work Platforms

i

Information

FOLDS TO A

COMPACT SIZE

FOR EASY

STORAGE &

TRANSPORTATION

Integral

ladder

which

easily

folds in &

out of the

Work

Platform

EP880Y

Folded

i

Information

ADJUSTABLE

STABILISERS GET YOU

CLOSER TO WALLS &

WORKING AREAS

EP880Y

Integral ladder which

easily folds in & out

of the Work Platform

From Only

£245.40

Access

Access Platforms

• Aluminium folding work platform with a large, anti-slip, standing surface

• Steel handrails either side of the platform for increased safety

• Adjustable stabilisers allow the unit to be positioned close to a wall or working areas

• Built-in inclined ladder

• Easily folds for ease of movement, will fit through doorways & narrow aisles

• Complete with a built-in tool holder on the EP880Y

• Mobile on 2 x 100mm nylon wheels

• Platform suitable for 150kg

EP990Y

No of

Treads

Platform

Height mm

Overall Size

H x W x D mm

Overall Size Folded

W x D mm

Weight

kg

Model

2 880 1550 x 930 x 1140 930 x 400 14 EP880Y £245.40

3 994 1860 x 1077 x 1360 1205 x 545 19 EP990Y £283.00

Price

209

Rivet Workbenches




PROMPT DELIVERY

i

Information

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED


Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

Workshop

Workbenches

210

Size H.W.D. mm

T Bar Workbench

Bench

Load kg

Shelf

Load kg


Rivet Workbenches

Chipboard Top

MFC Top


T Bar Workbench

915.915.762 600 - RRWBT/09/09/07 £118.40 RRWBT/09/09/07/M £153.89

915.915.915 600 - RRWBT/09/09/09 £130.76 RRWBT/09/09/09/M £170.02

915.1220.762 600 - RRWBT/09/12/07 £128.36 RRWBT/09/12/07/M £166.86

915.1220.915 600 - RRWBT/09/12/09 £141.22 RRWBT/09/12/09/M £183.61

915.1830.762 600 - RRWBT/09/18/07 £160.43 RRWBT/09/18/07/M £208.57

915.1830.915 600 - RRWBT/09/18/09 £176.06 RRWBT/09/18/09/M £228.91

915.2440.762 600 - RRWBT/09/24/07 £184.72 RRWBT/09/24/07/M £240.16

915.2440.915 600 - RRWBT/09/24/09 £202.33 RRWBT/09/24/09/M £262.96


915.915.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/09/09 £139.79 RRWBH/09/09/09/M £181.75

915.1220.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/12/09 £159.62 RRWBH/09/12/09/M £207.53

915.1830.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/18/09 £209.51 RRWBH/09/18/09/M £272.35

915.2440.915 600 400 RRWBH/09/24/09 £246.77 RRWBH/09/24/09/M £320.81


COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


915.915.762 600 400 RRWB/09/09/07 £137.32 RRWB/09/09/07/M £178.48

915.915.915 600 400 RRWB/09/09/09 £152.46 RRWB/09/09/09/M £198.25

915.1220.762 600 400 RRWB/09/12/07 £158.15 RRWB/09/12/07/M £205.55

915.1220.915 600 400 RRWB/09/12/09 £175.08 RRWB/09/12/09/M £227.60

915.1525.762 600 400 RRWB/09/15/07 £174.65 RRWB/09/15/07/M £227.11

915.1525.915 600 400 RRWB/09/15/09 £194.17 RRWB/09/15/09/M £252.46

915.1830.762 600 400 RRWB/09/18/07 £212.34 RRWB/09/18/07/M £275.94

915.1830.915 600 400 RRWB/09/18/09 £234.78 RRWB/09/18/09/M £305.17

915.2135.762 600 400 RRWB/09/21/07 £233.54 RRWB/09/21/07/M £303.56

915.2135.915 600 400 RRWB/09/21/09 £257.83 RRWB/09/21/09/M £335.14

915.2440.762 600 400 RRWB/09/24/07 £261.23 RRWB/09/24/07/M £339.59

915.2440.915 600 400 RRWB/09/24/09 £289.16 RRWB/09/24/09/M £375.92

Rivet Workstations




COLOUR

OPTIONS

Blue & Grey

Blue & Orange


PROMPT DELIVERY

NO NUTS

& BOLTS

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Chipboard

Worktop

MFC

Worktop

Full Undershelf

Workstation

Workshop

Size H.W.D.

T Bar Workstation

Bench

Load kg

Shelf

Load kg

Rivet Workstations


Chipboard Top

MFC Top


T Bar Workbench

1830.915.915 600 - RRWST/18/09/09/03 £190.46 RRWST/18/09/09/03/M £247.63

1830.1220.915 600 - RRWST/18/12/09/03 £216.85 RRWST/18/12/09/03/M £281.93

1830.1830.915 600 - RRWST/18/18/09/03 £285.95 RRWST/18/18/09/03/M £371.72

1830.2440.915 600 - RRWST/18/24/09/03 £343.43 RRWST/18/24/09/03/M £446.45


1830.915.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/09/09/03 £207.83 RRWSH/18/09/09/03/M £270.25

1830.1220.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/12/09/03 £234.72 RRWSH/18/12/09/03/M £305.11

1830.1830.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/18/09/03 £318.77 RRWSH/18/18/09/03/M £414.31

1830.2440.915 600 400 RRWSH/18/24/09/03 £387.36 RRWSH/18/24/09/03/M £503.54

Full Undershelf Workstation

Information

1830.915.915 600 400 RRWS/18/09/09/03 £217.66 RRWS/18/09/09/03/M £282.98

1830.1220.915 600 400 RRWS/18/12/09/03 £251.59 RRWS/18/12/09/03/M £327.05

1830.1830.915 600 400 RRWS/18/18/09/03 £345.47 RRWS/18/18/09/03/M £449.16

1830.2440.915 600 400 RRWS/18/24/09/03 £421.85 RRWS/18/24/09/03/M £548.41

i

TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES

TO BUILD!

Workbenches

211

Height Adjustable Workbenches

• Height adjustable workstation suitable for general use

in assembly, light engineering and laboratories.

• Adjustable in height from 730mm to 950mm.

• Powder coated dark grey framework.

• No more banged knuckles - desk can even be adjusted

when positioned flush against a wall.

• Removable adjustment handle.

• Does not accept bench accessories.

£417.00

From Only

100KG

SWL Evenly

Distributed

730mm

950mm

Laminate Worktop

20mm Thick

Size W.D Code Price

600.600 DA796060PLXX £417.00

1200.600 DA791260PLXX £482.00

1200.750 DA791275PLXX £503.00

1800.600 DA791860PLXX £553.00

1800.750 DA791875PLXX £566.00

Workshop

Workbenches

212

£673.00

From Only

Stainless Steel Worktable Only


840.1200.600 BT841260XSXX £673.00

840.1200.750 BT841275XSXX £725.00

840.1200.900 BT841290XSXX £778.00

840.1500.600 BT841560XSXX £772.00

840.1500.750 BT841575XSXX £845.00

840.1500.900 BT841590XSXX £863.00

840.1800.600 BT841860XSXX £863.00

840.1800.750 BT841875XSXX £915.00

840.1800.900 BT841890XSXX £980.00

Stainless Steel Worktable & Lower Shelf


840.1200.600 BT841260JSXX £864.00

840.1200.750 BT841275JSXX £925.00

840.1200.900 BT841290JSXX £979.00

840.1500.600 BT841560JSXX £989.00

840.1500.750 BT841575JSXX £1,074.00

840.1500.900 BT841590JSXX £1,092.00

840.1800.600 BT841860JSXX £1,090.00

840.1800.750 BT841875JSXX £1,161.00

840.1800.900 BT841890JSXX £1,224.00

Stainless Steel Drawer


150.420.420 BRDRAWERXXXX £374.00

Stainless Steel Benches

• Stainless steel worktables are ideal

for food preparation, hospitals and

any other environment where

hygiene is essential.

• Easy to clean removable worktops

and shelves.

• A range of accessories is available

including drawers, cupboards and

upper and lower shelves.

• Adjustable levelling feet for uneven

surfaces.

Stainless Steel Cupboard


435.420.420 BRCUPBRDXXXX £381.00

Single Tier Upper Shelf - 300mm High


300.1200.300 BRUS123SXXXX £218.00

300.1500.300 BRUS153SXXXX £254.00

300.1800.300 BRUS183SXXXX £280.00

Double Tier Upper Shelf - 600mm High


600.1200.300 BRUS126DXXXX £331.00

600.1500.300 BRUS156DXXXX £360.00

600.1800.300 BRUS186DXXXX £405.00

Adjustable Height Workbenches

• 38mm MDF worktop with a rubber edge

• Constructed from steel angle

• Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip

• Height adjustable in 25mm increments

• Reversible worktop to give a veneer wood

finish or a light grey melamine effect

• 230kg load capacity (UDL)

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

WBI01Z

Adjustable Height Workbenches

PR222M fitted with

PRS22M, PRE22M & PRSE2M

WBI00Z


1220.760.760/880 45 kg WBI00Z £251.40

1520.760.760/880 50 kg WBI01Z £276.40

Workshop

Benches shown factory

fitted with optional extras

Modular Workbench

TAILOR MAKE

YOUR OWN

BENCH SYSTEM

• 1000kg (UDL) load capacity

• 25mm MDF worktop (other worktops available - call for details)

• Available up to 1200mm deep to enable working from both sides

• Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments: 940mm max.

• Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock

down. Extension units are not available on their own

• Many factory fitted optional extras available - call for details

Workbenches

Modular Workbenches

Bench Size Bench Extension Shelf Size Lower Shelf to suit Bench (factory fitted) Lower Shelf to suit Extension (factory fitted)

Length Depth Code Price Code Price Length Depth Code Price Code Price

1500 750 PR157M £647.65 PRE57M £532.65 1500 630 PRS57M £94.35 PRSE7M £94.35



215 213

NDurance Workbenches

£648.23

From Only

£964.19

From Only

Size W x D x H Code Price


1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024200* £648.23

1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024201* £964.19

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024034* £677.72

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024035* £995.76


Workshop

£1084.71

From Only

£820.70

From Only

Workbenches



2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024036* £1,084.71

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024037* £820.70


£1226.76

From Only

£941.23

From Only

214



2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024038* £1,226.76

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024039* £941.23


NDurance Workbenches

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• This heavy duty range of

industrial workbenches are ideal

for factories, laboratories, schools

and retail etc.

• The workbenches are available in

two sizes 1800 x 650mm and 2000

x 650mm.

• They offer a heavy duty robust

construction and yet are

economically priced for today’s

market.

• Each workbench has a 40mm

beech laminated veneer top.

• Each drawer unit comes

complete with central locking.

• Each drawer has a capacity of

50kg.

• Each bench has

a capacity of 200kg UDL.

• The benches are powder

coated blue and grey.

• Each bench is supplied in

knock down form for easy on site

assembly and to allow access to

the site location.

• The workbenches can be supplied

fully assembled at extra cost

please call our sales office.

Workshop

£410.36

From Only


1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024040* £410.36

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024041* £436.55

£523.69

From Only


1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024043* £523.69

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024044* £551.69

* Express Delivery Available *Express Delivery Available

Workbenches

£795.04

From Only

£661.08

From Only



1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024202* £795.04

1800 x 650 x 840mm 34024045* £661.08

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024042* £820.70

2000 x 650 x 840mm 34024046* £700.18


215

Square Tube Workbenches

£272.00

From Only

Workshop

Workbenches

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• General workshop bench suitable for use in

assembly, production and light engineering.

• Height adjustable feet for easy levelling.

• Powder coated light grey framework.

• MFC, Linoleum, Solid Beech and Laminate

worktop options available.

• Full range of accessories available including

drawers, cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and

service ducts.

• Standard bench height: 840mm - 760mm and

920mm also available.

• Order quantities may apply, please speak to the

sales team.

• Delivered in knock-down form.

Workbench shown with optional triple drawer, cupboard unit and accessories

Workbench shown with extension unit

250KG

SWL

evenly distributed

216

Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick

EXPRESS DELIVERY


Solid Beech Worktop - Dimensions/Codes Solid Beech Worktop - Dimensions/Codes



840.900.600 BQ849060BLXX £289.00 840.1500.750 BQ841575BLXX* £511.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260BLXX* £334.00 840.1500.900 BQ841590BLXX* £555.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275BLXX* £362.00 840.1800.600 BQ841860BLXX* £465.00

840.1200.900 BQ841290BLXX* £395.00 840.1800.750 BQ841875BLXX* £554.00

840.1500.600 BQ841560BLXX* £457.00 840.1800.900 BQ841890BLXX* £574.00



MFC Worktop

18mm thick


840.900.600 BQ849060GLXX £272.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260GLXX £290.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275GLXX £310.00

840.1200.900 BQ841290GLXX £316.00

840.1500.600 BQ841560GLXX £378.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575GLXX £398.00

840.1500.900 BQ841590GLXX £404.00

840.1800.600 BQ841860GLXX £387.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875GLXX £407.00

840.1800.900 BQ841890GLXX £418.00

Linoleum Worktop

20mm thick


840.900.600 BQ8490608LXX £292.00

840.1200.600 BQ8412608LXX £315.00

840.1200.750 BQ8412758LXX £327.00

840.1200.900 BQ8412908LXX £373.00

840.1500.600 BQ8415608LXX £395.00

840.1500.750 BQ8415758LXX £429.00

840.1500.900 BQ8415908LXX £501.00

840.1800.600 BQ8418608LXX £426.00

840.1800.750 BQ8418758LXX £437.00

840.1800.900 BQ8418908LXX £515.00

Laminate Worktop

20mm thick


840.900.600 BQ849060PLXX £292.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260PLXX £315.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275PLXX* £327.00

840.1200.900 BQ841290PLXX* £373.00

840.1500.600 BQ841560PLXX £395.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575PLXX* £429.00

840.1500.900 BQ841590PLXX* £501.00

840.1800.600 BQ841860PLXX £426.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875PLXX* £437.00

840.1800.900 BQ841890PLXX* £515.00


MFC - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BQ849060GLET £223.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260GLET £255.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275GLET £275.00

Linoleum - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BQ8490608LET £255.00

840.1200.600 BQ8412608LET £280.00

840.1200.750 BQ8412758LET £291.00

Laminate - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BQ849060PLET £255.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260PLET £280.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275PLET £291.00

MFC Lower Shelves - 450mm Deep

To Fit W Code Price

1200 BELS1145GXXX £80.00

1500 BELS1445GXXX £90.00

1800 BELS1745GXXX £101.00

Drawer & Cupboard Options


Single Drawer 220 x 420 x 420 BEDR04021* £166.03

Triple Drawer 435 x 420 x 420 BEDR04043* £315.26

Cupboard Unit 435 x 420 x 420 BECU04041* £148.76

Please Note: Only Blue Drawers & Cupboards are available on Express

Delivery

Linoleum Lower Shelves - 450mm Deep

To Fit W Code Price

1200 BELS11458XXX £117.00

1500 BELS14458XXX £127.00

1800 BELS17458XXX £137.00

Square Tube Workbench - Accessories

Key Description Code Price

A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX* £75.00

A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX* £91.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm MFC for 1200mm Bench BEUS1200GXXX £101.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm Linoleum for 1200mm Bench BEUS12008XXX £105.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm Laminate for 1200mm Bench BEUS1200PXXX* £105.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm Beech for 1200mm Bench BEUS1200BXXX £121.00









C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm Bench BERS1200XLXX* £79.00



D 3 Setting LED Light BE3SETL1200X* £61.00

Tilting LED Light - 30 Watt BELED3012XXX £162.00

E Louvred Back Panel with Pinboard for 1200mm Bench BELO4812IXXX* £145.00



F Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDWT122XXX* £121.00

F Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Bench BESDWT15XXXX* £124.00


G Post Fitted Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDSP12XXXX £133.00



H Monitor and Keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £176.00

Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC* £70.00


Accessories

C

A

Laminate Lower Shelves - 450mm Deep

G

F

To Fit W Code Price

1200 BELS1145PXXX £117.00

1500 BELS1445PXXX £127.00

1800 BELS1745PXXX £137.00

Door/Cupboard Colour Options


GXX KXX BXX RXX

E

B

D

CH

Workshop

Workbenches

217

Square Tube Workbench Kits

A

B

C

Kit A - Laminate Worktop


840.1200.750 BQ841275PX1A* £661.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575PX1B* £762.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875PX1C* £771.00


D

Kit B - Laminate Worktop


840.1200.750 BQ841275PX3A* £819.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575PX3B* £920.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875PX3C* £929.00


Workshop

Workbenches

E

Kit C - Laminate Worktop


1600.1200.750 BQ841275PX5A* £984.00

1600.1500.750 BQ841575PX5B* £1,119.00

1600.1800.750 BQ841875PX5C* £1,169.00


F

Kit D - Laminate Worktop


1600.1200.750 BQ841275PX7A* £1,142.00

1600.1500.750 BQ841575PX7B* £1,277.00

1600.1800.750 BQ841875PX7C* £1,327.00


218

Kit E - Laminate Worktop


2020.1200.750 BQ841275PX9A* £1,260.00

2020.1500.750 BQ841575PX9B* £1,404.00

2020.1800.750 BQ841875PX9C* £1,463.00


Kit F - Laminate Worktop


2020.1200.750 BQ841275P11A* £1,418.00

2020.1500.750 BQ841575P11B* £1,562.00

2020.1800.750 BQ841875P11C* £1,621.00


Square Tube Workbench Kits

A

B

C

Kit A - Beech Worktop


840.1200.750 BQ841275BX2A* £696.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575BX2B* £844.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875BX2C* £888.00


D

Kit B - Beech Worktop


840.1200.750 BQ841275BX4A* £854.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575BX4B* £1,003.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875BX4C* £1,046.00


E

Kit C - Beech Worktop


1600.1200.750 BQ841275BX6A* £1,019.00

1600.1500.750 BQ841575BX6B* £1,201.00

1600.1800.750 BQ841875BX6C* £1,286.00


F

Kit D - Beech Worktop


1600.1200.750 BQ841275BX8A* £1,177.00

1600.1500.750 BQ841575BX8B* £1,360.00

1600.1800.750 BQ841875BX8C* £1,444.00


Workbenches

Workshop

Kit E - Beech Worktop


2020.1200.750 BQ841275B10A* £1,295.00

2020.1500.750 BQ841575B10B* £1,486.00

2020.1800.750 BQ841875B10C* £1,580.00


Kit F - Beech Worktop


2020.1200.750 BQ841275B12A* £1,453.00

2020.1500.750 BQ841575B12B* £1,644.00

2020.1800.750 BQ841875B12C* £1,738.00


219

Cantilever Workbenches

£337.00

From Only

Workshop

Workbenches

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• General workshop bench suitable for use in

assembly, production and light engineering.

• Cantilever construction allows maximum leg room.

• Height adjustable feet for easy levelling.


• Linoleum, MFC, Solid Beech and Laminate worktop

options available.

• Full range of accessories available including drawers,

cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and service ducts.




team.


250KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Workbench shown with optional drawer units and a range of accessories.

Workbench shown with extension unit.

220


Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick


840.1200.750 BC841275BLXX* £394.00

840.1200.900 BC841290BLXX* £427.00

840.1500.750 BC841575BLXX* £547.00

840.1500.900 BC841590BLXX* £567.00

840.1800.750 BC841875BLXX* £598.00

840.1800.900 BC841890BLXX* £618.00


MFC Worktop

18mm Thick


840.1200.750 BC841275GLXX £337.00

840.1200.900 BC841290GLXX £384.00

840.1500.750 BC841575GLXX £442.00

840.1500.900 BC841590GLXX £516.00

840.1800.750 BC841875GLXX £451.00

840.1800.900 BC841890GLXX £531.00

Linoleum Worktop

20mm Thick


840.1200.750 BC8412758LXX £359.00

840.1200.900 BC8412908LXX £405.00

840.1500.750 BC8415758LXX £464.00

840.1500.900 BC8415908LXX £537.00

840.1800.750 BC8418758LXX £481.00

840.1800.900 BC8418908LXX £559.00

Laminate Worktop

20mm Thick


840.1200.750 BC841275PLXX* £359.00

840.1200.900 BC841290PLXX* £405.00

840.1500.750 BC841575PLXX* £464.00

840.1500.900 BC841590PLXX* £468.00

840.1800.750 BC841875PLXX* £481.00

840.1800.900 BC841890PLXX* £559.00


MFC - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BC849060GLET £212.00

840.1200.600 BC841260GLET £231.00

840.600.600 BC841275GLET £252.00

Linoleum - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BC8490608LET £305.00

840.1200.600 BC8412608LET £319.00

840.600.600 BC8412758LET £344.00

Laminate - Extension Benches


840.900.600 BC849060PLET £305.00

840.1200.600 BC841260PLET £319.00

840.600.600 BC841275PLET £344.00








Please Note: Only Blue Drawers & Cupboards are available on

Express Delivery

Cantilever Workbench - Accessories
























F Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDWT122XXX* £121.00






Monitor and keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £176.00

H Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC* £70.00


GXX KXX BXX RXX

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Accessories

C

G

B

A

E

F

CH

D

Workshop

Workbenches

221

Cantilever Workbench Kits

A

B

C

Kit A - Laminate Worktop


840.1200.750 BC841275PX1A* £693.00

840.1500.750 BC841575PX1B* £798.00

840.1800.750 BC841875PX1C* £815.00


D

Kit B - Laminate Worktop


840.1200.750 BC841275PX3A* £869.00

840.1500.750 BC841575PX3B* £975.00

840.1800.750 BC841875PX3C* £991.00


Workshop

Workbenches

E

Kit C - Laminate Worktop


1600.1200.750 BC841275PX5A* £1,016.00

1600.1500.750 BC841575PX5B* £1,155.00

1600.1800.750 BC841875PX5C* £1,213.00


F

Kit D - Laminate Worktop


1600.1200.750 BC841275PX7A* £1,174.00

1600.1500.750 BC841575PX7B* £1,313.00

1600.1800.750 BC841875PX7C* £1,371.00


222

Kit E - Laminate Worktop


2020.1200.750 BC841275PX9A* £1,292.00

2020.1500.750 BC841575PX9B* £1,440.00

2020.1800.750 BC841875PX9C* £1,507.00


Kit F - Laminate Worktop


2020.1200.750 BC841275P11A* £1,450.00

2020.1500.750 BC841575P11B* £1,598.00

2020.1800.750 BC841875P11C* £1,665.00


Cantilever Workbench Kits

A

B

Kit A - Beech Worktop


840.1200.750 BC841275BX2A* £728.00

840.1500.750 BC841575BX2B* £880.00

840.1800.750 BC841875BX2C* £932.00

Kit B - Beech Worktop


840.1200.750 BC841275BX4A* £904.00

840.1500.750 BC841575BX4B* £1,057.00

840.1800.750 BC841875BX4C* £1,108.00

C

D

Kit C - Beech Worktop


1600.1200.750 BC841275BX6A* £1,051.00

1600.1500.750 BC841575BX6B* £1,237.00

1600.1800.750 BC841875BX6C* £1,330.00

Kit D - Beech Worktop


1600.1200.750 BC841275BX8A* £1,209.00

1600.1500.750 BC841575BX8B* £1,395.00

1600.1800.750 BC841875BX8C* £1,488.00

Workshop

E

F

Workbenches

Kit E - Beech Worktop


2020.1200.750 BC841275B10A* £1,327.00

2020.1500.750 BC841575B10B* £1,522.00

2020.1800.750 BC841875B10C* £1,624.00

Kit F - Beech Worktop


2020.1200.750 BC841275B12A* £1,485.00

2020.1500.750 BC841575B12B* £1,680.00

2020.1800.750 BC841875B12C* £1,782.00

223

Heavy Duty Workbenches

£354.00

From Only

Workshop

Workbenches

• Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty

applications such as engineering and

manufacturing.

• Fully welded construction for extra strength.


• 5 Day Delivery only available on Light Grey

cupboard and drawer units.


sales team.


1200KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Workbench shown with optional triple drawer, cupboard unit and accessories.

• Steel plate, beech, linoleum and laminate worktop

options.

• Full range of accessories available including

drawers, cupboards, shelves and sliding doors.



EXPRESS DELIVERY


Single Drawer 220 x 420 x 420 BXDR04021* £187.00

Triple Drawer 435 x 420 x 420 BXDR04043* £321.00

Cupboard Unit 560 x 420 x 420 BXCU04051* £204.00

Please Note: Only Light Grey Drawers & Cupboards

are available on Express Delivery



LXX

BXX

GXX

RXX

224

Heavy Duty Workbenches

Steel Plate Worktop

2mm Thick


840.1200.600 BJ841260SKXX £354.00

840.1200.750 BJ841275SKXX* £395.00

840.1200.900 BJ841290SKXX £405.00

840.1500.600 BJ841560SKXX £407.00

840.1500.750 BJ841575SKXX* £482.00

840.1500.900 BJ841590SKXX £492.00

840.1800.600 BJ841860SKXX £432.00

840.1800.750 BJ841875SKXX* £507.00

840.1800.900 BJ841890SKXX £526.00


Linoleum Worktop

20mm Thick


840.1200.600 BJ8412608KXX £422.00

840.1200.750 BJ8412758KXX £438.00

840.1200.900 BJ8412908KXX £487.00

840.1500.600 BJ8415608KXX £507.00

840.1500.750 BJ8415758KXX £545.00

840.1500.900 BJ8415908KXX £621.00

840.1800.600 BJ8418608KXX £543.00

840.1800.750 BJ8418758KXX £559.00

840.1800.900 BJ8418908KXX £645.00

Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick


840.1200.600 BJ841260BKXX £425.00

840.1200.750 BJ841275BKXX* £453.00

840.1200.900 BJ841290BKXX £496.00

840.1500.600 BJ841560BKXX £545.00

840.1500.750 BJ841575BKXX* £576.00

840.1500.900 BJ841590BKXX £631.00

840.1800.600 BJ841860BKXX £572.00

840.1800.750 BJ841875BKXX* £632.00

840.1800.900 BJ841890BKXX £701.00


Laminate Worktop

20mm Thick


840.1200.600 BJ841260PKXX £422.00

840.1200.750 BJ841275PKXX £438.00

840.1200.900 BJ841290PKXX £487.00

840.1500.600 BJ841560PKXX £507.00

840.1500.750 BJ841575PKXX £545.00

840.1500.900 BJ841590PKXX £621.00

840.1800.600 BJ841860PKXX £543.00

840.1800.750 BJ841875PKXX £559.00

840.1800.900 BJ841890PKXX £645.00


Lower Shelves -

Factory Fitted Steel Plate Only

To Fit W.D. Code Price

1200.600 BXLS1206XXXX £90.00

1200.750 BXLS1207XXXX £108.00

1200.900 BXLS1209XXXX £108.00

1500.600 BXLS1506XXXX £105.00

1500.750 BXLS1507XXXX £124.00

1500.900 BXLS1509XXXX £124.00

1800.600 BXLS1806XXXX £120.00

1800.750 BXLS1807XXXX £136.00

1800.900 BXLS1809XXXX £136.00

Heavy Duty Bench - Accessories




B Upper shelf 300mm Laminate for 1200mm bench BEUS1200PXXX* £105.00

B Upper shelf 300mm Beech for 1200mm bench BEUS1200BXXX £121.00





C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench BERS1200XLXX* £79.00


Accessories

C

B

A

G

E

D

Workshop




F

E Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench BELO4812IXXX* £145.00



F Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench BESDWT122XXX* £121.00

F Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench BESDWT15XXXX* £124.00


G Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench BESDSP12XXXX £133.00



H Monitor and keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £176.00



H

Workbenches

Heavy Duty Bench - Retaining Lips & Vice Plate


I Retaining Lip for 1200 x 600mm bench BXRL1206XXXX £53.00


I

I



J






J Vice Plate BXVICEPLXXXX £24.00

225

Euroslide Superbenches

EURO

LIDE

£447.00

From Only

Workshop

• High quality workbench, fully welded for extra

strength.

• Tough light Grey powder coated finish.

• Various worktop surfaces including Beech,

Laminate, Linoleum and Steel.

1200KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Euroslide Superbench shown with optional accessories.

• A range of drawer divider kits and extra shelves are

available.

• Fully welded framework, 50 x 50 and 50 x 25mm

section.

• Above bench accessories are also available.


Beech Worktop Laminate Worktop Linoleum Worktop Steel Worktop

Bench Dimensions Beech Top Laminate Top Linoleum Top Steel Top

Size H.W.D Beech Top Code Price Laminate Top Code Price Linoleum Top Code Price Steel Top Code Price

840.1200.750 BSE841275BLX £447.00 BSE841275PLX £469.00 BSE8412758LX £469.00 BSE841275SLX £449.00






226

Euroslide Superbenches

600 Superbench Cabinets 900 Superbench Cabinets

(600 Cabinet Size - H.620 W.600 D.650) (900 Cabinet Size - H.620 W.900 D.650)

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

F

D

E

F

G

*

*Size: H.275 W.600 D.650

100KG

drawer capacity



G K B R

600 Superbench Cabinets - H.620 W.600 D.650

Key Description Drawer/Cupboard Depths Model Price

A Single Cupboard 1x 550mm EUC6760651 £171.00

B 2 Drawer & Cupboard 2x 100mm, 1x 300mm EUC6760652 £393.00

C 3 Drawer 1x 150mm, 2x 200mm EUC6760653 £493.00

D 4 Drawer 1x 100mm, 3x 150mm EUC676065A £572.00

E 4 Drawer 2x 100mm, 1x 150mm, 1x 200mm EUC6760654 £573.00

F 5 Drawer 4x 100mm, 1x 150mm EUC676065C £650.00

G 2 Drawer 2x 100mm EUC276065DS £313.00

Above Bench - Accessories

Key Description Model Price

A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £75.00

A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £91.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm Laminate for 1200 Bench BEUS1200PXXX £105.00



B Upper Shelf 300mm Beech for 1200 Bench BEUS1200BXXX £121.00



C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm Bench BERS1200XLXX £79.00



D 3 Setting LED Light BE3SETL1200X £61.00


E Combi Panel for 1200mm Bench BECP4812I3XX £158.00



F Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDWT122XX £121.00

F Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Bench BESDWT15XXXX £124.00


G Post Fitted Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDSP12XXXXX £133.00



900 Superbench Cabinets - H.620 W.900 D.650


A Double Cupboard 1x 550mm EUC6790651 £236.00


C 3 Drawer 1x150mm, 2x200mm EUC6790653 £518.00

D 4 Drawer 1x100mm, 3x 150mm EUC679065A £597.00

E 4 Drawer 2x100mm, 1x150mm, 1x200mm EUC6790655 £598.00

F 5 Drawer 4x 100mm, 1x 150mm EUC679065C £675.00

Above Bench Accessories

C

D

B

G

A

E

F

Workshop


227


EURO

LIDE

• Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy

duty applications such as engineering

and manufacturing.

• All steel construction.

• Beech and Laminate worktop options

are available.

• Workbenches are available in

1200mm, 1500mm and 1800m widths.

• Full width, full extention precision ball

race slides with anti-tilt feature.

• Central locking for extra security.

• Load capacity of 100kg per drawer.

• Cupboard doors are fitted with interior

perforated panel to fit tool clips.

• A range of drawer divider kits and

extra shelves are available.

• Full range of above bench accessories

are available.

Workshop

£447.00

From Only


Beech Worktop

Laminate Worktop

Door Colour Options


K B G

Bench Dimensions Beech Top Laminate Top

Size H.W.D Beech Top Code Price Laminate Top Code Price

920.1200.750 BE921275BLXX £447.00 BE921275PLXX £469.00

920.1200.900 BE921290BLXX £491.00 BE921290PLXX £517.00

920.1500.750 BE921575BLXX £569.00 BE921575PLXX £574.00

920.1500.900 BE921590BLXX £623.00 BE921590PLXX £646.00

920.1800.750 BE921875BLXX £625.00 BE921875PLXX £588.00

920.1800.900 BE921890BLXX £692.00 BE921890PLXX £784.00

R

228


600 Workbench Cabinets

(600 Cabinet Size - H.825 W.600 D.650)

900 Workbench Cabinets

(900 Cabinet Size - H.825 W.900 D.650)

A

B

C

A

B

C

D

E

F

D

E

F

G H drawer capacity G

*

*Size: H.275 W.600 D.650

100KG

100KG

drawer capacity

Key Description Drawer/Cupboard Depths Code Price

A Single Cupboard 1x 750mm EUC18260651 £202.00


C 4 Drawer 1x 150mm, 3x 200mm EUC1826065A £631.00

D 5 Drawer 5x 150mm EUC1826065C £714.00

E 5 Drawer

2x 100mm, 2x 150mm,

1x 200mm

EUC18260655 £701.00

F 6 Drawer

4x 100mm, 1x 150mm,

1x 200mm

EUC1826065E £789.00

G 7 Drawer 7x 100mm EUC1826065V £857.00

H 2 Drawer 2x 100mm EUC276065DS £313.00


















F Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDWT122XX £121.00






Key Description

Drawer/Cupboard

Depths

Code Price

A Double Cupboard 1x 750mm EUC18290651 £262.00


C 4 Drawer 1x150mm, 3x200mm EUC1829065A £655.00

D 5 Drawer 5x150mm EUC1829065C £751.00

E 5 DraweR

2x100mm, 2x150mm,

1x200mm

EUC18290655 £734.00

F 6 Drawer

4x 100mm, 1x 150mm,

1x 200mm

EUC1829065E £825.00

G 7 Drawer 7x 100mm EUC1829065V £898.00

Above Bench Accessories

C

D

G

B

A

E

F

Workshop


229

System Tek Kits

Each kit comes complete with the following accessories:

• Worktop and Post fitted service ducts

• Perforated Back Panel

• Rear Support Posts

• Upper Shelf

• Tool Rail

EURO LIDE £802.00

From Only

Worktop Options


100KG

Drawer Capacity

Beech 27.600.650 ESBEETOP6065 £78.00

Laminate 20.600.650 ESLAMTOP6065 £129.00

Tool Tray 24.600.650 ESTLTTOP6065 £30.00

Workshop


G

600 System Tek - Extra Accessories


Track (To Fit Tool Rail) BETR600XLXXX £69.00

Spring Tool Balance BESPRBALXLXX £POA

Perforated Back Panel BEBP4860PFXX £98.00

Worktop Mounted Service Duct BESDWT600XXX £92.00

760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £75.00

1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £91.00

Post Mounted Service Duct BESDP600XXXX £104.00


Light and Tool Rail BERS600XLXXX £68.00

Beech Upper Shelf BEUS600BXXXX £70.00

Laminate Upper Shelf BEUS600PXXXX £74.00

600 System Tek Kits

Key Description Drawer/Cupboard Depths Beech Top Code Price Laminate Top Code Price

A Cupboard with Accessories 1x 750mm EST600BKIT1 £802.00 EST600PKIT1 £856.00

B

2 Drawer & Cupboard with

Accessories

2x 100mm, 1x 500mm EST600BKIT2 £1,023.00 EST600PKIT2 £1,077.00

C 4 Drawer with Accessories 1x150mm, 3x200mm EST600BKIT3 £1,231.00 EST600PKIT3 £1,284.00

D 5 Drawer with Accessories 5x150mm EST600BKIT4 £1,313.00 EST600PKIT4 £1,367.00

E 5 Drawer with Accessories 2x100mm, 2x150mm, 1x200mm EST600BKIT5 £1,300.00 EST600PKIT5 £1,354.00

F 6 Drawer with Accessories 4x 100mm, 1x 150mm, 1x 200mm EST600BKIT6 £1,389.00 EST600PKIT6 £1,443.00

G 7 Drawer with Accessories 7x 100mm EST600BKIT7 £1,457.00 EST600PKIT7 £1,511.00

Drawer/Cupboard Colour Options


K

B

G

R

230

System Tek Kits

A

B

C

Workshop

D

E

F


Door Colour Options


K

B

G

R

231

System Tek Kits

Each kit comes complete with the following accessories:

• Worktop and Post fitted service ducts

• Perforated Back Panel

• Rear Support Posts

• Upper Shelf

• Tool Rail

EURO LIDE £962.00

From Only

Worktop Options


Beech 27.900.650 ESBEETOP9065 £117.00



Workshop


G

100KG

900 System Tek - Extra Accessories


Track (To Fit Tool Rail) BETR900XLXXX £85.00



Worktop Mounted Service Duct BESDWT900XXX £105.00



Post Mounted Service Duct BESDP900XXXX £117.00


Light and Tool Rail BERS900XLXXX £74.00

Drawer Capacity

Beech Upper Shelf

Laminate Upper Shelf

BEUS900BXXXX

BEUS900PXXXX

£89.00

£80.00

900 System Tek Kits

Key Description Drawer/Cupboard Depths Beech Top Code Price Laminate Top Code Price

A Cupboard with Accessories 1x 750mm EST900BKIT1 £962.00 EST900PKIT1 £988.00

B

2 Drawer & Cupboard with

Accessories

2x 100mm, 1x 500mm EST900BKIT2 £1,172.00 EST900PKIT2 £1,198.00

C 4 Drawer with Accessories 1x150mm, 3x200mm EST900BKIT3 £1,355.00 EST900PKIT3 £1,381.00

D 5 Drawer with Accessories 5x150mm EST900BKIT4 £1,451.00 EST900PKIT4 £1,477.00

E 5 Drawer with Accessories 2x100mm, 2x150mm, 1x200mm EST900BKIT5 £1,434.00 EST900PKIT5 £1,460.00

F 6 Drawer with Accessories 4x 100mm, 1x 150mm, 1x 200mm EST900BKIT6 £1,525.00 EST900PKIT6 £1,551.00

G 7 Drawer with Accessories 7x 100mm EST900BKIT7 £1,598.00 EST900PKIT7 £1,624.00



K

B

G

R

232

System Tek Kits

A

B

C

Workshop

D

E

F




K

B

G

R

233

System Tek Workbenches

1. Choose One 600 Cabinet

System Tek Cabinets - Dimensions/Codes


A Cupboard 1x 750mm EUC18260651 £202.00


C 4 Drawer 1x150mm, 3x200mm EUC1826065A £631.00

D 5 Drawer 5x150mm EUC1826065C £714.00

2. Choose Your Worktop

Worktop Options - Dimensions/Codes

Description Size H.W.D. Model Price

Beech Top 27.1200.650 ESBEETOP1265 £132.00

Laminate Top 20.1200.650 ESLAMTOP1265 £171.00





E 5 Drawer 2x100mm, 2x150mm, 1x200mm EUC18260655 £701.00

F 6 Drawer 4x 100mm, 1x 150mm, 1x 200mm EUC1826065E £789.00

G 7 Drawer 7x 100mm EUC1826065V £857.00

Colour Suffix


A

B

K

B

G

R

Workshop

C

D

3. Choose Your Accessories

Accessories - Dimensions/Codes

Description Model Price



Upper Shelf 300mm Solid Beech - 1200mm BEUS1200BXXX £121.00



Upper Shelf 300mm Laminate - 1200mm BEUS1200PXXX £105.00



Light/Tool Rail Support - 1200mm BERS1200XLXX £79.00


E

F



1200 Track (To Fit Tool Rail) BETR1200XLXX £100.00




3 Setting LED Light BE3SETL1200X £61.00


Louvred/Perforated Back Panel - 1200mm BECP4812IXXX £144.00



Louvred/Pin Back Panel - 1200mm BELO4812IXXX £145.00



Combi Back Panel - 1200mm BECP4812I3XX £158.00



Worktop Service Duct - 1200mm BESDWT122XXX £121.00

Worktop Service Duct - 1500mm BESDWT15XXXX £124.00

Worktop Service Duct - 1800mm BESDWT18XXXX £130.00

Post Fitted Service Duct - 1200mm BESDSP12XXXX £133.00



Support Leg & Modesty Panel - 1200mm E2LEGMOD6560 £88.00

G



234

System Tek Workbenches


Workshop

235

Square Tube ESD Workbenches

£391.00

From Only

Workshop

ESD Workbenches

250KG

SWL

evenly distributed

• General workshop bench with static

dissipative properties.

• Suitable for use as an assembly or repair

bench in the electrical and electronic

industries.

• A leg in each corner gives firm support.


• Neostat or Lamstat worktop options

available.

• Full range of accessories available

including wrist straps, circuit breakers

and earth/ground leads.

• Standard bench height: 840mm - 760 and



• ESD seating available on page 277.

Static Dissipative Workbench shown with extension bench and range of accessories.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Static Dissipative Workbench shown with optional extension bench.

236

Square Tube ESD Workbenches

Neostat Worktop

20mm Thick 10 5 10 7 ohms


840.900.600 BQ849060NLXX £392.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260NLXX £453.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275NLXX £501.00

840.1200.900 BQ841290NLXX £556.00

840.1500.600 BQ841560NLXX £573.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575NLXX £699.00

840.1500.900 BQ841590NLXX £728.00

840.1800.600 BQ841860NLXX £644.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875NLXX £769.00

840.1800.900 BQ841890NLXX £803.00

Lamstat Worktop

20mm Thick 10 6 10 8 ohms


840.900.600 BQ849060LLXX £391.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260LLXX £430.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275LLXX* £477.00

840.1200.900 BQ841290LLXX* £554.00

840.1500.600 BQ841560LLXX £545.00

840.1500.750 BQ841575LLXX* £734.00

840.1500.900 BQ841590LLXX* £763.00

840.1800.600 BQ841860LLXX £730.00

840.1800.750 BQ841875LLXX* £775.00

840.1800.900 BQ841890LLXX* £808.00


Neostat Extension Benches


840.900.600 BQ849060NLET £381.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260NLET £418.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275NLET £464.00

Lamstat Extension Benches


840.900.600 BQ849060LLET £374.00

840.1200.600 BQ841260LLET £394.00

840.1200.750 BQ841275LLET £442.00

Lower Shelves - 450mm Deep

To Fit W.D Code Price

1200.600 BELS1145NLXX £175.00

1500.600 BELS1445NLXX £227.00

1800.600 BELS1745NLXX £236.00

Lower Shelves - 450mm Deep

To Fit W.D Code Price

1200.600 BELS1145LLXX £157.00

1500.600 BELS1445LLXX £199.00

1800.600 BELS1745LLXX £219.00






Please Note: Only Blue Drawers & Cupboards are

available on Express Delivery



KXX

BXX

RXX

GXX

Workshop

Square Tube ESD Workbench - Accessories




B Upper shelf 300mm Neostat for 1200mm bench BEUS1200NXXX £175.00

B Upper shelf 300mm Lamstat for 1200mm bench BEUS1200LXXX* £157.00








D 3 Setting LED Light - 40 Watt BE3SETL1200X* £61.00


E Louvred Galv back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench BELO4812ZXXX* £151.00









RCB circuit breaker BERCBCIBXXXX £93.00

Wrist strap with 10mm stud or 4mm banana BEWRISTRXXXX £31.00

Earth/ground lead with 1m ohm resistor BEEARGROXXXX £19.00

Earth/ground lead with 3 pin plug BEEALEAD3PIN £29.00

Insulating strip - required for Worktop Service Ducts BESERINSXXXX £10.00

Double Data Socket BEDDSBBPXXXX £48.00


Anti-Static Floor Mat 1200mm x 1500mm BEFLMA15XXXX £116.00




Accessories

C

G

B

AA

E

F

D

ESD Workbenches

237

Cantilever ESD Workbenches

£381.00

From Only

Workshop

ESD Workbenches

250KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Static Dissipative bench shown with triple drawer, extension bench and a range of accessories.

• General workshop bench with static dissipative

properties.

• Suitable for use as an assembly or repair bench in

the electrical and electronic industries.

• Cantilever construction allows for maximum leg

room.


• Neostat or Lamstat worktop options available.

• Full range of accessories available including wrist

straps, circuit breakers and earth/ground leads.




• ESD seating available on page 277.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

238

Cantilever ESD Workbenches

Neostat Worktop

20mm Thick

10 5 10 7 ohms


840.1200.750 BC841275NLXX £381.00

840.1200.900 BC841290NLXX £588.00

840.1500.750 BC841575NLXX £735.00

840.1500.900 BC841590NLXX £764.00

840.1800.750 BC841875NLXX £813.00

840.1800.900 BC841890NLXX £847.00

Lamstat Worktop

20mm Thick

10 6 10 8 ohms


840.1200.750 BC841275LLXX* £509.00

840.1200.900 BC841290LLXX* £586.00

840.1500.750 BC841575LLXX* £770.00

840.1500.900 BC841590LLXX* £799.00

840.1800.750 BC841875LLXX* £819.00

840.1800.900 BC841890LLXX* £851.00


Neostat - Extension Benches


840.600.600 BC846060NLXX £457.00

840.900.600 BC849060NLXX £474.00

840.1200.600 BC841260NLXX £498.00

Lamstat - Extension Benches


840.600.600 BC846060LLXX £432.00

840.900.600 BC849060LLXX £447.00

840.1200.600 BC841260LLXX £473.00

EXPRESS DELIVERY










Cantilever ESD Workbench - Accessories

KXX BXX

Accessories

RXX

GXX

Workshop





















Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench BESDSP12XXXX £133.00



RCB circuit breaker BERCBCIBXXXX £93.00

Wrist strap with 10mm stud or 4mm banana BEWRISTRXXXX £31.00

Earth/ground lead with 1m ohm resistor BEEARGROXXXX £19.00

Earth/ground lead with 3 pin plug BEEALEAD3PIN £29.00

Insulating strip - required for Worktop Service Ducts BESERINSXXXX £10.00


G Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC* £70.00





AA

G

C

B

F

E

D

ESD Workbenches

239

Premium Height Adjustable ESD Workbenches

£900.00

From Only

Workshop

ESD Workbenches

• Height adjustable workshop bench with static

dissipative properties.

• Suitable for use as an assembly or repair bench in

the electrical and electronic industries.


• Neostat or Lamstat worktop options available.

• Full range of accessories available including wrist

straps, circuit breakers and earth/ground leads.


• Workbench height can be easily adjusted with a

crank handle.


sales team.

200KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Static Dissipative bench shown with a range of above bench accessories.

240

Premium Height Adjustable ESD Workbenches

Neostat Worktop

20mm thick 105 107 ohms


730-950.900.600 BA799060NLXX £901.00

730-950.1200.600 BA791260NLXX £1,050.00

730-950.1200.750 BA791275NLXX £1,097.00

730-950.1500.600 BA791560NLXX £1,135.00

730-950.1500.750 BA791575NLXX £1,255.00

730-950.1800.600 BA791860NLXX £1,207.00

730-950.1800.750 BA791875NLXX £1,329.00

Lamstat Worktop

20mm thick 106 108 ohms


730-950.900.600 BA799060LLXX £900.00

730-950.1200.600 BA791260LLXX £1,029.00

730-950.1200.750 BA791275LLXX £1,073.00

730-950.1500.600 BA791560LLXX £1,108.00

730-950.1500.750 BA791575LLXX £1,289.00

730-950.1800.600 BA791860LLXX £1,291.00

730-950.1800.750 BA791875LLXX £1,336.00

950mm

730mm










KXX

BXX

RXX

GXX

Workshop

Premium Height Adjustable ESD Workbench - Accessories




B Upper Shelf 300mm Neostat for 1200mm Bench BEUS1200NXXX £175.00

B Upper Shelf 300mm Lamstat for 1200mm Bench BEUS1200LXXX £157.00








3 Setting LED Light BE3SETL1200X £61.00

D Tilting LED Light - 30 Watt BELED3012XXX £162.00

E Louvred Galv Back Panel with Pinboard for 1200mm Bench BELO4812ZXXX £151.00



F Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm Bench BESDWT122XXX £121.00






RCB Circuit Breaker BERCBCIBXXXX £93.00

Wrist Strap with 10mm Stud or 4mm Banana BEWRISTRXXXX £31.00

Earth/Ground Lead with 1m ohm Resistor BEEARGROXXXX £19.00

Earth/Ground Lead with 3 Pin Plug BEEALEAD3PIN £29.00

Insulating Strip - Required for Worktop Service Ducts BESERINSXXXX £10.00


Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC £70.00




Accessories

C

G

B

AA

E

F

D

ESD Workbenches

241

Workbench Accessories

Bench Key Guide:

ST - Square Tube Workbenches - Pages 218 & 219

CL - Cantilever Workbenches - Pages 222 & 223

SGP - Square Tube ESD Workbenches - Pages 238 & 239

SCL - Cantilever ESD Workbenches - Pages 240 & 241

SHA - Premium Height Adjustable ESD Workbenches - Pages 242 & 243

HD - Heavy Duty Workbenches - Pages 226 & 227

Back Panel - Louvred/Pinboard To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD BELO4812IXXX £145.00



Back Panel - Louvred/Perforated/Pinboard To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD BECP4812I3XX £158.00



Back Panel - Louvred/Perforated To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD BECP4812IXXX £144.00



Back Panel - Pinboard To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD BENP4812XXXX £98.00


Workshop


Back Panel - Anti-Static Louvred/Pinboard To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench SGP SCL SHA BELO4812ZXXX £151.00



Storage Bin Rails To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BESTBR12XXXX £59.00

Workbenches



Storage Boxes - Anti-Static To suit benches Code Price

100.90.55 - Single Compartment SGP SCL SHA BESB90551XXX £7.00

100.90.55 - Double Compartment SGP SCL SHA BESB90552XXX £7.00

100.160.75 - Single Compartment SGP SCL SHA BESB6075XXXX £9.00

100.160.125 - Single Compartment SCL PHA SHA BESB6025XXXX £15.00

Tool Clips To suit benches Code Price

Clip Mix 6 ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BETCLIPSXXXX £25.00

Clip Mix 53 ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA RTCLIPMIX53X £109.00

Clip Mix 84 ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA RTCLIPMIX84X £171.00

Shelf Backstop - 50mm High To suit benches Code Price

For 1200mm Bench ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BESB1200XLXX £31.00



242


Bench Key Guide:

ST - Square Tube Workbenches - Pages 218 & 219

CL - Cantilever Workbenches - Pages 222 & 223

SGP - Square Tube ESD Workbenches - Pages 238 & 239

SCL - Cantilever ESD Workbenches - Pages 240 & 241

SHA - Premium Height Adjustable ESD Workbenches - Pages 242 & 243

HD - Heavy Duty Workbenches - Pages 226 & 227

Height Adjustable Leg Inserts To suit benches Code Price

Pack Of 4 ST SGP BEHADJLIXXXX £59.00

Track - To be used in conjunction with light and tool rail To suit benches Code Price

1200mm Long With Sliding Hooks ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BETR1200XLXX £100.00



Extra Roll Wheels For Tool Rails ST CL SCL SCL SHA BEEXROWHXLXX £17.00

Spring Tool Balance To suit benches Code Price

Max Load 2kg ST CL HD SCL SCL SHA BESPRBALXLXX £POA

RCB Circuit Breaker To suit benches Code Price

Circuit Breaker ST CL HD SCL SCL SHA BERCBCIBXXXX £93.00

Anti-Static Floor Mat To suit benches Code Price

1200 x 1500mm PHA SGP SCL SHA BEFLMA15XXXX £116.00

1200 x 2000mm PHA SGP SCL SHA BEFLMA20XXXX £190.00

1200 x 3000mm PHA SCL SCL SHA BEFLMA30XXXX £312.00

Cupboards & Drawers - 560.420.420 To suit benches Code Price

Three Drawers ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BEDR04053 £369.00

Single Drawer & Cupboard ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BEDC04052 £256.00

Storage Cupboard ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BECU04051 £172.00

Workshop

Cupboards (Mobile) - 685.420.420 To suit benches Code Price

Three Drawers ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BEDR04053M*X £416.00

Single Drawer & Cupboard ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BEDC04052M*X £359.00

Storage Cupboard ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BECU04051M*X £227.00

3 Setting LED Light To suit benches Code Price

1200mm Long ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BE3SETL1200X £61.00

Workbenches

Tilting LED Light To suit benches Code Price

30 Watt ST CL HD SGP SCL SHA BELED3012XXX £162.00

Mobile Cupboards & Cupboard Front Colour Options


KXX

BXX

GXX

RXX

243

Electric Height Adjustable Binary Workbenches

The Electric Height Adjustable

Binary Workbench offers a premium

solution to your workshop. Each

bench comes fitted with a twobutton

adjustment switch which

quickly and effortlessly adjusts the

height of the bench. Also available

is the premium adjustment module,

which can store up to 3 heights

in memory allowing for easy

adjustment between users.

• Adjusts between 660mm -

1300mm high.

• Available in widths of 1200mm,

1500mm & 1800mm.

• A range of accessories are

available, please see pages 248

& 249.

• All above bench accessories

are fully modular & adjustable.

• Available with either a 30mm

Laminate top or a 27mm Beech

top.

• UDL of 240kg, evenly

distributed.

Workshop


244

240KG

SWL

evenly distributed

Laminate Worktop

30mm Thick


660-1300.1200.755 BIE661275PLX £1,531.00

660-1300.1500.755 BIE661575PLX £1,604.00

660-1300.1800.755 BIE661875PLX £1,686.00

660mm

1300mm

Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick


660-1300.1200.755 BIE661275BLX £1,590.00

660-1300.1500.755 BIE661575BLX £1,656.00

660-1300.1800.755 BIE661875BLX £1,715.00

Premium Height Adjustment Module


Memory function which can

store up to 3 height positions

BIHADJ3MODXX £54.00

Upgrade your Binary workbench with the ‘Premium Height

Adjustable Module’ which can store up to 3 heights in

memory.

Premium Height Adjustment Module

Manual Height Adjustable Binary Workbenches

Adjusts with Allen Key

The Manual Height Adjustable Binary Workbench offers

the versatility of a height adjustable bench without the

premium cost. Each workbench can be adjusted with an

Allen key and can be set at a variety of heights between

730mm - 960mm.

• Simple height adjustable with an Allen key.

• Available with a range of accessories, please see pages

248 & 249.

• Available with either a 30mm Laminate top or a 27mm

Beech top.

• Various widths available including 1200mm, 1500mm &

1800mm.

960mm

Laminate Worktop

30mm Thick


730-960.1200.755 BIM731275PLX £486.00

730-960.1500.755 BIM731575PLX £526.00

730-960.1800.755 BIM731875PLX £678.00

• Can be adjusted between 730mm - 960mm high.

• Workbench leg frames constructed from oval shaped

tube.

• UDL of 240kg, evenly distributed.

• All above bench accessories are fully modular &

adjustable.

Solid Beech Worktop

27mm Thick

240KG

SWL

evenly distributed


730-960.1200.755 BIM731275BLX £521.00

730-960.1500.755 BIM731575BLX £600.00

730-960.1800.755 BIM731875BLX £726.00

730mm

Workshop


245

Binary Workbench Accessories

Aluminium Accessory Frame Code Price

To suit 1200mm Bench BIALBFME12XX £189.00



Upper Shelf - Laminate Code Price

H.50 W.1200 D.300 - To suit 1200mm Bench BIUS3012PLXX £122.00



Peg Back Panels - Clip kits sold separately Code Price

H.500 W.545 D.30 - To suit 1200 & 1800mm

Bench

BIBPPEG18-12 £74.00

H.500 W.450 D.30 - To suit 1500mm Bench BIBPPEG15LXX £71.00

Louvre Back Panels Code Price

H.500 W.545 D.30 - To suit 1200 &

1800mm Bench

BIBPLOV18-12 £74.00

H.500 W.450 D.30 - To suit 1500mm Bench BIBPLOV15LXX £71.00

Workshop

Magnetic Back Panels - Magnets sold separately Code Price

H.500 W.545 D.30 - To suit 1200 & 1800mm

Bench

BIBPMAG18-12 £74.00

H.500 W.450 D.30 - To suit 1500mm Bench BIBPMAG15LXX £71.00

Shelf Dividers - Can be fitted to upper shelf Code Price


Pack of 5 BIDIVPK5LXXX £63.00

Modular Bin Rail - Open fronted containers sold separately Code Price

H.100 W.600 D.30 - To suit 1200mm Bench BIBINRL12LXX £32.00



Modular Half Shelf - Laminate Code Price

H.50 W.600 x D.150 - To suit 1200mm Bench BIMDS1200PLX £89.00



Above Bench Light Rail - LED light sold separately Code Price

To suit 1200mm Bench BILIGHTRL12L £111.00



246

Binary Workbench Accessories

Above Bench LED Light - Can be fitted to upper shelf or light rail Code Price

30 Watt BILED30WXXXX £158.00

Frame Mounted Service Duct Code Price

H.130 x W.410 x D.55 BISERVDCTLXX £89.00

Side Panel Support Arm - Can be fitted with panels or storage shelf Code Price

530mm Length BISUPARM530L £86.00

Center Panel Support Arm - Can be fitted with panels or storage shelf Code Price

305mm Length BISUPARM305L £78.00

Side Peg Board - Clip kits sold separately Code Price

H.440 W.290 D.30

To be fitted to panel support arm

BISPPEG4429L £55.00

Side Louvre Panel - For use with open fronted containers Code Price

H.440 W.290 D.30


BISPLOV4429L £55.00

Side Magnetic Panel - Magnets sold separately Code Price

Workshop

H.440 W.290 D.30


To suit H.80 x W.100 x D.160 plastic containers


BISPMAG4429L £53.00

Container Storage Shelf - W.515 x D.190 Code Price

BICONSH51LXX £78.00

Monitor Support Arm - Suitable for use with flat screen monitors Code Price

Center Monitor Support Arm - 305mm Length BIMONARM305L £82.00

Side Monitor Support Arm - 530mm Length BIMONARM530L £97.00

Adjustable Tilting Shelf Code Price

To suit 1200mm & 1800mm Bench BIADJSH18-12 £145.00

To suit 1500mm Bench BIADJSH15LXX £141.00


247

Flat & Sloping Top Workstations

Drawer & Shelf Workstation

• Ideal for paperwork based environments including

goods inwards, despatch and assembly areas.

• Available with cupboard or open shelves.

• Fitted with lockable storage drawer and two powder

coated adjustable shelves.

• Accessories available including backboard, tool clips,

extra shelves, mobile bases and ringbinder holder.

• Sloping top available for ease of use as a writing

station.

• Available with various drawer options including, single

drawer, double drawer and double length drawer.

£374.00

From Only

Sloping Top Workstation - Drawer & Shelf


1100.920.450 DW119245DS £400.00

Flat Top Workstation - Drawer & Shelf


980.920.450 DW989245DS £374.00

• Supplied with 2 shelves as standard.

Drawer & Door Colour Options


LX

BX

Workshop

Double Drawer Workstation Single Drawer Workstation

Workstations

£480.00

From Only

£572.00

From Only

• Supplied with 2 shelves as standard. • Supplied with 2 shelves as standard.

248

Sloping Top Workstation - Double Drawer


1100.920.450 DW119245DD £506.00

Flat Top Workstation - Double Drawer


980.920.450 DW989245DD £480.00

Sloping Top Workstation - Single Drawer


1100.920.450 DW119245SD £598.00

Flat Top Workstation - Single Drawer


980.920.450 DW989245SD £572.00

Flat & Sloping Top Workstations

Single Width Workstation

Open Fronted Workstation


Sloping Top Workstation - Single Width


1100.600.450 DW116045SW £327.00

Sloping Top Workstation - Open Fronted


1100.920.450 DW119246X £381.00

Flat Top Workstation - Single Width


980.600.450 DW986045SW £294.00

Workstation Accessories

Standard Workstation - Accessories


A

Flat Top Workstation - Open Fronted


980.920.450 DW989246O £345.00

B

Workshop

A Backboard - Single Magnetic DKBACKSMAGXX £97.00

B Backboard - Single Peg Board DKBACKSPEGXX £120.00

C Backboard - Double Magnet & Peg DKBACKBDXXXX £154.00

- Tool Clip Kit (Pack Of 6) BETCLIPSXXXX £25.00

- Magnetic Pins (Pack Of 6) DKMAGPINQXXX £28.00

- Mobile Base With Castors DKCASTORXXXX £73.00

D Extra Shelf - Single Width ITWFSSHELF48 £25.00

D Extra Shelf - Double Width ITWFDSHELF90 £42.00

E Ringbinder Holder - Double Width ITWRHOLDER82 £218.00

D

E

C

Workstations

*Only available in light grey.

*Only available in light grey.



LX

BX

249

Computer Workstations

• Ideal for IT stations in industrial workplace

environments.

• Open drawer for easy access to keyboard.

• Provides security and protection for computer

systems in the workplace.

• All in one storage for industrial computer

workstations.

• Accessories available including, monitor unit, pull

out shelf, internal drawer, extra shelf, sloping top &

ringbinder holder.

• Other colours available, minimum order

quantity applies.

Single Width Flat Top Computer Workstations


Including Monitor Holder 1580.600.450 ITSM986045 £464.00

Without Monitor Holder 980.600.450 ITWS986045 £374.00

£374.00

From Only

Double Width Flat Top Computer Workstations


Including Monitor Holder 1580.920.450 ITDM989245 £598.00

Without Monitor Holder 980.920.450 ITWD989245 £497.00

Workshop




Sloping Top - To Fit Workstation

Size W.D. Code Price

320.450 ITSLOPT3245X £44.00

LX

BX

Workstations

Single/Double Workstation Accessories

Drawer - Single Width

Fixed Shelf - Single Width

Pull Out Shelf - Single Width




80.420.400 ITWDRWRS42 £107.00

25.480.400 ITWFSSHELF48 £25.00

45.420.400 ITWPSSHELF42 £76.00

Drawer - Double Width


80.840.400 ITWDRWRD84 £137.00

Fixed Shelf - Double Width


25.900.400 ITWFDSHELF90 £42.00

Pull Out Shelf - Double Width


45.840.400 ITWPDSHELF84 £107.00

Computer Workstation - Accessories


250

Backboard - Single Magnetic DKBACKSMAGXX £97.00

Backboard - Single Peg Board DKBACKSPEGXX £120.00

Backboard - Double Magnet & Peg DKBACKBDXXXX £154.00

Tool Clip Kit (Pack Of 6) BETCLIPSXXXX £25.00

Magnetic Pins (Pack Of 6) DKMAGPINQXXX £28.00

Mobile Base With Castors - To Suit Double Width Workstation DKCASTORXXXX £73.00

Ring Binder Holder - Double Width ITWRHOLDER82 £218.00

Tool Panel Trolleys

Designed to provide high capacity storage

especially suitable for hand tools. Pegboard

panels are used with steel accessories and suited

for easily accessible tool storage.

• Quick and easy identification of storage position or

missing tools

• 2 x 75mm Nylon swivels castors and 2 x 75mm Nylon

swivels castors with brakes.

• Made from 60 x 40 x 1.5mm ERW tube.

• Channel made from 1.5mm mild steel.

• Pegboard back panel made from 1.2mm mild steel.

• Pegboard available 500mm and 750mm wide.

• Adjustable bin rails made from 50 x 25 x 1.5 mild

steel.

*Tool Panel

Trolley shown

with tool clips,

sold separately.

£586.00

From Only

Tool Panel Trolleys


Pegboard Width 500mm 1600.580.660 RTTP165866LX £586.00

Pegboard Width 750mm 1600.830.660 RTTP168366LX £628.00

Adjustable Bin Rails

Width Code Price

500mm RTSPADBINR5X £45.00

750mm RTSPADBINR7X £49.00

Clip Mix 53

Image Code Price

Clip Mix 84

Image Code Price

IT Trolleys

RTCLIPMIX53X £109.00

Designed to provide an all-in-one storage solution for

workplace IT equipment.

RTCLIPMIX84X £171.00

Workshop

• Keyboard shelf made from 1.2 mild steel on telescopic

slides

• V.D.U mount bracket to support monitor.

• 2 x 75mm Nylon swivels castors and 2 x 75mm Nylon

swivels castors with brakes.


• Shelves and channels made from 1.5mm mild steel.

• Holes are supplied on the outside of both vertical frames

to enable the trolley to carry a 400mm service duct if

required.

• Additional base tray and service ducts sold separately.

IT Trolley


IT Trolley 1850.580.660 RTIT185866LX £646.00

IT Trolley Accessories


Service Duct 400mm Length RTITSERV400X £138.00

£646.00

From Only

System Flow Trolleys

Monitor Holder -- RTITMONHOLDX £43.00

Keyboard Shelf 500mm Width RTITKEYB500X £157.00

Shelf 500mm Width RTITSHELF500 £73.00

Drawer Unit 220.420.420 RTITDRW4242 £168.00

Base Tray 500.500 RTITBASE500X £68.00

*IT Trolley shown with additional accessories, sold

separately. Computer and Monitor not included.

251

Shelf & Panel Trolleys

• 2 x 75mm Nylon swivel castors and 2 x

75mm Nylon swivel castor’s with brakes.


• Channel made from 1.5mm mild steel.

• Magnetic back panel made from 1.2mm

mild steel, available 500mm and 750mm

wide.

• Adjustable bin rails made from 50 x 25 x

1.5 mild steel.

• Shelves are adjustable and can be

positioned either flat or at an angle.

£586.00

From Only

Shelf & Panel Trolleys - Dimensions/Codes


Magnetic Panel Width 500mm 1600.580.660 RTSP165866LX £586.00

Magnetic Panel Width 750mm 1600.830.660 RTSP168366LX £598.00


Adjustable bin rails 500mm Width RTSPADBINR5X £45.00

Adjustable bin rails 750mm Width RTSPADBINR7X £49.00

Extra Shelf 500mm Width RTEXSHELF50X £80.00

Extra Shelf 750mm Width RTEXSHELF75X £93.00

Workshop


Tilting Shelf Trolleys

• 2 x 75mm Nylon swivel castors and 2 x 75mm Nylon swivel castors with

brakes.


• Shelves and channels made from 1.5mm mild steel.

• Shelves are able to be tilled towards the front with the use of a quick

release lever. Shelves supplied 500 x 500mm or 750 x 500mm.

• Holes are supplied on the outside of both vertical frames to enable the

trolley to carry a 400mm service duct if required.

• Additional shelves can be positioned at increments of 100mm.

• Additional base tray and service ducts sold separately.

£592.00

From Only

Tilting Shelf Trolleys - Dimensions/Codes

Description Size H.W.D mm Code Price

Tilting Shelf Trolley 1450.580.660 RTIL145866LX £592.00

Tilting Shelf Trolley 1450.830.660 RTIL148366LX £616.00


Service Duct 400mm Length RTILSERV400X £138.00

Adjustable Shelf 500mm Width RTILADSHELF5 £130.00

Adjustable Shelf 750mm Width RTILADSHELF7 £143.00

Base Tray 500mm Width RTILBASE500X £68.00

Base Tray 750mm Width RTILBASE750X £72.00

Extra Shelf 500mm Width RTITSHELF500 £73.00

252

Extra Shelf 750mm Width RTITSHELF750 £86.00

Small ‘A Frame’ Trolleys

1. Choose Your Trolley 2. Choose Your Accessories

System Flow Trolley - Basic Frame


With Castors 1230.680.260 RTSYF1268M*X £295.00


Without Castors 1090.680.260 RTSYF1268U*X £247.00


Panels & Shelves - Dimensions/Codes


Perforated Panel (To suit 1230.680 Trolley) 910.630.60 RTPERF12*XX £68.00

Perforated Panel (To suit 1230.1000

Trolley)

910.930.60 RTPERF16*XX £73.00

Louvred Panel (To suit 1230.680 Trolley) 910.630.60 RTLOVR12*XX £71.00

Louvred Panel (To suit 1230.1000 Trolley) 910.930.60 RTLOVR16*XX £77.00

Panel Colour Options


L K R G B

Large ‘A Frame’ Trolleys

Workshop

1. Choose Your Trolley

System Flow Trolley - Basic Frame






2. Choose Your Accessories

Panels & Shelves - Dimensions/Codes


Perforated Panel 910.630.60 RTPERF12*XX £68.00

Perforated Panel 910.930.60 RTPERF16*XX £73.00

Louvred Panel 910.630.60 RTLOVR12*XX £71.00

Louvred Panel 910.930.60 RTLOVR16*XX £77.00

Shelf 20.600.350 RTSHLU80LXX £33.00

Shelf 20.900.350 RTSHLU10LXX £40.00


253

Team Leader Workstations

£228.00

From Only

A range of robustly constructed workstations

designed for Team Leaders, Supervisors or

Line Managers. Fully welded steel frame work

ideal for tough environments with a range

of accessories both above and below the

workstation. The compact design recognises the

pressure on factory workspace but still allows

the team leader to have a workstation with

everything they need. Colour co-ordinated range

of tops for area segregation are available

• Two depths available 460mm and 600mm.

• Full range of accessories.

• Sloping and Flat top versions available.

• Fully welded robust frame.

• Polyester powder coated with 4 colour

combinations for area segregation.

• Ideal for standing at to improve health and

fitness, but can be used in conjunction with an

industrial stool or chair.

• Team Leader Workstation shown with Dark Blue Triple Drawer & Cupboard Unit.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Workshop


Workstations

Workstation Only


Sloping Top 1060.1000.460 TLS1010461LX* £228.00


Workstation Only


Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210461LX* £228.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210601LX* £241.00

254


Workstation with Single Drawer

Workstation with Two Single Drawers




Slopping Top 1060.1000.460 TLS1010463LX* £534.00


Slopping Top 1060.1000.600 TLS1010603LX* £547.00

Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210462LX* £381.00

Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210463LX* £534.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210602LX* £394.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210603LX* £547.00



Workstation with Cupboard

Workstation with Single Drawer & Cupboard







Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210464LX* £365.00

Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210465LX* £518.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210604LX* £402.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210605LX* £531.00


Workstation with Triple Drawer

Workstation with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer







Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210466LX* £519.00

Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210467LX* £672.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210606LX* £531.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210607LX* £685.00

Workshop

Workstations


Workstation with Double Cupboard

Workstation with Triple Drawer & Cupboard







Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210468LX* £459.00

Flat Top 920.1000.460 TLF9210469LX* £656.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210608LX* £471.00

Flat Top 920.1000.600 TLF9210609LX* £669.00

255

Euroslide Cabinets

Euroslide cabinets offer a versatile method

of storage. They are ideal for many individual

applications, such as schools, universities and

museums. Specially designed cabinets with high

load bearing drawers. Suitable for storing heavy

tools and equipment safely and securely in

industrial and workshop environments.

£202.00

From Only

• Central locking for extra security.

• Load capacity of 100kg per drawer.

• Cupboard doors are fitted with interior


• A range of drawer divider kits and extra shelves

are available.

• All steel construction.

• Beech, Laminate and Tool Tray work top

options are available.

• Full width, full extension precision ball race

slides with anti-tilt feature.

EURO LIDE All cabinets are available in

825mm &1200mm high.

Workshop

• Supplied with 1 Galvanised shelf as standard.

Cupboard - 1x750mm

Cupboard Size

Depth H.W.D

Code Price

825.600.650 EUC18260651 £202.00

1x750mm

825.600.750 EUC18260751 £212.00


2 Drawer & Cupboard - 2x100mm, 1x500mm

Drawer/Cupboards Size

Code Price

Depths H.W.D

825.600.650 EUC18260652 £424.00

1x150mm,

3x200mm

825.600.750 EUC18260752 £506.00

4 Drawer - 1x150mm, 3x200mm

Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code Price

825.600.650 EUC1826065A £631.00

1x150mm,

3x200mm

825.600.750 EUC1826075A £663.00

Euroslide Tool Cabinets

5 Drawer - 1x100mm, 2x125mm, 1x150mm,

1x250mm

Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code Price

1x100mm, 825.600.650 EUC18260654 £722.00

2x125mm,

1x150mm,

1x250mm 825.600.750 EUC18260754 £758.00

5 Drawer - 5x150mm

Drawer Depths Size H.W.D Code Price

825.600.650 EUC1826065C £714.00

5x150mm

825.600.750 EUC1826075C £749.00

5 Drawer - 2x100mm, 2x150mm, 1x200mm

Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code Price

2x100mm,

825.600.650 EUC18260655 £701.00

2x150mm,

1x200mm

825.600.750 EUC18260755 £736.00

256

Euroslide Cabinets

5 Drawer - 2x100mm, 2x125mm,1x300mm


7 Drawer - 7x100mm

Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price


Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

2x100mm,

2x125mm,

1x300mm

825.600.650 EUC18260656 £723.00

825.600.750 EUC18260756 £759.00

4x100mm,

1x150mm,

1x200mm

825.600.650 EUC1826065E £789.00

825.600.750 EUC1826075E £829.00

7x100mm

825.600.650 EUC1826065V £857.00

825.600.750 EUC1826075V £900.00

Disposal Unit


• Supplied with 2 Galvanised shelves as standard.

Cupboard - 1x1150mm

Cupboards


Depths



Size

Drawer Depths

Code Price

H.W.D

Workshop

825.600.650 EUCDISB6065 £294.00

Supplied with

internal plastic

bin

825.600.750 EUCDISB6075 £309.00



Cupboards


Depths

1200.600.650 EUC12060651 £314.00

1x1150mm

1200.600.750 EUC12060751 £333.00



Cupboards


Depths

1200.600.650 EUC1206065B £432.00

1x100mm,

1x1010mm

1200.600.750 EUC1206075B £458.00



Cupboards


Depths


2x100mm,

1x910mm

1200.600.650 EUC12060652 £528.00

1200.600.750 EUC12060752 £560.00

1x200mm,

1x910mm

1200.600.650 EUC1206065A £449.00

1200.600.750 EUC1206075A £476.00

2x200mm,

1x710mm

1200.600.650 EUC12060653 £563.00

1200.600.750 EUC12060753 £597.00

257

Euroslide Cabinets



Cupboards


Depths


Cupboards


Depths


Cupboards


Depths

4x100mm,

1x710mm

1200.600.650 EUC12060654 £721.00

1200.600.750 EUC12060754 £764.00

1x150mm,

5x200mm

1200.600.650 EUC1206065E £858.00

1200.600.750 EUC1206075E £909.00

1x100mm,

3x150mm,

3x200mm

1200.600.650 EUC1206065V £926.00

1200.600.750 EUC1206075V £982.00

Workshop


Cupboards


Depths


Cupboards


Depths


Cupboards


Depths


1200.600.650 EUC1206065X £1,012.00

1200.600.650 EUC12060658 £1,016.00

1200.600.650 EUC1206065W £1,001.00

3x100mm,

1x100mm,

5x100mm,

3x150mm,

7x150mm

3x200mm

2x200mm

1200.600.750 EUC1206075X £1,073.00

1200.600.750 EUC12060758 £1,077.00

1200.600.750 EUC1206075W £1,061.00

Worktop Options

Description Size H.W.D Code Price Description Size H.W.D Code Price

Beech 27.600.650 ESBEETOP6065 £78.00 Beech 27.600.750 ESBEETOP6075 £100.00

Laminate 20.600.650 ESLAMTOP6065 £129.00 Laminate 20.600.750 ESLAMTOP6075 £140.00

Tool Tray 24.600.650 ESTLTTOP6065 £30.00 Tool Tray 24.600.750 ESTLTTOP6075 £41.00

600 Cupboard Accessories

Key Description 650 Code 650 Price 750 Code 750 Price

A Pull Out Drawer ES600PULLDRW £108.00 ES675PULLDRW £147.00

B Pull Out Shelf ES600PULLSHF £99.00 ES675PULLSHF £134.00

- Galvanised Shelf ES600GASHELF £31.00 ES675GASHELF £42.00 A B



K

B

G

R

258

Euroslide Cabinets



Cupboard - 1x750mm


Cupboard Depth

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

Drawer/Cupboards

Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

825.900.650 EUC18290651 £262.00

825.900.650 EUC18290653 £472.00

1x750mm

2x100mm, 1x500mm

825.900.750 EUC18290751 £278.00

825.900.750 EUC18290753 £500.00

Workshop


Drawer

Size

Depths

H.W.D

Code

Price

825.900.650 EUC1829065A £655.00

1x150mm,

3x200mm

825.900.750 EUC1829075A £695.00

900 Cupboard Accessories

650

Key Description 650 Code

750 Code 750 Price

Price

Pull Out

A

ES900PULLDRW £123.00 ES975PULLDRW £166.00

Drawer

Drawer Depths

5x150mm

5 Drawer - 5x150mm

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

825.900.650 EUC1829065C £751.00

825.900.750 EUC1829075C £796.00


B Pull Out Shelf ES900PULLSHF £111.00 ES975PULLSHF £150.00

-

Galvanised

Shelf

ES900GASHELF £46.00 ES975GASHELF £62.00

A

B

259

Euroslide Cabinets


Size

Drawer Depths

Code Price

H.W.D


Cupboard


Depth

5 Drawer - 1x100mm, 2x125mm, 1x150mm,

1x250mm

Cupboard


Depth

2x100mm,

2x150mm,

1x200mm

825.900.650 EUC18290655 £734.00

825.900.750 EUC18290755 £778.00

2x100mm,

2x125mm,

1x300mm

825.900.650 EUC18290658 £760.00

825.900.750 EUC18290758 £805.00

1x100mm,

2x125mm,

1x150mm,

1x250mm

825.900.650 EUC18290654 £763.00

825.900.750 EUC18290754 £809.00

Workshop


Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code Price

825.900.650 EUC1829065E £825.00

4x100mm,

1x150mm,

1x200mm

825.900.750 EUC1829075E £875.00

7 Drawer - 7x100mm

Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code Price

825.900.650 EUC1829065V £898.00

7x100mm

825.900.750 EUC1829075V £952.00


Cupboard - 1x1150mm

Cupboards Size

Code Price

Depths H.W.D

1200.900.650 EUC12090651 £393.00

1x1150mm

1200.900.750 EUC12090751 £416.00




Drawer/Cupboards


Depths



Drawer/Cupboards


Depths



Drawer/Cupboards


Depths

1x100mm,

1x1010mm

1200.900.650 EUC1209065B £473.00

1200.900.750 EUC1209075B £502.00

2x100mm,

1x910mm

1200.900.650 EUC12090652 £528.00

1200.900.750 EUC12090752 £560.00

1x200mm,

1x910mm

1200.900.650 EUC1209065A £449.00

1200.900.750 EUC1209075A £476.00

260

Euroslide Cabinets

• Supplied with 1 Galvanised shelf as standard. • Supplied with 1 Galvanised shelf as standard.

11 Drawer - 11x100mm



Drawer Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

Drawer/Cupboards

Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

Drawer/

Cupboards Depths

Size

H.W.D

Code

Price

1200.900.650 EUC1209065Y £1,361.00

1200.900.650 EUC12090653 £633.00

1200.900.650 EUC12090654 £804.00

11x100mm

2x200mm,

1x710mm

4x100mm,

1x710mm

1200.900.750 EUC1209075Y £1,443.00

1200.900.750 EUC12090753 £671.00

1200.900.750 EUC12090754 £852.00


Size

Drawer Depths

Code

H.W.D

Price


Size

Drawer Depths

Code Price

H.W.D


Size

Drawer Depths

Code

H.W.D

Price

Workshop

1200.900.650 EUC1209065E £990.00

1200.900.650 EUC1209065V £1,082.00

1x100mm,

1x150mm,

3x150mm,

5x200mm

3x200mm

1200.900.750 EUC1209075E £1,049.00

1200.900.750 EUC1209075V £1,155.00

900 Worktop Options

Worktop Options - Suitable for 900.650 Cabinets


Beech 27.900.650 ESBEETOP9065 £117.00



Worktop Options - Suitable for 900.750 Cabinets


Beech 27.900.750 ESBEETOP9075 £150.00



1x100mm,

7x150mm

1200.900.650 EUC12090658 £1,181.00

1200.900.750 EUC12090758 £1,252.00




K

B

G

R

261

Mobile Euroslide Cabinets

£357.00

From Only

EURO

LIDE

Worktop Options


Beech 27.900.650 ESBEETOP6065 £78.00

Laminate 20.900.650

ESLAM-

TOP6065

£129.00



Mobile Cupboard - 1x750mm

Cupboard

Depths


1x750mm 980.600.650 EUC9860651M £357.00

Workshop


Mobile 2 Drawer & Cupboard - 2x100mm, Mobile 4 Drawer - 1x150mm, 3x200mm

Mobile 5 Drawer - 5x150mm

1x500mm

Drawer

Cupboard

Drawer/Cupboards

Depths



Size H.W.D Code Price Depths

Depths

2x100mm,

EU-

1x150mm,

980.600.650

980.600.650 EUC986065AM £765.00

1x500mm

C9860652M £579.00 5x150mm 980.600.650 EUC986065CM £847.00

3x200mm


Mobile 5 Drawer - 2x100mm, 2x150mm,

1x200mm


2x100mm,

2x150mm,

1x200mm

980.600.650 EUC9860655M £834.00


1x200mm

Drawer


Depths

4x100mm,

1x150mm,

1x200mm

980.600.650

EU-

C986065EM £923.00


Drawer


Depths

7x100mm 980.600.650 EUC986065VM £991.00



K

B

G

R

262

Mobile Euroslide Cabinets



Mobile Cupboard - 1x750mm

Cupboard


Depths

1x750mm 980.600.650 EUC9890651M £417.00

Mobile 2 Drawer & Cupboard - 2x100mm,

1x500mm

Drawer/Cupboard


Depths

2x100mm,

1x500mm

980.600.650 EUC9890652M £627.00

Mobile 4 Drawer - 1x150mm, 3x200mm

Drawer Depths Size H.W.D. Code Price

1x150mm,

3x200mm

980.600.650 EUC989065AM £810.00


Drawer


Depths

5x150mm 980.600.650 EUC989065CM £906.00

Mobile 5 Drawer - 2x100mm, 2x150mm, 1x200mm


2x100mm,

2x150mm,

1x200mm

980.600.650 EUC9890655M £889.00


1x200mm


4x100mm,

1x150mm,

1x200mm

980.600.650 EUC989065EM £980.00

Workshop


Drawer


Depths

7x100mm 980.600.650 EUC989065VM£1,053.00

Worktop Options


Beech 27.900.650 ESBEETOP9065 £117.00






K

B

G

R

263

Under Bench Cabinets


Under Bench Cupboard

Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version

Under Bench 2 Drawer & Cupboard

Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version

Under Bench 3 Drawer

Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version

1x550mm 780.600.650 EUN7860651M £287.00

2x100mm,

1x300mm

780.600.650 EUN7860652M £498.00

1x150mm,

2x200mm

780.600.650 EUN7860653M £599.00

Stand Version

Stand Version

Stand Version

1x550mm 825.600.650 EUS8260651S £196.00

2x100mm,

1x300mm

825.600.650 EUS8260652S £419.00

1x150mm,

2x200mm

825.600.650 EUS8260653S £521.00

Workshop





Cupboard

Cupboard

Cupboard



Depths

Depths

Depths

Castor Version

Castor Version

2x100mm,

1x100mm,

4x100mm,

780.600.650 EUN786065AM £680.00 1x150mm, 780.600.650 EUN7860654M £678.00

3x150mm 1x150mm

1x200mm

Stand Version

Stand Version

2x100mm,

1x100mm,

3x150mm 825.600.650 EUS826065AS £602.00 4x100mm,

1x150mm, 825.600.650 EUS8260654S £600.00

1x150mm

1x200mm

Size H.W.D.

Castor

780.600.650

Stand

825.600.650

Code

Version

EUN786065CM

Version

EUS826065CS

Price

£758.00

£679.00



Beech 27.600.650 ESBEETOP6065 £78.00





K

B

G

R

264

Under Bench Cabinets


Under Bench Cupboard

Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version

Under Bench 2 Drawer & Cupboard

Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version


Cupboard


Depths

Castor Version

1x550mm 780.900.650 EUN7890651M £340.00

2x100mm,

1x300mm

780.900.650 EUN7890652M £548.00

1x150mm,

2x200mm

780.900.650 EUN7890653M £624.00

Stand Version

Stand Version

Stand Version

1x550mm 825.900.650 EUS8290651S £268.00

2x100mm,

1x300mm

825.900.650 EUS8290652S £468.00

1x150mm,

2x200mm

825.900.650 EUS8290653S £552.00




2x100mm,

1x100mm,

1x150mm, 825.900.650 EUS8290654S £631.00

3x150mm 825.900.650 EUS829065AS £633.00 4x100mm,

825.900.650 EUS829065CS

1x150mm

1x200mm

£710.00

Cupboard

Cupboard

Cupboard



Depths

Depths

Depths


Castor Version

Castor Version

Castor Version

2x100mm,

1x100mm,

4x100mm,

780.900.650 EUN789065AM £705.00 1x150mm, 780.900.650 EUN7890654M £703.00

3x150mm 1x150mm

1x200mm

780.900.650 EUN789065CM £782.00

Stand Version

Stand Version

Stand Version



Beech 27.900.650 ESBEETOP9065 £117.00



Workshop




K

B

G

R

265

Euroslide Trolley Kits

£382.00

From Only

• Euroslide trolleys are available

with a range of worktop options

including Beech, Laminate,

Steel and Sloping Top.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel

braked 5 inch blue resilex castors.

• Load capacitiy of 100kg per drawer.

• Cupboard doors are fitted with


• Full width, full expansion precision

ball race slides with safety anti-tilt

feature.

• All trolleys have a width of 1270mm

and a height 960mm.

EURO

LIDE

Workshop


266

Euroslide Trolley - Kit 1


Steel Top with Shelf 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT1CSXL £382.00



Laminate Top with Shelf 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT16PXL £528.00



Sloping Top with Shelf 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT15TXL £437.00



Beech Top with Shelf 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT2CBXL £488.00






Steel Top with Cupboard 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT3CSX £518.00

Laminate Top with 2 Drawers &

Cupboard

960.1270.675 ESTRKIT4CPX £887.00



Steel Top with 3 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT17CT £841.00



Laminate Top with 4

Drawers

960.1270.675 ESTRKIT18CP £1,065.00

Workshop



Sloping Top with 4 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT5CTX £976.00



Beech Top with 5 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT6CBX £1,104.00




K

B

G

R

267




Steel Top with Cupboard 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT7CSX £584.00




Cupboard

960.1270.675 ESTRKIT8CPX £928.00

Workshop



Steel Top with 3 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT20CS £865.00



Laminate Top with 4

Drawers

960.1270.675 ESTRKIT21CP £1,090.00




Sloping Top with 4 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT9CTX £1,001.00



Beech Top with 5 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT10CB £1,129.00



K

B

G

R

268




Steel Top & Cupboard 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT11CS £690.00




960.1270.675 ESTRKIT12CP £1,280.00

Cupboard



Steel Top with 3 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT22CS £1,334.00



Laminate Top with 4

Drawers

960.1270.675 ESTRKIT23CP £1,638.00

Workshop



Sloping Top with 4 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT13CT £1,550.00



Beech Top with 5 Drawers 960.1270.675 ESTRKIT14CB £1,755.00




K

B

G

R

269

Steel Drawer Dividers

A

B

C

D

Workshop

600 Cabinet Drawer Inserts - Dimensions/Codes

Option 650 Code Price 750 Code Price

A (100mm Height) ESDINSERT61A £45.00 ESDINSERT71A £47.00






A (300mm Height) ESDINSERT30A POA ESDINSERT70A POA

B (100mm Height) ESDINSERT61B £27.00 ESDINSERT71B £28.00





B (300mm Height) ESDINSERT30B POA ESDINSERT37B POA

C (100mm Height) ESDINSERT61C £27.00 ESDINSERT71C £29.00





C (300mm Height) ESDINSERT30C POA ESDINSERT73D POA

D (100mm Height) ESDINSERT61D £55.00 ESDINSERT71D £58.00





D (300mm Height) ESDINSERT30D POA ESDINSERT73D POA

270

A

B

Steel Drawer Dividers

C

C

D

900 Cabinet Drawer Inserts - Dimensions/Codes

Option 650 Code Price 750 Code Price





Workshop

A (250mm Height) ESDINSERT9A5 £60.00 ESDINSERT7A5 £63.00

A (300mm Height) ESDINSERT93A POA ESDINSERT37A POA





B (250mm Height) ESDINSERT9B5 £43.00 ESDINSERT7B5 £45.00

B (300mm Height) ESDINSERT93B POA ESDINSERT73B POA





C (250mm Height) ESDINSERT9C5 £41.00 ESDINSERT95C £43.00

C (300mm Height) ESDINSER93C POA ESDINSERT99C POA

D (100mm Height) ESDINSERT91D £67.00 ESDINSERT71C £70.00





D (250mm Height) ESDINSERT9D5 £83.00 ESDINSERT7D5 £87.00

D (300mm Height) ESDINSERT93D POA ESDINSERT73D POA

271

ProPlaz

Handy

®

‘Proplaz ® Handy’ Tool Trolley

• High quality hardwearing black plastic shelves with alumnium uprights

• Complete with optional shelf dividers to keep your tools tidy

• Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, warehouses etc

• Lightweight & easy to clean

• 100kg load capacity (UDL)


EXPRESS DELIVERY

Complete with optional

shelf dividers to easily

keep your tools &

fixings tidy & organised

HI663Y

Workshop

HI663Y

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

‘Proplaz ® Handy’ Shelf Trolleys

Assembly Available




550.460.1310 8 kg ASB / £20 HI663Y £123.00

Tool Trolleys

EXPRESS DELIVERY

HI291Y

HI292Y

HI393Y

‘Proplaz®’ Shelf Trolleys

• High quality, hardwearing black plastic shelves with grey aluminium uprights

• Ideal for most environments including warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc

• Lightweight & easy to clean • Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 braked)

• Smooth running drawers & model HI393Y also has a cupboard

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Assembly Available



272 270

‘Proplaz®’ Shelf Trolleys

Description Size L.W.H. Load Cap. Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

2 Shelf Trolley with a lockable steel drawer

16 kg ASC / £25 HI291Y £237.75

750.460.940 150 kg

2 Shelf Trolley with 2 steel drawers 20 kg ASD / £30 HI292Y £308.30

3 Shelf Trolley with a lockable steel drawer & cupboard 750.460.980 150 kg 24 kg ASD / £30 HI393Y £342.70

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys

Ideal for mobile

maintenance stations

and for mobile fitting and

assembly work. Available

with cupboard or drawer

for secure storage of tools

and equipment.

Truck Colour

Cupboard & Drawer

B

L


• Lockable drawers and

cupboards.

• Recessed steel top.

• Durable welded steel

construction.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2

swivel heavy duty castors.

• Powder coated light grey

frame with blue cupboard

and drawer front.

• Available with either

steel plate or MDF worktop.

Shelf Trucks

Hand trucks with multi-shelf storage for general

commercial and heavy duty use. Ideal for storage

of work in progress and for transporting between

areas.

• Recessed steel shelves for load retention.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel 6” heavy duty castors.


• Powder coated Light Grey, Yellow, Blue or Green.

Please state colour to sales when purchasing.

O/A Dims.mm

H x W x D

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys - Steel Worktop


1050.900.600

Cupboard

RTCS109060S £481.00

1050.1200.600

& Side Shelf

RTCS101260S £507.00

1050.900.600

Drawer &

RTDS109060S £443.00

1050.1200.600

3 Shelves

RTDS101260S £469.00

1050.900.600 Double Cupboard R2CS109060S £559.00

B

Colour Suffix


G

Shelf Trucks

Description Steel Top Code Price

1050. 900. 600

RTTST90602 £455.00

2 tier

1050. 1200. 600 RTTST12602 £533.00

1050. 900. 600

RTST90603S £492.00

3 tier

1050. 1200. 600 RTST12603S £575.00

1050. 900. 600

RTTST90603M £518.00

3 tier with mesh

1050. 1200. 600 RTTST12603M £600.00

1220. 900. 600

RTST1290604 £530.00

4 tier

1220. 1200. 600 RTST1212604 £626.00

1500. 900. 600

RTST1290605 £575.00

5 tier

1500. 1200. 600 RTST1212605 £662.00

Y

L

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys - MDF Worktop


1050.900.600

Cupboard

RTCS109060M £507.00

1050.1200.600

& Side Shelf

RTCS101260M £533.00

1050.900.600

Drawer &

RTDS109060M £469.00

1050.1200.600

3 Shelves

RTDS101260M £494.00

1050.900.600 Double Cupboard R2CS109060M £584.00

Workshop

Tool Trolleys

273

Saddle Seat

Sigma Octopus

£132.92

From Only

With Gliders

• This saddle stool gives you a comfortable and

ergonomically correct, upright sitting position. The seat

is made of PU-foam, comfortably soft and easy to clean.

• Aluminium base and 50mm easy rolling castors.

• Standard seat height; 58-77cm. Alternative seat heights;

66-92cm, 49-62cm & 45-50cm.

Saddle Seat

• This stool has a practical and easy-to-clean seat of PUfoam

with a 36cm diameter.

Code

Sigma Octopus

Price

Code

Price

30200190000 - With Castors £164.35

Workshop

Sigma 400P

4020062000 £217.52

30100100000 - With Gliders £132.92

Alfa - Octopus

Industrial Seating

This stool has a practical and easy-to-clean seat of

polyurethane foam, with a diameter of 36cm. The base

is made of shock-proof plastic and can also be used for

storage i.e. tools - smaller items can be stored in the two

small extra trays, which easily can be lifted off.

• Large 75mm castors. Two of the castors are fitted

with brakes, unintended rolling-off can be prevented.

Especially due to the practical tool tray and the large and

solid castors, this stool is very high in demand as e.g. fitter

stool.

Sigma 400P Stool

This stool has a practical and easy to clean seat of PUfoam.

with dimensions; 36x25x16cm. The seat angle can

be can be variably adjusted by use of a gas spring.

• Standard seat height: 62-88cm.

• Alternative seat heights: 54-73, 45-58, 39-46cm.

Code

Alfa Octopus

Price

With Gliders

Code

Price

30200390000 - With Castors £195.21

274

2030011000 £169.36

30100300000 - With Gliders £175.32

Classic Econ Seating

A practical, simple and durable quality chair. Seat and backrest made of moulded polyurethane foam.

• These chairs have a seat

of 39x39cm and a back rest

of 37x26cm, both parts made

of moulded polyurethanefoam

- comfortable and easy to

clean.

• With ø61cm black plastic

base and 10mm glides.

• High Quality EU manufactured.

£203.43

From Only

Classic Econ high with footring

Classic Econ low

Code

Price

Code

Price

6410301 £237.16

6430300 £203.43

6410301 + CASTORS £254.97

ESD Seating

These chairs have our “Euromatic”-mechanism, enabling back rest and seat to be independently adjustable with their

small gas springs. Elegant Ø61cm aluminium base, foot ring in chrome and special, conducting ESD gliders.

£406.85

From Only

6430300 + CASTORS £221.24

Workshop

• This chair has a seat of

44x44cm and a back rest of

37x33cm, both parts are of coldfoam

upholstered with special

conducting grey ESD- fabric.

• This chair has a seat of

44x42cm and a back rest of

37x31cm, both parts are of

moulded soft polyurethane,

making the chair comfortable

and easy to clean.

Industrial Seating

ESD Comfort

ESD Office

Code

Price

Code

Price

62 1 025 2 7 2 £569.64

62 3 002 2 6 0 £406.85

275

Rampmat

UniMat


• A handy and economical anti-fatigue mat for the

workplace.

• Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance.

• Conforms to Slip Resistance Test DIN 51130.

• Open drainage holes for spilt liquids.

• Made from hard wearing SBR/NBR rubber.

• Moulded bevelled edges reduce trip hazards.

BubbleMat

Rampmat

Size Code Price

0.9m x 1.5m RP010001* £106.67

0.8m x 1.2m RP010002* £80.22

The only ‘drainable’ rubber runner.

• Versatile open holed rubber runner.

• Excellent drainage properties.

• A real asset in helping to prevent slipping in wet/oily

areas.

• Easy to roll up and move to new locations.

• Easily cleaned for extended wear and tear.

• Product height: 10mm


Fatigue Lock

Uni Mat

Size Code Price

1m x 5m UM010001* £337.76

1m x 10m UM010002* £671.29


Matting

276

• Effective anti-fatigue mat available (100% natural rubber)

• Features a raised bubbled surface to stimulate blood

circulation.

• Available as complete mats or interlocking sections for

longer runs.


Bubblemat Black

Size Code Price

0.6m x 0.9m (edged all round) BF010001* £69.68


0.6m x 0.9m (interlocking end piece) BF010003* £69.68

0.6m x 0.9m (interlocking middle piece) BF010004* £69.68

Bubblemat Black/Yellow







Durable, modular matting.

• This extra thick tile provides comfort and fatigue relief.

• Precision designed tiles seamlessly clip together for

smooth raised floor surface.

• Made from rubber for durability, slip, and impact

resistance. And a convenient tile size for easy planning.

• Tile option with holes, ideal for wet workplaces.

• Solid & holed version can be used together.

• Ramped edges prevent trips, available in black or yellow.

• Easily cleaned with a jet washer or hose.

• Slip tested to DIN 51130.

Fatigue Lock


Fatigue-Lock Tile Black 0.5m x 0.5m FL010001 £17.96

Fatigue-Lock Corner Edge Black FLC010003 £1.47

Fatigue-Lock Corner Edge Yellow FLC070003 £4.58

Fatigue-Lock Female Edge Black FLE010002F £4.40

Fatigue-Lock Male Edge Black FLE010002M £4.40

Fatigue-Lock Female Edge Yellow FLE070002F £14.30

Fatigue-Lock Male Edge Yellow FLE070002M £14.30

Fatigue-Lock Tile Solid Black 0.5m x 0.5m FLS010001 £17.96


Workstation

COBAmat®

A range of extremely flexible interwoven PVC safety

matting available in a choice of bright colours and hole

sizes for different applications. The open holes effectively

trap swarf, debris and provide a drainage channel for spilt

liquids. The matting is cross-ribbed in both directions to

reduce the risk of slips, while at the same time providing

comfort for prolonged standing. COBAmat® is fully

reversible, easy to clean and resistant to mild acids and

alkalis. All COBAmat® products are fire tested to BS EN

13501-1 & conform to Slip Resistance Test DIN 51130.

Product height: 12mm.

Edged all round PVC mats

• Choose from the following two options.

• 1.Workstation Standard (hole size: 22mm x 22mm) Prefix WS.

• 2.Workstation Heavy (hole size: 22mm x 10mm) Prefix WD.

• Interwoven PVC mat with safety bevelled edging all round.

• Cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce slip-related accidents.

• Comfortable, anti-fatigue properties.


• Fire tested to BS EN 13501-1.


Worksafe

Workstation Mat

Size Code Price Code Price

0.6m x 1.2m WS010701* £103.82 WD010701* £135.80

1m x 1.5m WS010702* £193.41 WD010702* £252.43

1.2m x 1.8m WS010703* £265.23 WD010703* £344.87


Colour prefixes available:

• Black [Standard CS01] [Heavy CD01]

• Blue [Standard CS02] [Heavy CD02]

• Red [Standard CS03] [Heavy CD03]

• Green [Standard CS04] [Heavy CD04]

COBAmat® Standard

An excellent all-rounder.

• 22mm x 22mm hole size.

COBAmat® Heavy

Tough construction for heavy duty use.

• 22mm x 10mm hole size.


Practical, multi-functional mat

• Hardwearing anti-fatigue/anti-slip mat available in two

options; Worksafe, and Worksafe Grease-proof (blue).

• Manufactured from a blend of SBR rubber and nitrile.

• Grease-Proof (blue) option especially resilient to grease

and aggressive oils.

• Hardwearing, yet comfortable to stand on.

• Reduces the risk of slipping on wet, oily or greasy floors.

• Anti-slip underside to help hold the mat in position.

• Features open drainage holes.

• Moulded bevelled edging all round.

• Product dimensions : W1500 x D900 x H15mm


Worksafe Mat

Colour Code Price

Black SW010001* £157.86

Blue SW020001* £206.21


Coba Mat

Size

Prefix + Code

Standard

COBAmat

Price

Heavy

COBAmat

Price

0.6m x 5m 0605* £253.14 £359.09

0.6m x 10m 0610* £504.89 £718.24

0.9m x 5m 0905* £378.31 £537.61

0.9m x 10m 0910* £755.20 £1,075.91

1.2m x 5m 1205* £504.89 £718.24

1.2m x 10m 1210* £1,006.96 £1,435.05


Blue

Black

Red

Green

Industrial Matting

277

COBArib

COBAswitch


Anti-slip fluted rubber matting.

• Durable, manufactured from hardwearing natural rubber.

• Fine ribbed surface has effective slip-resistance.

• Provides insulation from cold concrete floors.

• Has some noise insulation properties.

• Can also be used on workbenches.

• Available in a chunky COBARib Wide option.

• Product height: 3mm or 6mm.

COBAStat

Coba Rib

Size 3mm Price 6mm Price

0.9m x 10m RR010010* £179.89 RR010030* £450.84

0.9m x per linear metre RR010010C* £20.60 RR010030C* £50.47

1.2m x 10m RR010020* £240.35 RR010040* £599.46

1.2m x per linear metre RR010020C* £27.02 RR010040C* £66.11

Purpose-designed switchboard matting.

• Provides safety for operatives against electrical shocks.

• For use in front of switchboards and high voltage

equipment.

• Slip-resistant fine fluted surface.

• 6mm tested to 11,000 volts for 450 volt rated working.

• 9.5mm tested to 15,000 volts for 650 volt rated working.

• 9.5mm conforms to BS921/1976.

• Product height: 6mm or 9.5mm

Coba Switch

Size 6mm Price 9mm Price

0.9m x 10m SM010010* £715.39 SM010030* £951.48

0.9m x per linear metre SM010010C* £78.20 SM010030C* £105.94

1.2m x 10m SM010020* £951.48 SM010040* £1,269.34

1.2m x per linear metre SM010020C* £105.94 SM010040C* £140.08


COBAswitch BS EN:61111

Matting

Static-dissipative anti-fatigue mat.

• Durable floor mat to protect operatives from static build-up.

• Anti-fatigue standing surface for improved comfort.

• Grounded via a 10mm male stud fitted to the mat.

• Maximum performance when used with grounding wire.

• Resistance Voltage: 1.1 x 10 7 Ω.


• Tested to EN 14041 Resistance Requirement.

• Provides safety for operatives against electrical shocks.

• Ideal for use in front of switchboards and high voltage

equipment.

• 3mm thick meets Class 0 (see table for working voltage).

• 4mm thick meets Class 2 (as above).

• 5mm thick meets Class 4 (as above).

• Ribbed surface offers traction underfoot.

• Resistant to acid, oil, and low temperature.

• Manufactured with colour coded tape to depict the

classification on the reverse of the matting.

Coba Switch BS EN:6111

Size Voltage Rating Code Price

278

Cobaswitch 3mm 1m x 10m Class 0 1kv SM010050* £351.69

Coba Stat

Cobaswitch 3mm 1m x 10m Linear m Class 0 1kv SM010050C* £38.69

Size Code Price

CobaSwitch Blk 4mm 1m x 10m Class 2 17kv SM010060* £481.40

0.6m x 0.9m AS060001* 55.46

0.9m x 1.5m AS060002* £120.16

CobaSwitch Blk 1m x 4mm x Linear m Class 2 17kv SM010060C* £52.94

0.9m x 18.3m AS060003* £1,218.14

CobaSwitch 5mm 1m x 10m Class 4 36kv SM010070* £573.33

0.9m x per linear metre AS060003C* £80.33

CobaSwitch Class 4 1m x 5mm x linear m 36kv SM010070C* £63.08


Orthomat®

Orthomat® Ribbed

• Pebbled ‘textured’ surface.

• Available as Orthomat® Safety with bright yellow bevelled

edge borders.



• Raised ribbed surface for additional underfoot grip.

• Available as Orthomat® Safety Ribbed with bright yellow

bevelled edge borders.



Orthomat Premium

Black

Orthomat

Size Charcoal Price Charcoal/Yellow Price

0.6m x 0.9m AF010001* £51.88 AF010701* £55.46

0.9m x 1.5m AF010002* £103.82 AF010702* £120.16

0.9m x 18.3m AF010003* £898.85 AF010703* £995.58

0.9m x per linear metre AF010003C* £59.71 AF010703C* £66.11


Orthomat Ribbed

Size Grey Price Grey / Yellow Price

0.6m x 0.9m AL060001* £51.88 AL060701* £55.46

0.6m x 18.3m AL060004* £600.18 - -

0.6m x per linear metre AL060004C* £40.51 - -

0.9m x 1.5m AL060002* £103.82 AL060702* £120.16

0.9m x 18.3m AL060003* £898.85 AL060703* £995.58

0.9m x per linear metre AL060003C* £59.71 AL060703C* £66.11

1.2m x 18.3m AL060005* £1,198.96 AL060704* £1,326.96

1.2m x per linear metre AL060005C* £78.91 AL060704C* £87.45

Deckplate

Safety

Deckplate



The ultimate in durable anti-fatigue mats.

• Dual fused layer construction for superior comfort and

durability.

• Tough PVC foam textured top surface for excellent

resilience against wear and tear.

• Low density under layer provides extremely effective

underfoot cushioning.

• Exceptional fatigue-relief properties – a real investment

for the workplace.

• Ideal for demanding locations, especially where regular

turning is involved.

• Tapered edges to reduce trip hazards.

• Product height: 12.5mm


Orthomat Premium

Size Code Price

0.6m x 0.9m FF010001* £78.91

0.6m x 18.3m FF010005* £960.01

0.6m x per linear metre FF010005C* £63.99

0.9m x 1.5m FF010002* £157.14

0.9m x 3.65m FF010004* £391.81

0.9m x 18.3m FF010003* £1,448.56


1.2m x 18.3m FF010006* £1,896.57


Durable Deckplate provides comfort and grip.

• Hardwearing PVC soil resistant diamond pattern surface.

• Self-extinguishing top surface provides resilience to many

industrial chemicals.

• Comfortable foam ‘cushion’ backing for fatigue relief.

• Available as Safety Deckplate with bright yellow borders.

• Supplied with ramped edges.



Size

Deckplate

Safety Deckplate


0.6m x 0.9m DP010609* £133.68 SD010701* £143.63

0.9m x 1.5m DP010915* £253.86 SD010702* £275.90

0.9m x 3m DP010903* £502.06 SD010703* £549.68

0.9m x 6m DP010906* £1,004.10 SD010704* £1,097.25

0.9m x per linear metre DP010005C* £184.88 SD010707C* £201.94


Anti Fatigue Matting

279

Traffic Line Hose / Cable Ramps - Small

For fast easy deployment use - TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose

Protection Ramps. Manufactured in recycled rubber for long

service life, they are designed to protect cables/hoses from

light traffic up to HGV trucks. The profiled upper surface has

a ribbed anti-slip feature, whilst the bottom surface features

anti-slip ribbing. They are used in areas such as emergency

services, construction sites, road works etc.

Drive over height is 65mm – recommended speed 3 – 6 mph.

EXPRESS DELIVERY


Traffic-Line Protection

280

TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramp - Small

L x W x H (mm) Description Code Price

1200 x 210 x 65 Protection Ramp Small Yellow 279.28.720* £61.20

1200 x 210 x 65 Protection Ramp Small Black 279.21.784* £61.20


Traffic Line Hose / Cable Ramps - Reel Form

Effectively manage and protect cables and hoses from driveover

damage with this product. Easily deployed – roll out –

cut to length and press cable or hose into the recess – done.

Manufactured in a flexible high strength rubber mixture,

it’s low 30mm height affords safe and comfortable drive

over. The TRAFFIC-LINE hose and cable protector provides a

low-cost solution for the protection of hoses and cables over

long distances.

Traffic Line Hose / Cable Ramps - Medium

The TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramp provides

protection to cables and hoses from damage by vehicles

and pedestrians. Designed to withstand passenger and HGV

traffi c, but not suitable for high point load traffic. Withstands

a maximum axle load of 8 tonnes. Manufactured from a

special vulcanised rubber compound, complete with a yellow

high quality polypropylene hinged lid featuring an anti-slip

surface, enabling easy top loading of cables/hoses. Each

element has interlocking tabs.

TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramp - Medium


930 x 500 x 50 5 Channel - Black/Yellow 279.29.623* £89.90


Traffic Line Hose / Cable Ramps - Large

Drive over cables, hoses and pipes without causing them

harm. The TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Ramp is produced in a

hard wearing combination of rubber and polyethylene (PE).

It has non-slip surface features and includes 3 cable/hose

channels. The PE lid is hinged so that the cables/hoses can be

easily laid into the body of the ramp, whilst the lid, moulded in

bright yellow PE, has a highly effective signalling effect. They

are widely used on construction sites, distribution depots,

emergency works, road works etc. The ramp is suitable for

HGV use having been tested to take 10 tonne axle weight.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramp - Reel Form


10000 x 100 x 30 20mm Cable Protector - 10m long 279.26.118* £103.40


EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

TRAFFIC-LINE Cable/Hose Protection Ramp - Large


870 x 600 x75 3 Channel - Black/Yellow 279.23.799* £73.50

500/200 x 600 x 75 45° Angled Section - Left 279.29.848* £37.80

500/200 x 600 x 75 45° Angled Section - Right 279.26.562* £37.80

283 x 600 x 75 End Section - Female 279.20.233* £16.00

283 x 600 x 75 End Section - Male 279.22.899* £16.00


Standard Lockers

Interior Coat Hook

Door Ventilation

Door Stiffener

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Quality compartment lockers suitable for a

multitude of storage applications. Standard

lockers provide the flexibility of four sizes with

six door options. The Standard Locker design

means it’s easily adapted in height, width and

depth to suit your individual requirements.

Choice of 300mm, 380mm and 450mm widths.

Colour Suffix


From Only

£91.00

• 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised security

shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs.

• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook.

• Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment.

• Fitted with strengthened and ventilated doors.



Lockers

KXX GXX LXX BXX YXX UXX RXX

Standard Lockers Dimensions / Codes

Tiers

H.1800

W.300

D.300

Price

H.1800 W.300

D.450

Price

H.1800 W.380

D.380

Price

H.1800 W.450

D.450

Price

1 LS1830301 £91.00 LS1830451 £106.00 LS1838381 £110.00 LS1845451 £120.00

2 LS1830302 £112.00 LS1830452 £125.00 LS1838382 £122.00 LS1845452 £136.00

3 LS1830303 £126.00 LS1830453 £139.00 LS1838383 £132.00 LS1845453 £156.00

4 LS1830304 £130.00 LS1830454 £151.00 LS1838384 £150.00 LS1845454 £174.00

5 LS1830305 £145.00 LS1830455 £162.00 LS1838385 £168.00 LS1845455 £177.00

6 LS1830306 £160.00 LS1830456 £173.00 LS1838386 £175.00 LS1845456 £181.00

281

Express Lockers


Lockers

From Only

£93.00

Our range of Express Lockers comprise of the same high

quality design as our Standard Lockers but are available

on a 5 Day Delivery lead time. Express Lockers are kept in

stock with a selection of four compartment options with a

choice of either Light Grey or Dark Blue doors.

• Choice of 300mm and 450mm depths.

• 2, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised security

shelf to prevent any unauthorised access to the

compartment below.

• Fitted with standard, mastered cam locks with 2,000

differs.


• Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each

compartment.




team.

• Complete with rust resisting galvanised shelves.


Stocked and ready to go.

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Colour Suffix


LXX

BXX

282

Express Locker - H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price

1 LQ1830301* £93.00

2 LQ1830302* £114.00

4 LQ1830304* £133.00

6 LQ1830306* £163.00


Express Locker - H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LQ1830451* £108.00

2 LQ1830452* £129.00

4 LQ1830454* £155.00

6 LQ1830456* £177.00


Spectrum Lockers

PPX

Pitahaya

Pink

BBX

Berry

Burst

£119.00

From Only

Door Colour Options Please add suffix to the end of the code

LBX

Lagoon

Blue

TOX

Tangelo

Orange

GGX

Guava

Green

CPX

Chilli Pepper

Orange

TRX

Tamarillo

Red

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

SLK

Sublime

Lime

LIX

Summer

Lilac


Many organisations, schools and workplace

environments whish to make their premises as

attractive as possible for employees, students and

visitors alike. The Spectrum Locker range offers

the strength and durability of the Premium Locker

range but with a variety of exciting colour options.

• Lateral security beam enhances the durability of the

locker.

• Hinges are 40mm deep, offering greater quality and

durability.

• Ideal for schools, universities and public authorities

where long lasting durability is required.

• Minimum order quantity of 8 lockers.

• Frame constructed from 0.7mm steel which ensures

strength and security.



Lockers

Spectrum Lockers Dimensions / Codes

Tiers

H.1800

W.300

D.300

Price

H.1800 W.300

D.450

Price

H.1800 W.380

D.380

Price

H.1800 W.450

D.450

Price

1 LSPC30301 £119.00 LSPC30451 £139.00 LSPC38381 £143.00 LSPC45451 £157.00





283

Padlock Lockers

£100.00

From Only

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Padlock Fitting


Lockers

Padlock lockers are designed to allow users to safely

store items and secure with their own padlock. This

is particularly useful in public spaces such as leisure

centres, gymnasiums and schools. These Padlock

Lockers are powder coated in our range of standard

colours with strengthened doors, each door panel is

vented to allow air circulation. Padlocks are available to

purchase separately.

Welded Hasp Lock

Vented Doors

• Fitted with hasp and staple to suit padlocks.


• Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each

compartment.


• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology.



Colour Suffix


GX

LX

BX

YX

UX

RX

Padlock Lockers - Dimensions/Codes

Tiers

H.1800 W.300

D.300

Price

H.1800 W.300

D.450

Price

H.1800 W.380

D.380

Price

H.1800 W.450

D.450

Price

1 LPD1830301 £100.00 LPD1830451 £116.00 LPD1838381 £120.00 LPD1845451 £130.00

2 LPD1830302 £128.00 LPD1830452 £141.00 LPD1838382 £138.00 LPD1845452 £153.00

3 LPD1830303 £148.00 LPD1830453 £161.00 LPD1838383 £155.00 LPD1845453 £179.00

4 LPD1830304 £158.00 LPD1830454 £180.00 LPD1838384 £178.00 LPD1845454 £203.00

6 LPD1830306 £195.00 LPD1830456 £209.00 LPD1838386 £210.00 LPD1845455 £216.00

284

Secure Lockers

Integral Locking Bars

3 Point Locking Mechanism

Door Stiffener

Secure Lockers offer a high security 3-point locking

mechanism which make these lockers ideal for the storage

of valuable items. Perfect for use in a variety environments

including office and industrial workplaces, schools, colleges,

universities and public buildings. Locker doors are available

in our range of standard colours with door strengtheners,

vents and rubber buffers.

£134.00

From Only

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

• Fitted with 3-point locking mechanism for extra security.








Lockers

Colour Suffix


GX

LX

BX

YX

UX

RX

Secure Lockers - Dimensions/Codes

Tiers

H.1800 W.300

D.300

Price

H.1800 W.300

D.450

Price

H.1800 W.380

D.380

Price

H.1800 W.450

D.450

Price

1 LSC1830301 £134.00 LSC1830451 £153.00 LSC1838381 £157.00 LSC1845451 £170.00

2 LSC1830302 £149.00 LSC1830452 £165.00 LSC1838382 £161.00 LSC1845452 £179.00

3 LSC1830303 £174.00 LSC1830453 £190.00 LSC1838383 £182.00 LSC1845453 £211.00

285

School Lockers


Lockers

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

From Only

£94.00

High quality Education Lockers are ideal for use in

Primary and Junior schools. These lockers are available in

a range of depths and tier options. Junior lockers can be

fitted with sloping tops and a multitude of lock options.

Designed to withstand the general wear and tear of daily

usage within schools.

• Choice of 300mm, 380mm and 450mm depths.

• 1, 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf

to prevent any unauthorised access to the compartment

below.




• Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers.



School Lockers - Dimensions/Codes

Tiers H.1365 W.300 D.300 Price H.1365 W.300 D.450 Price H.1365 W.380 D.380 Price

1 LD1330301 £94.00 LD1330451 £109.00 LD1338381 £113.00

2 LD1330302 £115.00 LD1330452 £128.00 LD1338382 £125.00

3 LD1330303 £129.00 LD1330453 £142.00 LD1338383 £136.00

4 LD1330304 £134.00 LD1330454 £155.00 LD1338384 £154.00

Colour Suffix


KX

LX

BX

YX

UX

RX

286

Spectrum School Lockers


• Choice of 300mm, 380mm and 450mm depths.

• 1, 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf to prevent any unauthorised access to the

compartment below.


• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf and coat hook



• Carcass powder coated with white Germ Guard Active Technology paint.



Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Lockers


PPX

BBX

LBX

TOX

GGX

CPX

TRX

SLK

LIX

Pitahaya

Pink

Berry

Burst

Lagoon

Blue

Tangelo

Orange

Guava

Green

Chilli Pepper

Orange

Tamarillo

Red

Sublime

Lime

Summer

Lilac

Spectrum School Lockers - Dimensions/Codes

Tiers H.1365 W.300 D.300 Price H.1365 W.300 D.450 Price H.1365 W.380 D.380 Price

1 LDS1330301 £119.00 LDS1330451 £139.00 LDS1338381 £143.00

2 LDS1330302 £146.00 LDS1330452 £163.00 LDS1338382 £158.00

3 LDS1330303 £164.00 LDS1330453 £181.00 LDS1338383 £173.00

4 LDS1330304 £170.00 LDS1330454 £197.00 LDS1338384 £195.00

287

Perforated Door Lockers

Our perforated door lockers are designed for

situations where efficient ventilation and maximum

visibility combined with security are essential.

• 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to

prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.






Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1


Lockers

H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price

1 LS1830301*PX £107.00

2 LS1830302*PX £129.00

3 LS1830303*PX £136.00

4 LS1830304*PX £157.00

5 LS1830305*PX £164.00

6 LS1830306*PX £172.00

H.1800 W.380 D.380

Tiers Code Price

1 LS1838381*PX £124.00

2 LS1838382*PX £129.00

3 LS1838383*PX £143.00

4 LS1838384*PX £155.00

5 LS1838385*PX £167.00

6 LS1838386*PX £180.00

Perspex Door Lockers

H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LS1830451*PX £125.00

2 LS1830452*PX £133.00

3 LS1830453*PX £146.00

4 LS1830454*PX £177.00

5 LS1830455*PX £186.00

6 LS1830456*PX £196.00

H.1800 W.450 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LS1845451*PX £145.00

2 LS1845452*PX £163.00

3 LS1845453*PX £169.00

4 LS1845454*PX £180.00

5 LS1845455*PX £187.00

6 LS1845456*PX £194.00

Vision lockers provide safe storage for personal

belongings whilst providing visibility of the locker

contents. They are ideal for retail outlet staff rooms,

venues, public areas, or anywhere there is a need to

view the items stored.

• Supplied in 300mm widths.

• Fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access

to compartment below.



• Quality clear Perspex door - shaded perspex options available,

please call our sales team for details.

• Carcass powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology

antibacterial paint.


£219.00

From Only

G

Y

£107.00

From Only

Colour Suffix


L

U

B

R

288

H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price

2 LP1830302CXX £219.00

3 LP1830303CXX £240.00

4 LP1830304CXX £261.00

6 LP1830306CXX £304.00

H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

2 LP1830452CXX £228.00

3 LP1830453CXX £250.00

4 LP1830454CXX £273.00

6 LP1830456CXX £317.00

Express Wire Mesh Lockers

• Express Delivery wire mesh lockers

only available in nests of 2.

• Choice of 1, 2, 3, 4 or 6 compartments

per locker.

• Manufactured from 25mm x 25mm

x 2.5mm welded mesh on an 8mm

thick solid rod frame.

• Wire mesh lockers are fitted with

160mm high legs as standard raising

locker off the floor.

• Each compartment is fitted with a

hasp and staple lock (padlock lock).

• 1 door and 2 door lockers have 3-point

locking.

• All other door configurations have

single- point locking.

• Supplied Silver Powder Coated for a

durable and hard-wearing finish.

• Name Plates are fitted on every

compartment door.

• Supplied with the floor and wall fixing

brackets.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• 1 Tier Nested

• 2 Tier Nested

Lockers


• 3 Tier Nested • 4 Tier Nested • 6 Tier Nested

Express Wire Mesh Nested Locker

Nesting Size Tiers Code Price

Nested

1 WML12/1-N2* £276.53

2 WML12/2-N2* £285.56

H.1980 x W.602 x D.305mm

3 WML12/3-N2* £308.35

4 WML12/4-N2* £315.68

6 WML12/6-N2* £347.25

1 WML18/1-N2* £270.11

H.1980 x W.602 x D.457mm

2 WML18/2-N2* £285.13

Padlock

Padlock to suit wire mesh lockers PADLOCK* £2.99


289

Steel Splash Lockers

These lockers are manufactured from pre-coated galvanized

steel for damp environments or where frequent washing

down is required.

• Ideal for swimming pools, changing rooms, saunas, industrial

wet areas and food preparation plants.

• 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent

unauthorised access to the compartment below.

• Moisture resistant cam locks are fitted as standard for

superior lock durability in moist environments.




• Frame constructed from 1.5mm steel which ensures great

strength and security.

• Hinges are 75mm deep. This again offers greater quality and

durability.

Colour Suffix



Lockers

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

£136.00

From Only

Laminate Splash Lockers

Steel Splash Locker - H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price

1 LW1830301 £136.00

2 LW1830302 £156.00

3 LW1830303 £176.00

4 LW1830304 £196.00

GXX

YXX

LXX

UXX

BXX

RXX

Steel Splash Locker - H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LW1830451 £144.00

2 LW1830452 £163.00

3 LW1830453 £186.00

4 LW1830454 £207.00

Tough, solid laminate doors are highly resistant to dents

and scratches and will not rust, which makes them the ideal

solution for placing in wet areas such as swimming pools and

changing rooms.

• Galvanised steel carcass.

• Fitted with moisture resistant cam locks.

• Two sizes and four door configurations.

• 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent

unauthorized access to the compartment below.

• Wide range of door and end panel colours are available.

Please see below.

• Pre-drilled for nesting.

• Other colour options available, please call our sales team for

details.

Door Colour Options


VGX

SRX

SYX

GGX

LGX

£199.00

From Only

Vibrant

Green

CAX

Campanula

Spectrum

Red

QXX

Aquamarine

Spectrum

Yellow

CLX

Clementine

Graphite

Grey

OXX

Oak

Light

Grey

BXX

Beech

290

Laminate Splash Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price End Panel Code Price

1 LZ1830301 £199.00

2 LZ1830302 £237.00

3 LZ1830303 £274.00 LVEP18301 £159.00

4 LZ1830304 £312.00

6 LZ1830306 £341.00

Laminate Splash Locker - H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price End Panel Code Price

1 LZ1830451 £209.00

2 LZ1830452 £246.00

3 LZ1830453 £285.00 LVEP18451 £223.00

4 LZ1830454 £323.00

6 LZ1830456 £354.00

Laminate Door Lockers


Tough, solid laminate doors are highly resistant to dents

and scratches and will not rust. Ideal for places where

lockers are frequently used, such as in schools and

colleges. The door fits neatly inside the frame and opens

a full 180 degrees.

• Mild steel carcass, available in a range of colours.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000

differs.

• Two sizes and four door configurations.

• 2, 3 and 4 door lockers fitted with security shelf to

prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below.

• End panels also available.


• Other colour options available, please call our sales team

for details.

VGX

Vibrant

Green

CAX

Campanula

SRX

Spectrum

Red

£189.00

From Only

Door Colour Options


QXX

Aquamarine

SYX

Spectrum

Yellow

CLX

Clementine

GGX

Graphite

Grey

OXX

Oak

LGX

Light

Grey

BXX

Beech

Lockers

Laminate Door Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.300

Tiers Code Price

1 LU1830301 £189.00

2 LU1830302 £220.00

3 LU1830303 £251.00

4 LU1830304 £282.00

6 LU1830306 £320.00

End Panel LVEP18301 £159.00

Laminate Door Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LU1830451 £197.00

2 LU1830452 £229.00

3 LU1830453 £261.00

4 LU1830454 £293.00

6 LU1830456 £333.00

End Panel LVEP18451 £223.00

291

Timber Door Lockers

Attractive timber effect doors are ideal for more public spaces, leisure facilities and offices.


• Fitted with soft close hinges.

• Steel body for maximum strength and durability.

• Plain or patterned doors in light, medium and dark oak or a beech finish.

• End panels available for that final touch.



Lockers

£237.00

From Only


DXX

2XX

PXX

MXX

3XX

1XX

UXX

LIX

Dark Oak

Plain

Dark Oak

Patterned

Medium Oak

Plain

Medium Oak

Patterned

Light Oak

Plain

Light Oak

Patterned

Beech

Plain

Beech

Patterned

292

Timber Door Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.450

Tiers Code Price

1 LT1830451 £237.00

2 LT1830452 £256.00

3 LT1830453 £283.00

4 LT1830454 £309.00

End Panel LT1845EPZ £163.00

Timber Door Lockers - H.1800 W.380 D.380

Tiers Code Price

1 LT1838381 £273.00

2 LT1838382 £297.00

3 LT1838383 £332.00

4 LT1838384 £357.00

End Panel LT1838EPZ £148.00

Cube Lockers

From Only

£52.00


Cube Lockers are an excellent way of providing space saving storage for personal items in offices,

call centres and schools where space is at a premium.

Lockers


• Fitted with ventilated doors.




Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Cube Lockers - Dimensions/Codes


300.300.300 UG303030Z £52.00

380.380.380 UG383838Z £61.00

450.450.450 UG464646Z £66.00

Internal Shelf for 450.450.450 Locker


170.450.450 UGES4646ZLXX £28.00

Door Colour Options


UXX

LXX

YXX

BXX

GXX

RXX

293

Personal Effects Lockers

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

EXPRESS DELIVERY

£333.00

From Only

* Only available in Dark Blue or Light

Grey doors.


Personal Effects Lockers are an ideal way of providing

secure storage for small items such as mobile phones,

wallets and keys. These lockers offer employees lockable

storage for their valuables in whilst in the workplace.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000

differs

• Through frame shelf for extra security.

• Compartment entry aperture: H.150mm x W.163mm x

D.360mm.




• PEL lockers are fitted with a security shelf to prevent

unauthorised access to the compartment below.

• Order quantities may apply, please speak to sales.

Width 450mm

Width 900mm

Lockers

Height 1285mm

Width 900mm

Height 940mm

Width 900mm

Height 1800mm

Height 1800mm

28 Tier 20 Tier 20 Tier 40 Tier

Personal Effects Locker - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W.D Tiers Code Price

1285.900.380 28 LR129038H* £473.00

940.900.380 20 LR909038Y* £333.00

1800.450.380 20 LR184538Y* £333.00

1800.900.380 40 LR189038F* £641.00


Door Colour Options


GXX

LXX

YXX

UXX

BXX

RXX

294

Post Box Lockers

100 Series Post Box Locker


£196.00

From Only



Designed for use in offices, flats,

schools, colleges and hospitals

for central mail and internal post

systems.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam

locks with 2,000 differs.

• Each compartment has its own

posting slot.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard

Active Technology paint.


• Reaction to Fire Classification EN

13501-1.

• Other colours available, with a

minimum order quantity of 8.


Size H.W.D Configuration Code Price

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

1325.230.255 10 Boxes - 15mm Slots LX132325N £261.00

1075.230.255 8 Boxes - 15mm Slots LX1023258 £241.00



1725.300.380 10 Boxes - 25mm Slots LX173038N £295.00

1230.300.380 7 Boxes - 25mm Slots LX1230387 £251.00



1665.300.380 6 Boxes - 40mm Slots LX1630386 £251.00

870.300.380 3 Boxes - 40mm Slots LX8730383 £196.00

Lockers

Door Colour Options


LXX

BXX

295

Z Door Lockers

1800.300.450 Laminate door option shown


£285.00

From Only

1800.300.450 steel door option shown

An attractive yet extremely robust locker, ideal for when space is at

a premium. These lockers are designed so that each compartment

can comfortably hang up a coat on the fitted hook. Each locker

compartment also has space available to store small personal

effects.

1800.450.450 steel door option shown

Lockers

• Doors are available in steel or high quality laminate for extra durability.

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks, with 2,000 differs.

• Choice of 300mm or 450mm widths.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology Anti-Bacterial Paint.

• Reaction to Fire Classification EN13501-1 (on steel door lockers only).


Laminate Colour Suffix


Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Steel Colour Suffix


VGX

SRX

SYX

GGX

LGX

GXX

LXX

BXX

Vibrant

Green

Spectrum

Red

Spectrum

Yellow

Graphite

Grey

Light

Grey

Green

Light Grey

Blue

CAX

QXX

CLX

OXX

BXX

YXX

UXX

RXX

Campanula

Aquamarine

Clementine

Oak

Beech

Yellow

Light Blue

Red

Z-Door Lockers - Dimensions / Codes

Size H.W.D Door Code Price

1800.300.450 Steel LZD183045 £285.00

1800.450.450 Steel LZD184545 £313.00

1800.300.450 Laminate LZU183045 £403.00

296

1800.450.450 Laminate LZU184545 £438.00

Multi-Compartment Lockers

Duo Lockers

Twin Lockers

These Multi-Compartment Lockers provide alternatives

to the usual locker formats. Clean & Dirty Lockers offer

two compartments with a top shelf for the storage of

clean and dirty work wear. Twin Lockers provide full

length storage for hanging clothing from an internal

fitted hook. Staff Lockers contain integral fitted shelves

for the storage of small items, along with a full-length

compartment for hanging a coat. Duo Lockers are made

up of multiple compartments with separate lockable

compartments for shared access.

Staff Lockers

Clean & Dirty Lockers

• All lockers are 1800mm high.



paint.

• Available in our range of standard colours.


To accommodate a motorcycle helmet in the top

compartment of the Clean & Dirty Locker, the following

must be ordered: LG184545H

This model has a lower top shelf than shown.


Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

£154.00

From Only

Lockers

Duo Lockers - H.1800

Description Width mm Depth mm Code Price

2 Full Width Tiers

450 300 LG184530D £178.00

& 2 Slim Tiers

450 450 LG184545D £200.00

Staff Lockers - H.1800 W.450 D.450


3 Shelves LG184545S £174.00

Twin Lockers - H.1800

Description Width mm Depth mm Code Price

2 Full Height Tiers 600 450 LG186045T £191.00

Clean & Dirty Lockers - H.1800 W.450 D.450


Top Shelf & Central Divider LG184545G £154.00

Door Colour Options


GXX

LXX

YXX

UXX

BXX

RXX

297

Laptop & Tablet Charging Trolleys

As electronic equipment increasingly need to

be moved from room to room, this range of

cost effective trolleys provide mobile charging

facilities for laptops and tablets.

• Each compartment is equipped with a 3 pin plug

socket to permit charging using each laptop’s own

mains lead.

• Narrow Aisle Trolleys are just 525mm wide to allow

easy loading and unloading between rows of desks.

• Ventilated compartments for heat dissipation.

• Whole unit powered by a simple kettle lead

plugged into the mains (supplied).

• Compartment aperture size (H x W x D) 100mm x

375mm x 465mm.


Door Colour Options


G

U

L

B

Large Laptop & Tablet Storage Trolleys

Size H.W.D mm Configuration Code Price

1200.1040.660 16 Tiers, 2 Doors L7M121066X2 £1,100.00

Flat Garment Lockers

Y

R

These lockers enable work clothing to be issued when clean and

exchanged when dirty. Clothing compartments can be accessed

individually or collectively using the master door.

Narrow Aisle Laptop & Tablet Storage Trolleys


1200.525.670 8 Tiers, 2 Doors L7M12526782 £614.00

1200.525.1220 16 Tiers, 4 Doors L7M125212X4 £1,100.00

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Lockers


• Flat Garment Series is recommended for ironed garments.

• Garment Disposal lockers have a letter box

opening to receive approx. 45 garments.

• Strengthened and ventilated doors with

rubber buffers.



Technology paint.


• Other door colours available - MOQ of 8.

Door Colour Options

Please add suffix to

the end of the code

BXX

LXX

298

Flat Garment Lockers

Size H.W.D mm Tiers Code Price

5 LF1838455 £233.00

10 LF183845N £285.00

1800.380.450 12 LF183845W £310.00

15 LF183845Q £340.00

20 LF183845Y £395.00

5 LF1845385 £233.00

1800.450.380

10 LF184538N £285.00

12 LF184538W £310.00

15 LF184538Q £340.00

Garment Disposal Lockers

Size H.W.D mm Code Price

1800.380.450 LL1838451 £214.00

1800.450.450 LL1845451 £224.00

Laptop & Tablet Storage Lockers

With the number of electronic

devices used by both

businesses and education

increasing, this range of

laptop storage products

provides cost effective

lockable storage for laptops,

tablets and accessories.

• High quality, cost effective

storage.

• Choose from a single door

cupboard and 10

or 15 compartment lockers to

store up to 15 devices.

• Powder coated with Germ

Guard Active Technology paint.


From Only

£267.00



1000.500.500

8 Tiers, 8 Doors L71050508 £333.00

8 Tiers, 1 Door L71050501 £267.00

1460.500.500

12 Tiers, 12 Doors L7145050W £380.00

12 Tiers, 1 Door L71450501 £304.00

Laptop & Tablet Charging Lockers

This range of laptop and tablet storage units are

designed to provide secure charging facilities for

electronic devices.

• Each compartment is equipped with a 3 pin plug socket

to permit charging using each laptop’s own mains lead.

• Ventilated compartments for heat dissipation.

• Whole unit is powered by a simple kettle lead (supplied),

plugged into the mains.


• Compartment aperture size (H x W x D) 100mm x 375mm

x 470mm.

GXX



1800.450.450 10 Tiers, 10 Doors L7184545N £370.00

1800.380.450

Door Colour Options


LXX

YXX

UXX

BXX

RXX

15 Tiers, 15 Doors L7183845Q £416.00

15 Tiers, 1 Door L71838451 £334.00


Lockers

£522.00

From Only

Door Colour Options


G

L

Y

U

B

R

Laptop & Tablet Charging Lockers


1000.500.500

8 Tiers, 8 Doors L7C10505088 £556.00

8 Tiers, 1 Door L7C10505081 £522.00

1460.500.500

12 Tiers, 12 Doors L7C145050WW £728.00

12 Tiers, 1 Door L7C145050W1 £691.00

299

Tool Charging Lockers

Quality Tool Charging Lockers

suitable for the secure charging

of batteries and power tools.

Various design options available

to suit your needs including,

perforated and solid door

options as well as a range of lock

types. This product has been

CE tested and meets EU safety

requirements.


£412.00

From Only

• 4, 5, 6 and 8 door lockers fitted with

galvanised security shelf to prevent

any unauthorised access to the

compartment below.

• Fitted with standard, mastered cam

locks with 2,000 differs.

• Fitted with strengthened and

ventilated doors.

• Powder coated with Germ Guard

Active Technology.

• Supplied with rust resisting

galvanised shelves.

• Available with perforated doors for

added ventilation.

• Standard and RCB Plug options

available.

• Available with a range of lock

fittings including, standard key,

latch lock, coin return & coin retain.

Lockers

Door Colour Options


G L Y U B R

Perforated Door Charging Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.450

External H.W.D Internal H.W.D. Tiers Code Standard Plug Code RCD Plug

1800.300.450 450.245.385 4 BL1830454*PX £412.00 BR1830454*PX £576.00

1800.300.450 360.245.385 5 BL1830455*PX £484.00 BR1830455*PX £690.00

1800.300.450 260.245.385 6 BL1830456*PX £544.00 BR1830456*PX £790.00

1800.300.450 190.245.385 8 BL1830458*PX £653.00 BR1830458*PX £981.00

Solid Door Charging Lockers - H.1800 W.300 D.450

External H.W.D Internal H.W.D Tiers Code Standard Plug Code RCD Plug

1800.300.450 450.245.385 4 BL1830454*SX £412.00 BR1830454*SX £576.00

1800.300.450 360.245.385 5 BL1830455*SX £484.00 BR1830455*SX £690.00

1800.300.450 260.245.385 6 BL1830456*SX £544.00 BR1830456*SX £790.00

1800.300.450 190.245.385 8 BL1830458*SX £653.00 BR1830458*SX £981.00

Perforated Door Charging Lockers - H.1800 W.450 D.450

External H.W.D Internal H.W.D. Tiers Code Standard Plug Code RCD Plug

1800.450.450 450.395.385 4 BL1845454*PX £468.00 BR1845454*PX £633.00

1800.450.450 360.395.385 5 BL1845455*PX £552.00 BR1845455*PX £757.00

1800.450.450 260.395.385 6 BL1845456*PX £620.00 BR1845456*PX £867.00

1800.450.450 190.395.385 8 BL1845458*PX £744.00 BR1845458*PX £1,072.00

300

Solid Door Charging Lockers - H.1800 W.450 D.450

External H.W.D Internal H.W.D Tiers Code Standard Plug Code RCD Plug

1800.450.450 450.395.385 4 BL1845454*SX £468.00 BR1845454*SX £633.00

1800.450.450 360.395.385 5 BL1845455*SX £552.00 BR1845455*SX £757.00

1800.450.450 260.395.385 6 BL1845456*SX £620.00 BR1845456*SX £867.00

1800.450.450 190.395.385 8 BL1845458*SX £744.00 BR1845458*SX £1,072.00

Locker Accessories

A b C

Locks

Key Lock Type Code Price

A

Mechanical

Combination

L2COMLKA2800

£POA

B Digital Keypad L2ELECOMBLCK £POA

C Combination Padlock L2UPROGCOMLK £17.00

D

D Cam Lock with 2 Keys L2CAMLCK22XX £6.00

E Swivel Latch L2LATCHLOCKX £6.00

F Moisture Resistant Cam Lock L2CAMLOCKWET £POA

G Dual Pound Coin Return Lock L2COINRT1XXX £32.00

f

G

H Coin Retain Lock L2CNRETAIN1X £POA

E

Key Type To Fit (mm) Code Price

H.150 W.300 D.300 L2SLT3030LXX £9.00

H

J

I

M

H.150 W.300 D.450 L2SLT3045LXX £10.00

H

Sloping Tops

H.150 W.380 D.380 L2SLT3838LXX £11.00

H.150 W.450 D.450 L2SLT4545LXX £13.00

I Coat Hook L2COATHOZZXX £3.00

I Coat Hook & Rail L2COATRLZZXX £6.00

D.300 CVD/30 £25.00

J Vertical Divider D.380 CVD/38 £31.00

D.450 CVD/46 £35.00


W.300 D.300 L2LS30301LXX £11.00

W.300 D.450 L2LS30451LXX £13.00

K

Additional

Locker Shelves

W.380 D.380 L2LS38381LXX £13.00


L

K

L

M

W.450 D.450 L2LS45451LXX £16.00

Perforated Shelf PS £POA

Perforated Base PB £POA

Number Plates - Self Adhesive

Batch of 50

LNP £92.00

Lockers


N

Locker Stand

P

O

Combination

Locker Seat and

Stand

Price is subject to size of item

O

P

N

Skirted Electric

Heater

301

Standard Cloakroom Furniture

Island Bench

1630mm

A robust and economic range of cloakroom furniture,

with solid oak slats. Powder coated in colours to match or

contrast your locker doors.

• Welded frames.

• 20mm solid oak slats.


• Adjustable feet for easy levelling.

• Junior cloakroom benches available at a lower height.

• Choice of plastic or aluminium hooks, plastic hooks POA.

Single Depth Bench

300mm


450mm

600mm

Island Benches - Overall Height 1630mm / Seat Height 450mm

Size L.W.D Single Unit Price Double Unit Price

1630.1000.600 FCSFP103045 £252.00 FCDFP106045 £366.00

1630.1500.600 FCSFP153045 £279.00 FCDFP156045 £460.00

1630.2000.600 FCSFP203045 £366.00 FCDFP206045 £612.00

Door Colour Options


G

School Cloakroom Furniture

450mm

Single Depth Bench - Seat Height 450mm

Size L.W.D Single Unit Price Double Unit Price

450.1000.300 FBSFP103045 £133.00 FBDFP106045 £231.00

450.1500.300 FBSFP153045 £162.00 FBDFP156045 £294.00

450.2000.300 FBSFP203045 £254.00 FBDFP206045 £401.00

L Y U B R

Cloakroom Equipment

1200mm

450mm

300mm

1200mm

450mm

302

Junior Single Depth Island Bench - Overall Height 1200mm / Seat Height

450mm

Size L.W.D Hooks Code Price

1200.1000.300 5 FCJUN121030 £278.00

1200.1500.300 8 FCJUN121530 £317.00

1200.2000.300 12 FCJUN122030 £420.00

Junior Double Depth Island Bench - Overall Height 1200mm / Seat Height

450mm

Size H.W.D Hooks Code Price

1200.1000.600 10 FCJUN121060 £423.00

1200.1500.600 16 FCJUN121560 £532.00

1200.2000.600 24 FCJUN122060 £716.00

Premium Cloakroom Furniture

• Available as single

or double sided.

• Optional under

seat basket.

• Durable timber

finish slatted seat.

• Supplied with coat

hooks or hangers.

• Available as single or double depth units.

• Supplied with shoe storage with a capacity of 10 or 20

pairs of shoes.

Bench - with Shoe Storage

Size H.W.D Description Code Price

450.1500.300 Single Depth FCBENSS3B £357.00

450.1500.600 Double Depth FCBENDS6B £558.00

• Durable rail with timber finish slats.

• Ideal when larger units are impractical.

• Supplied with 12 captive coat hangers.

• Wall fixings not supplied.

Wall Mounted Hanging Garment Rail


315.1500.300 FCHANGRLX £287.00

• Available as single or double depth.

• Optional under seat tray or basket.

• Durable timber finish slatted seat.

Single Depth Bench


450.1500.300

Standard Bench FCBENSS3F £283.00

Bench & Under Seat Tray FCBENSS3T £303.00

Double Depth Bench


450.1500.600

Standard Bench FCBENDS6F £349.00

Bench & Under Seat Tray FCBENDS6T £448.00

Island Benches - Single Sided

Size H.W.D Hanger Options Code Price

1630.1500.300

5 Hooks FCCRSI05F £413.00

5 Hooks & Basket FCCRSI05B £477.00

1830.1500.300 12 Hangers FCCRSI12F £460.00

Island Benches - Double Sided

Size H.W.D Hanger Options Code Price

1630.1500.600

10 Hooks FCCRDO10F £510.00

10 Hooks & Basket FCCRDO10B £638.00

1830.1500.600 24 Hangers FCCRDO24F £605.00

• Available as single or

double rail units.

• Supplied with up to 24

captive coat hangers.

• Supplied with shoe

storage with a capacity

of 10 or 20 pairs of

shoes.

Island Benches - with Clothes Rail and Shoe Storage

Size H.W.D Description Hanger Options Code Price

1830.1500.300 Single Sided 12 Hangers FCCRSI12B £522.00

1830.1500.600 Double Sided 24 Hangers FCCRDO24B £738.00

• Durable bench with timber finish slats.

• Provides a practical solution where floor space is at a

premium.

• Wall fixings not supplied.

Wall Mounted Bench

Size W.D Code Price

1500.300 FCWMTBENX £261.00


Cloakroom Equipment

303

Sheffield Loops


Our range of Sheffield Loops are a classic design

which allows the bicycle wheel and frame to be

locked securely onto the stand by the user’s own

lock. Order quantities may apply, please speak to

sales.

• Grouted loops are provided with 250mm length below

ground, as standard; longer lengths can be provided on

request.

Sheffield Racks

From Only

£71.00

Door Colour Options


Sheffield Loops

Size Mount Option Galvanised Price Zinc & Powder Coated Price

Adult

Junior

• Sheffield loops can be surface mounted or grouted

underground.

• Available as galvanised or galvanised and powder coated

to any RAL colour - Non standard colours available at

additional cost.

• Adult loops are 800mm high x 715mm wide.

• Junior loops are 600mm high x 715mm wide.


• Sheffield loops can be surface mounted or grouted

underground.

Floor Mounted SRSHL8071FV* £71.00 SRSHL8071FJ £88.00

Grouted SRSHL1071GV* £71.00 SRSHL1071GJ £88.00

Floor Mounted SRSHL6071FV £71.00 SRSHL6071FJ £88.00

Grouted SRSHL8571GV £71.00 SRSHL8571GJ £88.00


G

L

Y

U

B

R


304

Sheffield racks provide secure parking for anything

from 4 bikes upwards. Toast racks are a popular

purchase for use with our range of cycle shelters

and compounds.

• Racks comprised of two or more Sheffield Loops.

• Desired space between loops must be specified at point

of order.

Sheffield Racks

Size Loops Galvanised Price Zinc & Powder Coated Price

Adult

Junior

2 SRSHT80712V* £275.00 SRSHT80712J £275.00

3 SRSHT80713V* £413.00 SRSHT80713J £413.00

4 SRSHT80714V* £551.00 SRSHT80714J £551.00

5 SRSHT80715V* £689.00 SRSHT80715J £689.00

2 SRSHT60712V £275.00 SRSHT60712J £275.00

3 SRSHT60713V £413.00 SRSHT60713J £413.00

4 SRSHT60714V £551.00 SRSHT60714J £551.00

5 SRSHT60715V £689.00 SRSHT60715J £689.00


• Two to four loop units available as galvanised or

galvanised and powder coated to any RAL colour - Non

standard colours available at additional cost.

• Units of five or more loops are available as galvanised

only.

• Sheffield racks are available using either Sheffield Adult

or Junior Loops.


£275.00

From Only

Traditional Bike Rack - Dimensions/Codes

Traditional Racks

A sturdy twin-level rack designed

to fit in a Traditional Cycle Shelter

- see page 156. Up to 8 bikes can

be stored by bars that grip the bike

wheels.

• Made from tubular steel.

• Simply bolts to floor.

• Fully welded - no assembly required.

• Suitable for use in a Traditional

Shelter.

• Secure storage for up to 8 bikes

• Powder coated dark grey.

£281.00

From Only

Size H.W.D Stores Code Price

935.1750.600 6 Bikes SRTRADCR6KXX £281.00

935.2350.600 8 Bikes SRTRADCR8KXX £351.00

Scooter Racks

Stylish, robust and simple to use design.

These racks are available in a wide range

of primary colours to fit in with the

surrounding environment. These scooter

racks are popular in schools and public

places where security could be a concern.

• Wide range of colours available.

• Powder Coated as standard, Galvanised finish

available.

• Supplied with floor bolts for concrete fixing.

• Single and double sided option available.

Scooter Rack - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W Description Stores Code Price

800.1050 Single Sided 10 SCOO18010 £355.00

800.1050 Double Sided 20 SCOO28010 £433.00

Floor Mounted

These cost effective cycle racks for one or two bikes are available for floor mounting onto concrete.

5 DAY

Delivery



Double Sided - H.560 x W.570 x D.120

Capacity Code Price

2 Bikes SRCSFM25656A £78.00

Single Sided - H.560 x W.310 x D.120

Capacity Code Price

1 Bike SRCSFM15631A £55.00

305

Cycle Racks

These cost effective cycle racks for

one bike are available in three designs

with a choice of 90º or 60º angle to the

wall.


• Made from mild steel.

• Choice of 90º or 60º angles.

• Powder coated exterior grade black.

From Only

£39.99

EXPRESS DELIVERY


Wall Mounted Cost Saver Bike Racks

Minimalist Design - H.400 x W.100 x D.260

Angle Code Price

90 Degrees SRCSM904011A* £39.99

60 Degrees SRCSM604011A* £39.99


Traffic-Line Bike Rack Traffic-Line Lo-Hoop Rack

Cycle Racks

306

• 3, 4 & 5 cycle capacity.

• Max. Tyre Width 50mm

• H x D x W: 255 x 385 x 1200mm

• Surface mounted

• Supplied with fixings

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Accessible from both sides.

• Great value for money.

• Ideal for bicycle parks, schools, small housing estates.

From Only

£52.70

Bicycle Rack - H.415 x D.550mm

Bike Capacity Width mm Code Price

3 720 169.28.632 £52.70

4 1180 169.15.334 £62.90

5 1340 169.19.382 £74.60


From Only

£65.60

• Easy and simple bicycle parking.

• Strong steel construction.

• Hot dip galvanised for long life.

• Tyre widths up to 55mm.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Easy self assembly.

• Accessible from one side only.

• Capacity 2 to 6 bicycles.

• Ideal for domestic, retail, industrial sites, shopping

centres, public areas, public buildings etc.

Lo-Hoop Bicycle Rack - H.415 x D.550mm

Bike Capacity Width mm Code Price

2 700 169.19.379* £79.30

3 1050 169.17.164* £91.10

4 1400 169.14.842* £124.10

5 1750 169.13.432* £151.40

6 2100 169.13.416* £175.00


Premier Cycle Shelters

The Premier Cycle Shelter has a more

curved, contemporary design intended to

blend into both traditional and modern

environments, thus providing tidy and

secure storage of cycles on any site.

• Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel side & back panels.

• Adjustable feet for on-site positioning.

• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted to 250mm

thick concrete for stability.

• Site survey and erection service available.

• Comes complete with twin-level integrated bike rack for 8 bikes.

• When ordering extension frame please refer to colour code below.


Initial Frame Colour Suffix

BXX GXX AXX LXX RXX

Cycle Compound With Lockable Gate & Canopy

Size H.W.D Stores Code + Suffix Price

2625.5500.3000 16 Bikes SWC215530S2 £7,986.00

2625.5500.6000 32 Bikes SWC215560S4 £12,776.00

2625.5500.9000 48 Bikes SWC215590S6 £17,277.00

Cycle Compound With Lockable Gate

Size H.W.D Stores Code + Suffix Price

2325.5500.3000 16 Bikes SWC215530G2 £7,478.00

2325.5500.6000 32 Bikes SWC215560G4 £11,759.00

2325.5500.9000 48 Bikes SWC215590G6 £15,830.00

Premier Shelter - Perforated Steel Sides

Size H.W.D Code + Suffix Initial Extension

2320.3000.2100 SC223021P £3,053.00 £2,833.00

Premier Shelter - Clear Perspex Sides

Size H.W.D Code + Suffix Initial Extension

2320.3000.2100 SC223021X £3,391.00 £3,090.00

Extension Frame Colour Suffix

BEA GEA AEA LEA REA

Cycle Compound

• Covered shelter for minimum of 16 bikes -

larger sizes available to accommodate higher

numbers.

• Attractive gate with hasp to take padlock.

• Side panels made from tough clear perspex.

• Optional central security canopy.

• Comes complete with twin level bike racks.

• All metal parts powder coated for improved

weather resistance.

• Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete

(fixings included).


Compound with lockable gate

and security canopy



Compound with lockable gate



L

G

B

R

A

307

Traditional Cycle Shelters

These shelters provide storage and security

with a screened appearance for landscaped

sites. Selected shelters can also be used

for mixed parking of both cycles and

motorcycles by fitting bike racks in one

section.

• Robust all-weather construction.

• Choice of galvanised or powder

coated sheet steel side & back

panels.

• Adjustable feet for on-site

positioning.

• Parabolts for surface mounting

included. Must be bolted to

250mm thick concrete for stability.

• Perforated panels are supplied

light grey as standard.



Traditional Shelter - Galvanised Sides, Open Back

Size H.W.D Code Initial Extension

2180.2450.1900 SC211924G £1,283.00 £1,111.00

2180.2450.2500 SC212524G £1,393.00 £1,175.00

2180.3060.1900 SC211930G £1,650.00 £1,540.00

2180.3060.2500 SC212530G £1,790.00 £1,668.00

Traditional Shelter - Perforated Sides, Open Back


2180.2450.1900 SC211924B £1,831.00 £1,645.00

2180.2450.2500 SC212524B £2,005.00 £1,783.00

2180.3060.1900 SC211930B £2,208.00 £2,059.00

2180.3060.2500 SC212530B £2,462.00 £2,290.00

Wall Mounted Cycle Shelter

A cost effective means of storing up to 8 bikes

under cover, without the need for extensive ground

works. Apart from the two front supporting legs, all

parts mount to a suitable brick or stone wall.


• Comes complete with 3 Sheffield Loops for storing up to

6 bikes.

• Supplied in kit form with easy to follow instructions for on

site assembly and installation.

• Parabolts for front support legs included. Must be bolted

to 250mm thick concrete (wall fixings not included).

INSTALLATION

AVAILABLE


Initial Frame Colour Suffix

Extension Frame Colour Suffix

BXX GXX AXX LXX RXX

Door Colour Options


BEA GEA AEA LEA REA

Traditional Shelter - Galvanised Sides, Closed Back


2180.2450.1900 SC211924K £1,478.00 £1,265.00

2180.2450.2500 SC212524K £1,567.00 £1,330.00

2180.3060.1900 SC211930K £1,835.00 £1,641.00

2180.3060.2500 SC212530K £1,978.00 £1,702.00

Traditional Shelter - Perforated Sides, Closed Back


2180.2450.1900 SC211924C £2,127.00 £1,895.00

2180.2450.2500 SC212524C £2,291.00 £2,079.00

2180.3060.1900 SC211930C £2,531.00 £2,347.00

2180.3060.2500 SC212530C £2,799.00 £2,572.00

G

L

R

B

A

308

Wall Mounted Cycle Shelter - For 6 Bikes


2270.3000.1900 SCW223019*IX £1,433.00

Wall Mounted Cycle Shelter Extension - For 6 Bikes


2180.2450.1900 SCW223019*IE £1,358.00

Kenilworth Cycle Shelters


The Kenilworth is an attractive, curved cycle shelter,

popular with schools and colleges and offers

floor to roof level protection from the prevailing

elements. This is a tough, robust structure with

vandal resistant features.

INSTALLATION

AVAILABLE



Kenilworth Cycle Shelter

• Powder coated finish in a range of RAL colours - also

available fully galvanised.

• Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted

into the ground.

• Designed for use with our Sheffield Loops and Racks.

• Initial shelters can be linked side by side to form longer

runs.

• Supplied with a 5mm PETG perspex roof and sides.

• On site installation available - please speak to sales.

Height x Depth Width Galvanised Price Powder Coated Price

GX

2000 SCKN2020OV £2,303.00 SCKN2020OJ £2,303.00

LX

YX

UX

BX

RX


2230.2150

3000 SCKN3020OV £2,522.00 SCKN3020OJ £2,522.00

4000 SCKN4020OV £2,742.00 SCKN4020OJ £2,742.00

5000 SCKN5020OV £2,961.00 SCKN5020OJ £2,961.00

309

Dudley Cycle Shelters


The Dudley Cycle Shelter combines contemporary design at

a competitive price. This shelter is available with a perspex

roof and optional end panels in a galvanised and powder

coated finish.


• Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted

into the ground.

• Designed for use with our Sheffield Loops and Racks,

please see page 306.

• Initial shelters can be linked side by side to form longer

runs.


• Supplied with a 4mm PETG perspex roof.

• Available in a galvanised or galvanised and powder

coated finish.

• Optional perspex end panels available.

Door Colour Options


Dudley Cycle Shelters - Dimensions Code

G

L

Sheffield Loops also available

R B A

Height x Depth Width End Panel Options Galvanised Price Galvanised & Powder Coated Price

310

22300mm High

2150mm Deep

2000

SCDUD2020VXX £1,391.00 SCDUD2020JX £1,570.00

Without Perspex

4000 SCDUD4020VXX £1,670.00 SCDUD4020JX £1,878.00

2000

SCDUD2020VPX £1,689.00 SCDUD2020JP £1,868.00

With Perspex

4000 SCDUD4020VPX £1,968.00 SCDUD4020JP £2,176.00

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter


£1,134.00

From Only

Aimes at locations where space is at a premium, this shelter provides cover for up to 8 smokers.


• Greater than 50% open.

• Translucent polycarbonate roof provides up to 97% UV protection.

• Fixes to a suitable wall on one side (fixings not included) while supporting legs bolted to floor (Parabolts included). Must

be bolted to 250mm thick conrecte for stability.

• Site survey and erection service available.

Smoking Shelters

Large Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter

Size H.W.D. Capacity Code Price

2270.3000.1900 8 People SS241930CWM £1,134.00

Door Colour Options


GXX

LXX

YXX

UXX

BXX

RXX

311

Premier Smoking Shelter


The Premier Smoking Shelter has a curved roof

made from translucent polycarbonate panels,

giving up to 97% UV protection. The contemporary

design enables employers to provide a modern

and aesthetically pleasing smoking area away from

main entrances and exits.

Premier shelter shown with clear perspex sides.

Smoking Shelter


• Choice of clear perspex or powder coated steel

perforated side & back panels.


• More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of

cigarette fumes.

• Suitable for up to 9 people.

• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be bolted

to 250mm thick concrete for stability.

• Site survey and installation service available.

• Frame mounted seats available.

Premier shelter shown with perforated steel sides.

Frame Colour Option


LXX

BXX

GXX

312

Premier Shelter - Perforated Steel Sides

Size H.W.D Capacity Code Price

2320.3000.2100 9 People SS223021P £3,901.00

Premier Shelter - Clear Perspex Sides


2320.3000.2100 9 People SS223021X £4,249.00

Traditional Smoking Shelter

Legislation throughout the UK banning smoking

in public places including the workplace has

resulted in employers adopting new codes of

practice to accomodate smokers. These shelters

enable employers and establishments to create

a designated smoking area away from main

entrances and exits.


• 6mm clear perspex sides with choice of perforated

steel or perspex back.


• More than 50% open area to allow rapid dispersal of

cigarette fumes.

• Smaller shelters suitable for up to 9 people, larger

shelters up to 12 people.

• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must be

bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability.

• Site survey and installation service available.

Traditional shelter shown with optional bench seating and smoking bin.

Traditional shelter with extension P.O.A



LXX

BXX

GXX


Smoking Shelters

Traditional Shelter - Perforated Steel Back


2180.2450.1900 7 People SS212419P £3,010.00

2180.2450.2500 9 People SS212425P £3,545.00

2180.3060.1900 9 People SS213019P £3,403.00

2180.3060.2500 12 People SS213025P £4,532.00

Traditional Shelter - Clear Perspex Back


2180.2450.1900 7 People SS212419X £3,237.00

2180.2450.2500 9 People SS212425X £3,810.00

2180.3060.1900 9 People SS213019X £3,664.00

2180.3060.2500 12 People SS213025X £4,819.00

313

15L Pedal Bins - Set of 3


• Ideal for offices, warehouses, schools & factories etc

• Manufactured from high quality polypropylene

• Hygienic & easy to wipe clean

• Large pedal for easy operation

• Available in grey or yellow - specify when ordering

• Set of 3 Bins to be ordered in the same colours


EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

15L Pedal Bins - Set of 3

Capacity Size L.W.H. Code

Price

Set of 3

15 Litres 260.270.340 LPB15Z £50.95

70L Pedal Bin


• Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene

• Mobile on 155mm wheels for easy movement

• Available in dark grey or green - specify when ordering

Waste Management

2 x LPB70Y

EXPRESS DELIVERY

314

Open Top Bins


Price

1 Off

Price

(each)

2+

70 Litres 555.510.750 LPB70Y £51.80 £49.45

Pedal Bins






• Available in yellow, red or grey


Capacity Size H.W.D Code

Pedal Bins

Price

(each)

1+

Price

(each)

3+

Price

(each)

5+

30 Litres 455.370.380 LPB30Z £30.15 £26.50 £24.30

50 Litres 560.380.410 LPB50Z £35.25 £31.30 £29.10

80 Litres 670.410.470 LPB80Z £43.15 £38.65 £36.45

Pedal Bins with Coloured Lids






• Available with yellow, red, green or blue lids


Capacity Size H.W.D Code

Pedal Bins with Coloured Lids

Price

(each)

1+

Price

(each)

3+

Price

(each)

5+

30 Litres 455.370.380 CPB30Z £30.15 £26.50 £24.30

50 Litres 560.380.410 CPB50Z £35.25 £31.30 £29.10

80 Litres 670.410.470 CPB80Z £43.15 £38.65 £36.45

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Waste Management Site Safety & Premises

315

Pedal Bins

• Fitted with plastic liners

PROMPT DELIVERY

Waste Bins

• Hygienic wipe clean plastic

• Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow

• Ideal for use in kitchens, offices, shops, warehouses etc

EXPRESS DELIVERY


PB020Z

Capacity Size H.dia Code

White Body Pedal Bins

Price

(each)

1 to 4

Price

(each)

5+

3 Litres 270.167 PB003Z £20.90 £14.35

12 Litres 400.248 PB012Z £37.60 £31.05

20 Litres 445.292 PB020Z £44.95 £36.35

30 Litres 640.292 PB030Z £57.15 £50.60

Stainless Steel Body Pedal Bins

3 Litres 270.167 PBSS003Z £20.90 £14.35

12 Litres 400.248 PBSS012Z £37.60 £31.05

20 Litres 445.292 PBSS020Z £44.95 £36.35

30 Litres 640.292 PBSS030Z £57.15 £50.60

Push Spring Lid Bins

PBSS030Z

• Ideal for recycling & normal waste

• Available in grey bases with coloured

lids - please specify when ordering

• Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which

sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour

Lift Lid Bins

Waste Bins

RCY57Z

Capacity Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 2+

20 Litres 355.255.500 1.2 kg RCY29Z £26.65 £20.70

50 Litres 420.300.670 2 kg RCY43Z £36.40 £33.00

60 Litres 455.320.750 2.5 kg RCY57Z £38.75 £37.50

• Ideal for recycling & normal waste

• 4 lid colour options available - blue, green,

red or yellow - specify when ordering

• Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which

sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour

Waste Management

PROMPT DELIVERY

STICKERS - specify when ordering

4 x LLB25Z


PLB45Z

PROMPT DELIVERY

316

Capacity

Litres

Size H.W.D.

Push Spring Lid Bins

Code

Price

(each)

1 to 4

Price

(each)

5+

12 350.265.247 PLB12Z £14.35 £12.55

28 491.360.293 PLB28Z £18.10 £15.70

45 600.393.335 PLB45Z £27.80 £23.70

Lift Lid Bins

Capacity Size H.W.D. Code

Price

(each)

1 to 4

Price

(each)

5+

25 Litres 510.190.400 LLB25Z £23.30 £16.85

50 Litres 510.400.400 LLB50Z £28.70 £23.20

Pedal Bins

• Ideal for offices, warehouses,

schools & factories etc

• Manufactured from polypropylene


• Lightweight but

durable construction

• Fitted with two wheels

to allow easy movement

• Available in yellow or grey


GBI45Z

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Recycling Bins

• Ideal for recycling & your normal waste

• 8 colour lid options; yellow, red, green,

blue, dark grey, black, lime &

brown - specify when ordering

• Available with a

choice of 6 stickers

- please specify

which sticker is

required when

ordering,along

with the lid colour

STICKERS


GBI68Z

Pedal Bins

Capacity Size H.W.D. Weight Code

GBI45Z

Price

each

PROMPT DELIVERY

Price

Box of 3

45 Litres 600.410.400 3 kg GBI45Z £51.00 £124.05

68 Litres 670.500.410 4.5 kg GBI68Z £61.50 £154.85


Waste Management

8 x RB250Z

Recycling Bins

Description Capacity Size H.W.D Code

Price

(each)

1 to 4

Price

(each)

5+

Light Grey Base / Coloured Lid 30 Litres 415.410.320 RB130Z £32.15 £27.20

Grey Base / Coloured Lid 30 Litres 415.410.320 RB230Z £32.15 £27.20

Light Grey Base / Coloured Lid 50 Litres 620.410.320 RB150Z £35.05 £29.05

Grey Base / Coloured Lid 50 Litres 620.410.320 RB250Z £35.05 £29.05

317

Wheeled Bins

• Manufactured from polyethylene & mobile on 50mm castors

• 4 colours available; blue, green, dark grey or red/orange -


PROMPT DELIVERY

LWB30Y


LWB50Y

Recycling Bins - Set of 3

• Supplied as a set of 3

complete with 5 stickers;

general waste (white),

paper (blue), plastic

(red), food & drink

cans (dk grey)

& glass (green)

• Ideal for offices,

warehouses

& factories etc

• Hygienic wipe-clean

plastic

Wheeled Bins

Capacity Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 2+

30 Litres 350.255.490 2 kg LWB30Y £29.05 £24.15

50 Litres 420.470.650 3 kg LWB50Y £33.75 £28.35

Waste Management

PROMPT DELIVERY

Recycling Bins - Set of 3

Capacity Size L.W.H. Weight Code Price (set)

60 Litres each 330.450.790 each 3 kg each RCY63Z £100.85

RCY63Z

Set of 3

Flip Bins

• High quality coloured plastic base with a

white flip lid. 4 base colour options available -

yellow, red, green or blue - specify when ordering

• Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please

specify which sticker is required when

ordering, along with base colour


PROMPT DELIVERY

318

4 x FB050Z

Capacity

Overall Size

H.W.D

Flip Bins

Code

Price

(each)

1 to 4

Price

(each)

5+

50 Litres 665.330.400 FB050Z £27.30 £19.30

• Colour-coded lids to encourage effective waste

separation.

• Two space saving high quality recessed castors.

• Mobile wheelie bins.

• Hinged lid for easy emptying.

• Large ergonomic handles.

• Frost resistant polyethylene construction.

• Size: 553 x 512 x 852mm including lid.

Mobile Containers

Mobile Containers

Lid Colour Capacity L L . W . Hmm Code Price

Green

From Only

£59.87

129012GR* £59.87

Blue 129012BL* £59.87

Yellow 129012YW* £59.87

100 533 . 512 . 852

Beige 129012BE* £59.87

Black 129012BK* £59.87

Red 129012RD* £59.87


PROMPT DELIVERY

Brute Containers

• Heavy-duty.

• Available in 5 popular sizes.

• Durable and will not rust, chip or peel.

• Indoor or outdoor use.

• Reinforced rims for durability.

• Double-ribbed base.

• Thermal resistance -29 C / +60 C.

• Built-in handles for non-slip lifting.

• Easy anti-jam nesting.

• Polyethylene.


From Only

£39.69

Waste & Recycling

Brute Containers

Dimensions mm Capacity Litres Available Colours Container Code Price Lid Code Available Colours Price

397 . 435 37.9 Grey, White FG261000 £39.69 - - -

495 . 581 75.7 Grey, Blue, Yellow, White FG262000 £66.77 FG261960 Grey, White £17.48

559 . 692 121.1 Blue, Red, Yellow, White FG263200 £88.22 FG263100 Grey, White, Red, Yellow £23.84

610 . 800 166.5 Black, Yellow, Grey FG264300 £103.99 FG264560 Grey, Black, White £38.16

673 . 838 208.3 Grey FG265500 £141.32 FG265400 Grey £28.00

* Please specify colour at time of order.

319

Slim Jim Recycling Containers - Set of 3

• Sold as a set of 3 which includes Plastic, Glass and

General Waste Recycling Container.

• Slim container design for tight spaces.

• Polyethylene construction.

• An effective way to improve recycling.

• Hard wearing durable design.

Recycling Centre - Set of 3

£225.39

Set of 3

Dimensions mm

H x L x W

Capacity Code Price

Each - 632.279.588 60.1 L 5404401 £225.39



• Sold as a set of 4 which includes Plastic, Glass, Paper and

General Waste recycling containers.




Dimensions mm

H x L x W


Capacity Code Price

Each - 632.279.588 60.1 L 5404402 £301.26

£301.26

Set of 4

Waste & Recycling


• Sold as a set of 5 which includes Plastic,

Cans, Glass, Paper and General Waste

recycling containers.




£377.13

Set of 5

Dimensions mm

H x L x W


Capacity Code Price

Each - 632.279.588 60.1 L 5404403 £377.13

320

Stainless Steel Litter Bins

The TRAFFIC-LINE Stainless Steel Litter Bins are stylish and modern in

appearance, complementing their surroundings. Equally at home in town

or country, these litter bins offer an elegant solution to litter disposal.

Manufactured in high quality stainless steel with galvanised liners and fitted

with an in built lock.

It is ideal for installation in parks, public places, shopping centres, retail parks

etc. Manufactured in high quality stainless steel the design DS35 comprises

a hooped outer frame with a fixed dome canopy. The 35 litre inner bin is

accessed by unlocking and tilting the outer container. The lock mechanism is

operated with a triangular key. Includes drainage facility for liquids.

Specifications

• Sizes(mm): 1,150H x 520 x 350

• Outer Material: Stainless Steel

• Inner Material bin: Galvanised

steel

• Capacity: 35 litres

• Features: Lockable via

triangular key


Bins

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Root fixing adapter (2 per litter bin)

Dimensions (mm) Weight (Kg) Code Price

1150.520.350 14.5 512.27.575* £441.20

Root fixing adapter (2per litter bin) 1.5 512.27.861* £36.00


321

Pedal Wheeled Bins



• Large, heavy duty, steel pedal for easy operation


Waste Bins


Price

120 Litres 460.550.940 LPB120Z £60.75

240 Litres 590.750.1000 LPB240Z £85.70

Wheeled Bins with Accessories


• Manufactured from either 30% recycled

polyethylene (blue, green, dark grey or

red/orange) or 100% virgin

polyethylene (yellow)

• Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PROMPT DELIVERY

Large Heavu Duty

Steel Pedal

Waste Management

322 324

Bottle Hole

Dark Grey Lid

Capacity Size L.W.H. Weight

Letter Slot

Dark Grey Lid

Push Flap

Dark Grey Lid

Wheeled Bins with Accessories

Blue, Green, Dk Grey or Red/Orange Body

Yellow Body


Letter Slot Lid (complete with Wheeled Bin) - Dark Grey Lid

120 Litres 460.550.940 8.5 kg LWB12LSY £70.00 LWB12LSYYEL £75.05

240 Litres 590.750.1000 14 kg LWB24LSY £89.80 LWB24LSYYEL £99.20

Bottle Hole Lid (complete with Wheeled Bin) - Dark Grey Lid

120 Litres 460.550.940 8.5 kg LWB12BHY £70.00 LWB12BHYYEL £75.05

240 Litres 590.750.1000 14 kg LWB24BHY £89.80 LWB24BHYYEL £99.20

Push Flap Lid (complete with Wheeled Bin) - Dark Grey Lid

120 Litres 460.550.940 8.5 kg LWB12PFY £70.00 LWB12PFYYEL £75.05

240 Litres 590.750.1000 14 kg LWB24PFY £92.00 LWB24PFYYEL £101.50

Side Pedal & Dark Grey Lid (complete with Wheeled Bin)

Side Pedal

Dark Grey Lid

120 Litres 460.550.940 8.5 kg LWB12SPY £66.30 LWB12SPYYEL £71.35

240 Litres 590.750.1000 14 kg LWB24SPY £86.70 LWB24SPYYEL £96.15

LWB360Y


LWB120Y

Wheeled Bins

LWB240YYEL


• Manufactured from either 30% recycled

polyethylene (blue, green, dark grey or

red/orange) or 100% virgin

polyethylene (yellow)

• Easily manoeuvrable

on 200mm wheels

• Model LWB360Y is available in

blue or green as standard. Other

colours available upon request

LWB120Y

Capacity Size L.W.H. Weight

LWB80Y

Wheeled Bins

Blue, Green, Dk Grey or Red/Orange

PROMPT DELIVERY

Yellow

Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 2+ Code Price 1 Off Price (each) 2+

80 Litres 470.540.780 6.5 kg LWB80Y £51.15 £49.00 LWB80YYEL £55.35 £53.20

120 Litres 460.550.940 7 kg LWB120Y £50.90 £48.95 LWB120YYEL £55.95 £53.85

240 Litres 590.750.1000 10 kg LWB240Y £66.30 - LWB240YYEL £75.70 -

360 Litres 710.850.1120 22 kg LWB360Y £122.15 - - - -

LWB120Y

Waste Management

323

Janitorial Trolleys

• Manufactured from durable plastic

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels at the back

& 2 x 75mm swivel castors at the front

• Complete with a strong blue PVC sack


HI328Y Bag Lid

EXPRESS DELIVERY


Janitorial Trolleys

Collector Trolley

HI308Y

Janitorial Trolleys

Shelf Trolley

• Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 braked


• 3 x 30L grey plastic containers & 2 x 14L bins - all removable • Complete with aluminium uprights


• 25mm lip on 3 sides & a

5mm rim on 1 side

• Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel ‘quietcastors’


EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Assembly Available



Description Size L.W.H. Shelf Heights Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

Janitorial Trolley 1140.500.972 580 / 970 9 kg ASC / £25 HI308Y £102.80

Janitorial Trolley with Bag Lid 1140.500.972 580 / 970 10 kg ASC / £25 HI328Y £108.65

GIC816

Assembly Available



HI424Y & HI004Z

324

Assembly Available



Collector Trolley


776.455.925 15 kg ASC / £25 GIC816 £173.05

Shelf Trolley

Description Size L.W.H. Weight

Assembly

Code / Price

Code

Price

3 Shelf Trolley 850.420.910 8 kg ASB / £20 HI424Y £116.30

Optional Buckets -

1 x 332L.232W.172H

& 1 x 336L.236W.562H

- - HI004Z £40.75*


Laundry Trolleys

• Chrome plated steel tubular frame with a strong,

removable canvas sack (base frame for support)

• HI552Y canvas sack includes a drawstring

- ideal for transportation

• Model HI552Y folds for compact storage

• Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors


Drawstring bag

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

HI552Y

Laundry Trolleys

Description Size L.W.H. Folded Size H.W.D. Weight Code Price

Rectangular Model 920.560.880 - 14 kg HI551Y £156.85

Folding X Type Model 685.590.1030 1200.590.380 9 kg HI552Y £123.35

Folding Laundry Trolley

• Strong plastic frame & removable PVC sack

• Base frame supports the bottom of the sack



HI551Y

HI552Y


HI513Y

Janitorial Trolleys

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

HI513Y

Folding Laundry Trolley


710.660.950 9 kg HI513Y £101.95

HI513Y

325

Chain Posts

Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge


Barriers

The ideal solution for controlling access at fixed

locations.

• Quickly & easily deployed.

• Corrosion proof plastic construction.

• Low centre of gravity for stability.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Choice of three base styles.

• Four integrated chain eyes in cap.

• Highly visible post colours – Red/White or Black/Yellow.

Chain Post

Description Base type Colour Code Price

Consisting of

and 10 hooks

Plastic base,

concrete filled

(three sided)

Hi-Vis Belt Posts

Red/White 175.16.146* £71.90

Black/Yellow 175.13.735* £71.90

6 x 870mm chain

Red/White 175.19.176* £95.60

Hard rubber base

post, 10m chain,

(four sided)

10 connecting links

Black/Yellow 175.17.668* £95.60

Round

Red/White 175.15.850* £83.80

Black/Yellow 175.17.247* £83.80


A supremely flexible system that provides either

permanent or temporary demarcation of pedestrian

areas from vehicular traffic routes.

£208.20

From Only

• Quickly & easily deployed.

• High visibility colour scheme.

• Moulded bases with reflectors.

• Temporary or permanent installation.

• Base can be weighted with water or sand.

• Powder coated aluminium posts.

• Self tensioning mechanism.

• Damped belt mechanism for controlled retraction.

• Secure four point fixing for permanent installations.

(Fixing bolts available at extra cost.)

The ideal solution for controlling access at fixed

locations.

• Easy to install.

• Moulded in black hard wearing ABS.

• Damped belt action for smooth retraction.

• Unique bracket allows belt deployment in three

directions.

• Choose from 2 belt colours.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Wall Mounted Belt Cartridge

Description Colour Length (mm) Code Price

H 130mm

D 110mm

Black/Yellow

Striped

Red/White

Striped

EXPRESS DELIVERY

3000 179.18.124* £107.60

4000 179.23.024* £133.70

3000 179.13.738* £107.60

4000 179.23.085* £133.70


PROMPT DELIVERY

Hi-Vis Belt Post

Size Colour Belt length (mm) Code Price

326

H 985mm

Ø 60mm

Base: 330mm

3000 179.14.759* £208.20

Black/Yellow

4000 179.22.511* £231.60

3000 179.19.970* £208.20

Red/White

4000 179.28.338* £231.60

Wall Clip 179.16.000* £13.40

Belt Link 179.17.430* £7.70

* Prompt Delivery Available *Express Delivery Available

Belt Barriers

• Posts are available in a Black coated finish

or a high quality polished Stainless Steel

finish for a durable & aesthetic finish

• The retractable belt is

manufactured from Nylon

• Ideal where you need to channel

traffic; hotels, airports, warehouses,

offices, showrooms etc

• Belt size: 50H x 2000L mm

• 3 way connectivity

• Belt machanism incorporates

a speed restriction function to

prevent the belt retracting too quickly

Black Post

YOUR

MESSAGE

GOES

HERE

RSLS8Z

RDLS7B

Belt Barriers

Belt Colour Post Size H.W Code Price

Red

Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier

Blue RPLB5B £92.60

930.350

Black RPLB6B £92.60

SPL11Z &

SRL22B

RPLB4R £92.60

Receiving End Post RRLB8P £82.70

Red

Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier

RPLS1R £91.90

Blue RPLS2B £91.90

930.350

Black RPLS3B £91.90

Receiving End Post RRLS9P £83.30

Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier

Blue 985.320 RDLS7B £132.65

Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier

Blue - RWLS9B £42.35

Sign Board

- 205.370 RSLS8Z £61.30*

* price applicable when ordering with posts. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own

Rope Barriers

• High quality polished

stainless steel posts for

a durable & aesthetic finish

• Ropes are manufactured

from high quality Polyester

• Ideal where you need

to channel traffic; hotels,

airports, warehouses,

offices, showrooms etc


PROMPT DELIVERY

SPL21Z &

SRL21R

3 x RPLS1R

PROMPT DELIVERY

RWLS9B

SRL21R SRL22B SRL25B

2 x SPL11Z & 2 x SRL25B


Safety Barriers

Rope Barriers

Description Post Size H.W Code Price

Stainless Steel Post

Ball Head 987.320 SPL11Z £81.50

Top Hat Head 935.320 SPL21Z £84.80

Ropes

Red

SRL21R £35.15*

Blue 1500 SRL22B £35.15*

Black SRL25B £35.15*

Wall Hook

- - SHL01Z £15.75*

SHL01Z

327

Obex® Premium Safety Belt Barriers

• Ideal for restricting access to

temporary work areas

• Solid, cast iron base for

extra strength & durability

• Extra long belt of 10.6 metres


CHEVRON BELT OPTIONS

please specify when ordering

MESSAGED BELT OPTIONS

®

OBEX

Barriers

i

Information

HUGE BELT

LENGTH OF 10.6M


Available with the messages listed above


EXPRESS DELIVERY

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Obex® Wall Mounted Belt Barriers

• Manufactured with a steel housing

• Heavy duty nylon construction means

the belt won’t fray or break even

in the toughest conditions

• Ideal for hallways, doors, factories,

warehouses & much more

PSSB10CH

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

PSSB10CH

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

PSSB10CH

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 355 PSBB10CH £127.25 PSBB10ME £165.30

EXPRESS DELIVERY


WMBB23ME

Safety Barriers



i

Information

COMPLETE WITH

RECEIVER CLIP

WMBB23CH



Housing

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Housing Size

H x W x D mm

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Polished Chrome, Black, Yellow or Red 50 2300 120 x 114 x 90 WMBB23CH £41.75 WMBB23ME £45.20


328



*Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details

Obex® Safety Belt Barriers

From Only

£56.40

i

Information

EXPRESS DELIVERY

STEEL BASE

WITH HEAVY DUTY

RUBBER RING

• ›Ideal for restricting access to temporary work areas

• Heavy duty rubber ring provides full contact around the circumference of the base






Steel Base

SBBT34CH

SBBS34ME

4 way connectivity with

belt locking mechanism



®

OBEX

Barriers

Safety Barriers

Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

Single Belt

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*


Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBS34CH £56.40 SBBS34ME £66.80

Twin Belt

Yellow or Red 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBT34CH £75.40 SBBT34ME £96.15

329

Obex® Premium Weatherproof Barriers

• Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating outdoor waiting

lines or restricting access to temporary work areas

• With a recycled rubber base & powder coated

stainless steel post, designed for outdoor use

• Base features convenient carry handles

& is tough enough to drive over

• Designed for creating long run barriers


i

Information

HUGE BELT

LENGTH OF 10.6M



EXPRESS DELIVERY


Safety Barriers



Post

Colours

Fitted with unique locking

device that locks the belt mechanism.

This fixes the belt in place at the desired

length and eliminates belt sagging

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

WMS106ME

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

WMS106CH

Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 480 WMS106CH £127.25 WMS106ME £165.30

Obex® Customisation Options

Your barriers are prime

advertising space as they

are positioned in the most

trafficked location in any

public facility, the customer

queue! Not only can belts

be custom printed but every

element of our barrier can

be customised to create

bold advertising, a safety

message or to blend the

queue with building decor.

Contact us with your

requirements for a no

obligation quote

®

OBEX

Barriers

Some Customisation Ideas:

Your Logo Here

Your Wording Here

330


Obex® Weatherproof Barriers

®

OBEX

Barriers

• Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating outdoor waiting lines or restricting access to temporary work areas

• With a recycled rubber base & powder coated stainless steel post, designed for outdoor use

• Base features convenient carry handles & is tough enough to drive over

From Only

£67.65

EXPRESS DELIVERY





Safety Barriers

WMT34ME

WMS34CH

WMS34CH



Post

Colours

Belt

Depth mm

Belt

Length mm

Post Size

H x W mm

Single Belt

Model

Chevron Belt

Price each

2+ Off*


Model

Messaged Belt

Price each

2+ Off*

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMS34CH £67.65 WMS34ME £78.00

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMS49CH £93.55 WMS49ME £113.50

Twin Belt

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMT34CH £93.55 WMT34ME £114.30

Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMT49CH £128.15 WMT49ME £167.90

331

Steel Hoop Guards

£172.20

From Only


Barriers

Protect and segregate pedestrians, machinery

and other zones from works vehicles, falls etc.

• Versatile and effective protection.

• Highly visible finish.

• Additional reinforcing crossbar.

• Easily installed with bolts (available at extra cost).

• Permanent & removable versions now available for

fixing to vertical surfaces, POA.

EXPRESS DELIVERY

H x W (mm)

48mm tube x 2mm thick

Steel Hoop Guards

Finish Code Price

1000 x 1000

Powder coated 201.14.228* £177.50

Galvanised & powder coated 201.15.512* £224.90

1000 x 1500

Powder coated 201.15.794* £197.50


1000 x 2000

Powder coated 201.14.465* £231.10


Surface fixing bolts 12/100

(4 required)

- 109.17.393 £1.40

PROMPT DELIVERY


Heavy Duty Bollards

A comprehensive range of heavy duty

bollards with a wide spread of protective

capabilities that meet most eventualities.

Only available in XXL

• Heavy duty protection.

• Manufactured from high grade steel.

• Highly visible finish.

Heavy Duty Bollard

Ø x H (mm) Description Code Price

332

90 x 1200

Surface fixing* 199.19.943* £144.80

S

90 x 1600 Sub-surface fixing* 199.17.454* £131.20

159 x 1200

Surface fixing* 199.16.549* £266.60

L

159 x 1600 Sub-surface fixing* 199.15.852* £267.20

194 x 1200

Surface fixing 199.15.151* £498.00

XL

194 x 1600 Sub-surface fixing 199.19.836* £478.70

273 x 1200

Surface fixing 199.19.146* £661.50

XXL

273 x 1600 Sub-surface fixing 199.13.769* £661.50

14 x 110 Surface fixing bolts for S + L (4 required) 109.18.268* £2.50

16 x 140 Surface fixing bolts for XL+ XXL (4 required) 109.14.550* £6.30

* Prompt Delivery Available *Express Delivery Available

Heavy Duty Bollards - Flex

Protection Guards - Flex

The “smart“ protection bollard – yields when hit

helping to reduce damage to both the bollard and

the vehicle. Combination of internal spring and

an elastic polyurethane buffer absorbs the impact

force (progressive force absorption).

• “Gives“ up to 25°.

• Returns to original position.


TRAFFIC-LINE ‘Flex’ - Heavy Duty Bollard

H x Ø (mm) Finish Code

655 x 159

Powder coated 199.23.867*

Weight (Kg/

ea.)

Delivery time

(Working days)

Price

£331.70

17 15

Galvanised &

199.28.165* £376.50

powder coated

Under-Run Guards

PROMPT DELIVERY


A unique development of our standard Protection

Guards that features the strength and protective

attributes of steel combined with the ability to ‘give’

up to 10 degrees from the vertical, reducing the

incidence of damage and the need for repairs. This

is achieved by equipping the guard with flexible

shock absorbing polyurethane pads.

TRAFFIC-LINE ‘Flex’ Protection Guards

H x W x D/Ø (mm) Finish Code Price

390 x 750 x 76

390 x 1000 x 76

390 x 2000 x 76

640 x 750 x 76

640 x 1000 x 76

640 x 2000 x 76

1240 x 750 x 76

1240 x 1000 x 76

1240 x 2000 x 76

Powder coated 196.23.927* £188.40


Powder coated 196.20.479* £206.30


Powder coated 196.23.138* £288.50


Powder coated 196.27.339* £223.10


Powder coated 196.29.617* £236.30


Powder coated 196.28.884* £318.40


Powder coated 196.21.978* £271.60


Powder coated 196.21.739* £288.20


Powder coated 196.27.054* £377.70



Under-Run Corner Guards


Same design as TRAFFIC-LINE Protection Guards but

with steel infill plate.


• Strong, effective protection.

• Protect vulnerable equipment.

PROMPT DELIVERY

• Highly visible colour scheme.

Under-Run Guards


This addition to our range of Under-Run guards

provides the same high level of protection for

vulnerable corners.

Internal 350mmH x 750mmL with 150mmH Steel

Plate insert

196.16.857* £202.20


Plate insert

196.15.132* £220.90


Plate insert.

196.17.125* £289.10

Internal 600mmH x 1,000mmL with 400mmH Steel

Plate insert.

196.17.619* £310.30


Under-Run Corner Guards


Internal 350mmH x 600mmW x 600mmD with

150mm

196.22.305* £322.60

Internal 600mmH x 600mmW x 600mmD with

400mm

196.27.835* £412.50


Impact Protection

333

MD Protective Railings

This highly visible Medium Duty Railing

System separates and protects machinery

and pedestrian walkways from vehicular

traffic etc. Internally or externally, and

is highly suitable for installations where

Heavy Duty protection is not required.

• Excellent build quality and strength.

• Modular design for quick & easy installation.

• Counter sunk bolts secure rails to post.

• Can be easily extended at any stage.

• Damaged sections easily replaced.

TRAFFIC-LINE - Cross Bar

TRAFFIC-LINE - Post


Impact Protection

334

W x D (mm) Length (mm) Finish Code Price

Lateral rails

60 x 40

HD Impact Protection Railings

Engineered for heavy duty protection of pedestrian

walkways etc.

• Provides protection for pedestrians from vehicular traffic.


• Modular design for quick and easy installation.

• Counter sunk bolts secure rails to posts.

• Ideal for customised applications.

• Can be easily extended at any stage.

• Damaged sections are easily replaced.

• Easily secured with bolts (extra cost).

• FLEX options available.

• Gate Section available (see page 121).

TRAFFIC-LINE - Cross Bar

Length (mm) Finish Code Price

1000

1200

1500

2000

1,000

1,200

1,500

2,000

Powder coated 194.18.997* £85.70


Powder coated 194.16.172* £92.70


Powder coated 194.15.942* £115.20


Powder coated 194.13.434* £150.70


H x W x D (mm) Description Finish Code Price

Powder Coated Yellow 194.21.266* £68.30


HDG + Powder Coated

End Post

Yellow

194.29.126* £104.40

HDG + Powder Coated

Yellow

194.25.033* £152.0

Powder Coated Yellow 194.27.076* £73.70 Posts 1,000mm

HDG + Powder Coated

High 70 x 70mm


Yellow

194.27.265* £112.60

with 140 x 160 Middle Post


HDG + Powder Coated

x 10mm base

Yellow

194.20.894* £178.80

HDG + Powder Coated

plate

Yellow

194.27.828* £139.90



Corner Post

HDG + Powder Coated

HDG + Powder Coated

Yellow

194.21.831* £185.50

Yellow

194.29.847* £182.70

* Prompt Delivery Available * Prompt Delivery Available

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PROMPT DELIVERY

TRAFFIC-LINE - Post

H x W x D

(mm)

Description Finish Code Price

End Post

Powder coated 194.16.094* £82.80


500 x 100

Powder coated 194.18.550* £90.20

Centre Post

x 100


90º Angle Post

Powder coated 194.13.760* £91.70


End Post

Powder coated 194.14.244* £124.30


TRAFFIC-LINE ‘Flex’ - Shock Absorbing Pad For Post

1000 x 100

Powder coated 194.17.026* £141.40

H x W x D (mm) Material Code Price

Centre Post

x 100


50 x 200 x 200 Polyurethane 422.21.456* £34.00

90º Angle Post

Powder coated 194.18.205* £146.70


300 x 100 x 100 Chemical Anchors 109.20.858* £62.30

*Express Delivery Available * Prompt Delivery Available * Prompt Delivery Available

Lift Out Rail Barriers

• Modular design at either 500,

900 or 1100mm tall with easily

removable rails to allow access if

required.

• Constructed from tough mild steel

box section.

• Ships in component form for easy

on site assembly.

• Supplied with floor fixings.

• Powder coated high visibility

yellow.

Lift Out Single Rail Barrier Posts


End Post RBSRBBEX500Y £88.00

500.80.80 Standard Post RBSRBBSX500Y £102.00

Corner Post RBSRBBCX500Y £102.00

Lift Out Twin Rail Barrier Posts


1100.80.80

RBTRBBE1100Y £114.00

End Post

900.80.80 RBTRBBEX900Y £100.00

1100.80.80

RBTRBBS1100Y £128.00

Standard Post

900.80.80 RBTRBBSX900Y £115.00

1100.80.80

RBTRBBC1100Y £128.00

Corner Post

900.80.80 RBTRBBCX900Y £115.00

Lift Out Barrier Rails - Universal

Size (Length) Code Price

3000 RBTRBBB3000Y £119.00

2400 RBTRBBB2400Y £101.00

1200 RBTRBBB1200Y £79.00

600 RBTRBBBX600Y £53.00

300 RBTRBBBX300Y £37.00

Round Tube Barriers


Round Tube Single Barrier Posts

Size H. Option Code Price

End Post RBSRBREX500Y £84.00

500

Standard Post RBSRBRSX500Y £105.00

Corner Post RBSRBRCX500Y £105.00

Round Tube Twin Barrier Posts

Size H. Option Code Price

End Post RBTRBREX900Y £134.00

900

Standard Post RBTRBRSX900Y £162.00

Corner Post RBTRBRCX900Y £162.00

• Modular design at 500mm or 900mm tall using

round tube beams and box section supports.

• Shipped in component form for easy on site

assembly.


• Powder coated high visibility yellow.

Installation

Available

Round Tube Barrier Rails - Universal

Size (Length) Code Price

2000 RBTRBRB2000Y £61.00

1600 RBTRBRB1600Y £49.00

800 RBTRBRBX800Y £37.00

400 RBTRBRBX400Y £25.00

Barriers

335

Fully Welded Barriers

These safety barriers are designed for creating

protective barriers around machinery and

equipment and for defining walkways through

industrial, manufacturing and warehousing areas.

• Choice of open or mesh infill panels.





Corner Barrier Units

Size L.H Mesh Infill Price Open Barrier Price

EXPRESS DELIVERY

1200.900 RBCU1290MYXX £369.00 RBCU1290OYXX £250.00

1200.1100 RBCU1211MYXX £369.00 RBCU1211OYXX £253.00


Barriers

Straight Barrier Units


1200.900 RBST1290MYXX £233.00 RBST1290OYXX* £177.00





Low Level Barriers

£164.00

From Only

Gate Barrier Units


900.900 RBGU9090MYXX £210.00 RBGU9090OYXX £164.00




• Designed to protect machinery from damage by fork lift

or pallet trucks.

• Fully welded construction from box section.

• Powder coated yellow or black as standard.


• Angled steel corner protectors.

From Only

£84.00

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Low Level Barriers

Size H.W Colour Option Code Price

Corner Protectors

Size H.W.D Colour Option Code Price

300.300.300 Yellow RBLLSCX300YX* £84.00

300.1200 Yellow RBLLSB1200YX* £140.00

300.800 Yellow RBLLSBX800YX* £110.00

300.400 Yellow RBLLSBX400YX* £97.00

336


Safety Barriers

• Constructed from heavy duty 115mm diameter steel

pipe, which make these units ideal for work areas

• Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm diameter holes

for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied)

• Powder coated yellow for high visibility

• Mounting plate size: 200 x 200mm

SMG10H

From Only

£85.80

SMG15C

SMG09B

PROMPT DELIVERY

3 x SGP10Z &

4 x SGR11Z

SMG02L

Safety Barriers

Description Size H.L. Weight Code Price

High Profile Guard 1065.1220 17 kg SMG10H £175.45

Low Profile Guard 230.1220 12 kg SMG02L £118.15

Safety Bollard 915 10 kg SMG09B £85.80

Corner Guard 610.610 12 kg SMG15C £163.70

Steel Barrier System

• Simple & easy installation

• Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity

• Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges

• Available with single or double height posts

• Mounting plate size: 254 x 254mm

• Post size: 100 x 100mm

PROMPT DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Barriers Site Safety & Premises

TAILOR MAKE

YOUR OWN

BARRIER

3 x SGP04Z &

2 x SGR11Z

Steel Barrier System - Barriers

Length Weight Code Price

508 10 kg SGR05Z £76.50

1118 18 kg SGR11Z £126.40

1728 26 kg SGR17Z £178.70

2337 34.5 kg SGR23Z £230.50

Steel Barrier System - Posts

Height Weight Code Price

Single - 483 16.5 kg SGP04Z £112.80

Double - 1093 27.5 kg SGP10Z £171.60

337

PolyWRAP Column Protector Range

Ideal for

mezzanine

columns


Safety Barriers

338

PolyWRAP Spacesaver Column Protectors

PolyWRAP Column Protectors

Overall Dimensions

W.D.H mm

410.410.1045

Ideal for

structural

columns

Overall Dimensions

W.D.H mm

Unless indicated

650.650.1045

These tough and robust column protectors are quick

and easy to install and are made from 100% recyclable

polyethylene. Available in a variety of 15 different sizes to

suit both smaller columns and larger columns from

80mm x 80mm up to 914mm x 305mm.

The smaller spacesaver column protectors are ideal for

protecting mezzanine columns without taking up valuable

floor space, whereas, the larger column protectors are ideal

for protecting structural columns and are a must have for

forklift trucking routes.

• Designed to save space and protect columns

• 15 size options moulded to fit snug to

your specific column size

• Recess feature to cover base plates and studs

• Ratchet security strapping

• Simple and quick to install - no mechanical fixing

• Suitable for external and internal use

Column size to fit

H.W mm

Column size to fit

H.W mm

PolyWRAP Spacesaver Column Protectors

Model

PolyWRAP Column Protectors

Model

Price

152.152 CPR01 £319.00

203.203 CPR02 £349.00

254.254 CPR03 £379.00

305.305 CPR04 £409.00

356.368 CPR05 £439.00

406.406 CPR06 £469.00

610.305 CPR07 £559.00

914.305 CPR08 £739.00

Steel Fork Impact Skirt to suit Column Protectors

Price

80.80 SCP01 £269.00

90.90 SCP02 £269.00

100.100 SCP03 £269.00

120.120 SCP04 £299.00

152.152 SCP05 £299.00

203.203 SCP06 £329.00

250.250 SCP07 £359.00

Steel Fork Impact Skirt to suit Column Protectors

140.422 SCP/SK £149.00

140.422 SCP/SK £149.00

Flexi Delineator Range

These Flexi Posts are ideal where demarcation of

traffic routes are paramount for safety. The posts

can be used on their own or combined with plastic

chains to help segregate traffic and pedestrian

routes. When used with chains, please order the

chain fixing kit (1 per post) and chain separately.

Highly visible signs with a 285mm diameter are

also available to delineate Disabled Parking Bays

and Electric Car Charging Bays.

Chain Fixing Kit

comprises of

Post Adaptor

and S Hooks

• Ensures safety by preventing cars cutting

corners or driving through carparks

• Polyurethane posts that will flex, bend and

crush, then return to shape

• 80mm diameter posts supplied with 3 floor

anchor bolts suitable for tarmac or concrete

• 1000mm high

• Choice of 4 high visibility colours

Highly visible

signs are also

available as an

add-on

Flexi Delineator Range


Yellow Post with Silver Reflectors FDP/Y £79.00

White Post with Red Reflectors FDP/W £79.00

Black Post with Yellow Reflectors FDP/B £79.00

Black Post with White Reflectors FDP/BW £79.00

Armco Safety Corners

Armco Safety Ends

Chain Fixing Kit FDK/FK £9.00

Black and Yellow 8mm Plastic Chain x 25M PCH/BY £39.00

Red and White 8mm Plastic Chain x 25M PCH/RW £39.00

Disabled Parking Sign 285mm Diameter FDS/DP £32.00

Electric Charging Sign 285mm Diameter FDS/EC £32.00

Armco Safety

Yellow/Silver

White/Red

Black/Yellow

Black/White

Electric Car Charging Bay

Disabled Parking Bay

Improve safety in the workplace with the armco safety range.

Available for steel corners and ends - with 3 different end designs

(standard, pedestrian and fishtail).Made from polymer, these armco

accessories are highly visible, simple and quick to install. Designed

with retrofit compatibility with all steel armco rails, to save costs

and install time. The range is also available in yellow or black,

which contrasts against the steel of the barriers, together with

diamond grade reflectors, they not only offer an aesthetic look but

also contributes towards safety. All fixings included.

• Ideal for covering razor sharp Armco cut ends that

present safety issues

• Flexible under impact - offers low to zero

damage to vehicles

• Retrofit compatibility with Armco terminals

• Fitted with diamond grade reflectors

• Quick and easy to install

Armco Safety

Available

in yellow

or black

Barriers Site Safety & Premises


Armco Safety Corners

External Corner 90° ASCE90 £79.00

External Corner 135° ASCE135 £79.00

Internal Corner 90° ASCIN90 £79.00

Armco Pedestrian Ends

Internal Corner 135° ASCIN135 £79.00

Armco Safety Ends

Yellow Armco Safety End ASE/Y £34.00

Armco Fishtail Ends

Black Armco Safety End ASE/BK £34.00

Armco Pedestrian Ends

Yellow Pedestrian Safety End APSE/Y £39.00

Black Pedestrian Safety End APSE/BK £39.00

Armco Fishtail Ends

Yellow Fishtail Safety End AFSE/Y £49.00

Black Fishtail Safety End AFSE/BK £49.00

339

Guard Barriers


These attractive tubular, safety barriers are ideal for protecting

walkways around machinery and shelving and for defining walkways

though industrial, manufacturing and warehouse areas.




• Order quantities may apply, please speak to the sales team.

Barriers

Long Guard Barrier

Short Guard Barrier

Size H.L mm Code Price

Size H.L mm Code Price

940.2000 RBLGB9420YXX* £222.00

940.1000 RBSGB9410YXX* £170.00


EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Maximum pillar size; W600 x D480mm

340

Corner Guard Barrier


940.530.530 RBCGB9453YXX* £190.00


Pillar Guard Barrier


850.750.700 RBPGB8575YXX* £218.00

Premium Reflective Traffic Mirrors

TMRC60Z

EXPRESS DELIVERY

• Help reduce accidents

& injuries by eliminating blind spots

• Convex traffic mirrors which are ideal for outdoor use

• Durable casing with reflective strips

& with impact resistant mirror

• Complete with brackets & fixings to fix the mirrors to

a post or a wall/flat surface. These mirrors are adjustable

for post sizes from 50 to 76mm (2” to 3”) dia.

Indoor Mirrors

i

Information

COMPLETE WITH BRACKETS

& FIXINGS TO MOUNT THE

MIRRORS ON A WALL/FLAT

SURFACE OR POST

TMR6040Z

Circular Traffic Mirrors with Reflective Edges

Description Visibility Distance

Weight

kg

Code

Price

600mm dia. approx. 15 metres 2.5 TMRC60Z £107.55

800mm dia. approx. 15 metres 5 TMRC80Z £175.75

Rectangular Traffic Mirrors with Reflective Edges


Weight

kg

Code

Price

600 x 400mm

approx. 15 metres 2 TMR6040Z £100.65

800 x 600mm

approx. 15 metres 4 TMR8060Z £162.80

Traffic Mirrors with Hoods


TMN600Z

Wall/Flat Surface

Bracket

TMN800Z

Wall/Flat

Surface

Bracket

Post Fixing

Bracket

Mirrors

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

TMN600Z



• Convex mirrors which are ideal for indoor use

• High visibility orange casing with impact resistant mirror

• TMN600Z - complete with wall/flat surface bracket & fixings

• TMN800Z - complete with brackets & fixings to fix

the mirrors on to a 76mm (3”) dia. post



• High visibility orange casing

with impact resistant mirror

• Complete with hood for weather

protection to help reduce sun glare

• Complete with brackets & fixings to fix

the mirrors on to a 50mm (2”) dia. post

TMH45Z

Indoor Mirrors


Weight

kg

Code

Price

600mm dia. approx. 11 metres 2 TMN600Z £42.90

800mm dia. approx. 15 metres 4.5 TMN800Z £61.05

Indoor Mirrors


Weight

kg

Code

Price

450mm dia. approx. 5 metres 1 TMH45Z £40.55

600mm dia. approx. 11 metres 2 TMH60Z £45.25

341


Security Mirrors

Acrylic Convex Mirrors

EXPRESS DELIVERY

EXPRESS DELIVERY

The DETECTIVE-X Convex Mirror is a light weight

interior observation and control mirror ideally

suited for areas where people circulate, affording

observation where medium to large fields of vision

are required.

• Outstanding image quality.

• Helps to prevent accidents and theft.

• Ultra light weight acrylic material.

• Eliminates risks associated with glass mirrors.

• Mirror face protected under a tough, clear acrylic layer.

• Interior use only.

• Extremely shock-resistant construction.

• 5 year guarantee against manufacturing faults.

Diameter of mirror (mm)

Acrylic Convex Mirrors

Max. obs. dist. from

mirror (m)

Code

360º Acrylic Mirrors


Price

300 2 251.13.487* £62.90

400 3 251.17.667* £73.30

500 5 251.18.945* £108.00

600 7 251.15.534* £133.30

700 9 251.16.210* £169.50

800 11 251.13.505* £182.80


The PANORAMIC 360° Mirror range is an

indispensable safety aid to areas that experience

high traffic flows.

• Excellent image properties.




• Can be screwed directly to flat surfaces or suspended by

chain set.

• 360° clear vision for maximum safety.

• Helps to reduce accidents and theft.

• Improves pedestrian traffic flows.



Diameter of mirror (mm)


mirror (m)

Code

Price

600 3 250.15.138* £146.00

800 4 250.17.220* £146.70

900 5 250.10.202* £179.10

1000 6 250.18.256* £235.00

1250 8 250.13.084* £363.50

Chain set for suspending mirror 255.10.618* £11.00


These mirrors offer outstanding image quality at an

economical price.




• Can be screwed directly to flat surfaces.

• Help to reduce accidents and theft.



Size of mirror (mm)


mirror (m)

Code

Price

342

EXPRESS DELIVERY

600 x 320 x 240 5 256.17.911* £70.70

800 x 410 x 330 6 256.14.205* £81.40

900 x 450 x 250 7 256.16.959* £112.20

1000 x 530 x 400 8 256.16.959* £127.00


A range of mirrors dedicated to improving safety,

security and productivity in the workplace.

• Light weight construction.

• Shock resistant acrylic.


• Excellent image quality.

• Eye catching yellow/black surround to DIN 4844.

• Interior and protected exterior use.

• Integrated bracket for easy installation.

• 5 years guarantee against faulty manufacture.

Industrial Duty Mirrors

Industrial Duty Mirrors

Size of mirror (mm)


mirror (m)

Code

Price

400 x 600 5 253.15.681* £213.00

600 x 800 10 253.16.706* £334.20

800 x 1000 15 253.18.463* £523.50

600Ø 4 253.17.516* £191.70

800Ø 8 253.14.690* £247.40


EXPRESS DELIVERY

SPION Observation Mirror

The SPION observation mirror for Indoor and Outdoor use

is ideal for monitoring traffic routes, machinery, blind spots

etc.

The mirror is manufactured in shock resistant acrylic which

protects the metaled mirror coating from scratching. It

features a very light construction combined with excellent

image quality and wide angle viewing.

The circular version of the SPION is supplied complete

with a 25cm ‘J’ bracket for easy installation on flat surfaces

(a post fixing kit is available – see table below), whilst the

rectangular mirror is supplied complete with a post fixing

bracket (60-76mm Ø posts).

SPION Observation Mirror

Size of mirror (mm) Code Price

SPION 300mm Ø 247.17.989* £77.90

SPION 400mm Ø 247.13.962* £94.00

SPION 500mm Ø 247.14.455* £134.80


SPION 600mm Ø 247.19.332* £161.20

SPION 700mm Ø 247.18.522* £207.50

SPION 800mm Ø 247.18.504* £229.80

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SPION 400 x 600mm 247.18.638* £213.00

SPION 600 x 800mm 247.19.825* £334.20


Half Hemisphere Mirrors

The MIRROR-MAX is a compact mirror offering wide angle

views, enabling it to replace two conventional traffic

mirrors at ‘T’ junctions making the MIRROR-MAX an

extremely cost effective solution.

• Light weight construction.

• Excellent image quality.

• Shock resistant acrylic


• Suitable for interior and exterior use.

• Frame is UV light, corrosion and weather resistant.

• Easily installed using integral bracket.

• Vertical or horizontal fixing.


Mirrors

Half Hemisphere

Size of mirror (mm)


mirror (m)

Code

Price

850 x 420 x 190 7 246.17.210* £393.00

EXPRESS DELIVERY

750 x 400 x 160 5 246.14.036* £301.80


343

Grit Bins

• Manufactured from tough,

medium density polyethylene

• Hinged lids - protects the

grit/salt from the elements

• 2 x hasp & staple locks

are available (factory fitted)

to make these units secure

(padlock not included)

• Ideal for use on highways

or private premises

• Can be handled with either

slings or a Fork Lift Truck

£115.35

From Only

GB200E Stacked

PROMPT DELIVERY

GB350E


Winter Management

Ext. Size L.W.H.

Capacity

Litres

Weight

Premium Grit Bins

Grit Bins

Grit Bins

Grit Bins c/w Salt

Code Price No of Bags of Salt Code Price

1020.520.720 200 10 kg GB200E £115.35 8 x 25kg GB200ST £228.00

1200.725.750 350 20.5 kg GB350E £159.15 14 x 25kg GB350ST £299.70

2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted) GBHSLE £11.45 - GBHSLE £11.45

• Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene

• Hinged lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements

• GCB200: fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

• GCB400: fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

• 4 colours available: red, blue, yellow

or green - please specify

when ordering

PROMPT DELIVERY

GCB030

Salt & Grit Bin

• Capacity: 30 litres

• Comes complete with 10kg of rock salt & a moulded scoop

• Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

PROMPT DELIVERY

Salt & Grit Bin

GB350E

Ext. Size W.D.H. Int. Size W.D.H. Bin Weight Code Price

475.383.305 460.370.230 5 kg GCB030 £60.80

GCB200

GCB030

Yellow Only

GCB400

344

Premium Grit Bins

Ext. Size L.W.H.

Capacity

Grit Bins

Grit Bins c/w Salt

Weight

Litres

Code Price No of Bags of Salt Code Price

720.750.710 200 14 kg GCB200 £146.45 8 x 25kg GCB200ST £255.10

1260.750.710 400 22 kg GCB400 £202.95 16 x 25kg GCB400ST £367.60

£146.45

From Only

Salt Spreader

• The large, easy to clean, polyethylene hopper

bucket is supported by a strong steel frame

mounted on large 310mm pneumatic wheels to

give this unit a smooth ride over rough terrain

• Can hold 25kg of salt

• Complete with weather shield cover

• Spread distance is 2.5M to 3M

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Please check the suitability of the

salt prior to use with the spreaders,

ensuring the grain size is suitable.

The salt should also be compliant to

BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing

SQT01Y

Snow Clearer

Salt Spreaders

Size L.W.H. Capacity Litres Weight Assembly Code / Price Code Price

1170.690.925 43 13 kg ASD / £30 SQT01Y £225.20

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Assembly Available



• The blades & the main body of this unit

are manufactured from heavy duty plastic

• Ideal for clearing car parks, walkways and pavements etc

• Snow spout direction: right

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SQT01Y


Snow Clearer

Working Width Handle Height Weight Code Price

570 1230 4 kg SCA03Z £71.20

Salt (Seed) Spreader

• Manufactured from H.D. plastic with a steel handle

• 8 point adjustment system to increase & decrease

the rate at which salt or seed is dispensed

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm plastic wheels

• Handle height: 1250mm

EXPRESS DELIVERY

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SCA03Z

Snow Plough

• Polypropylene blade with a durable metal edge

& the steel frame incorporates a foam handle

• Ideal for clearing car parks,

walkways and pavements etc

• Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed

wheels which are ideal for

rough terrain

• Handle height: 1300 to 1400mm

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Winter Management

Please check the suitability of the

salt prior to use with the spreaders,

ensuring the grain size is suitable.

The salt should also be compliant to

BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing

SCA06Y

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

SCA05Y

Salt (Seed) Spreader

Capacity Body Width Weight Code Price

20 L 660 3 kg SCA06Y £60.05

Snow Plough

Blade Size L.W. Weight Code Price

660.320 4 kg SCA05Y £66.00

345

Executive Lockers

Office & Mailroom

Executive Lockers

£254.00

From Only

The range of Executive Lockers combine high

quality design with attractive door facias and

end panels. The locker design has a premium feel

and would fit into any high end executive office,

reception area or foyer. The range of lockers can

be nested together with Executive Cupboards to

form a variety of combinations.

Executive Lockers - Dimensions/Codes

Size Tier Pearl White Price Grey/Brown Price Kashmir Price Sand Beige Price

H.1800 W.300 D.450

H.1800 W.380 D.380

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks

with 2,000 differs.

• A wide range of doors and end panelsavailable.

• Steel body for maximum strength and durability.

• Executive Lockers Pre-drilled for nesting with Executive

Cupboards

• Fitted with soft close hinges.

• Provides a premium storage solution for any office

environment.

1 LEX1830451PW £254.00 LEX1830451GB £254.00 LEX1830451KA £254.00 LEX1830451SB £254.00








346

End Panels - Dimensions/Codes

Graphite

Noce Marino

Description To Fit Hacienda Black Price Miracossa Price Winchester Oak Price

Price

Walnut (Gloss)

(Gloss)

H.1800 W.380

LEX1838EPHBX £158.00 LEX1838EPGMX £189.00 LEX1838EPWOX £158.00 LEX1838EPMWX £189.00

D.380

End Panel

H.1800 W.300

LEX1845EPHBX £174.00 LEX1845EPGMX £209.00 LEX1845EPWOX £174.00 LEX1845EPMWX £209.00

D.450

Executive Lockers

Graphite Miracossa End Panels with Grey/Brown Doors

Winchester Oak End Panels with Kashmir Doors

EXECUTIVE LOCKER PANELS

FASCIA OPTIONS

END PANEL OPTIONS

Office & Mailroom

Pearl

White

Kashmir

Sand

Beige

Grey /

Brown

Executive Lockers

Noce Marino Walnut End Panels with Sand Beige Doors

Hacienda

Black

Winchester

Oak

Noce Marino

Walnut (Gloss)

Graphite

Miracossa

(Gloss)

347

Height Adjustable Office Desks

Office & Mailroom

Office Desks

Height Adjustable Office desks offer a combination

of robust construction with an attractive design.

The manual height adjustment mechanism allows

the user to raise the height of the desk from 730mm

to 950mm meaning that the user has the option to

either sit or stand at their desk.

These desks are available in three widths to suit the

requirements of the user with a choice of additional

storage options including a three drawer mobile

pedestal and single fitted drawer unit.

• Ergonomic adjustable office desks.

• Table top finish Beech.

• 3 Widths available 1200, 1500 or 1800mm.

• Depth: 750mm.

• Load Capacity: 100KG.



• No more banged knuckles - desk can even be

adjusted when positioned flush against a wall.

• Removable adjustment handle.

£563.00

From Only

Office Desks

Height Adjustable Office Desk - Beech

Size W.D Code Price

1200.750 HADJ1200DGBH £563.00

1500.750 HADJ1500DGBH £590.00

1800.750 HADJ1800DGBH £599.00

Desk Accessories

730mm

950mm

Fitted Single Drawer


220.420.420 BEDR04021KBX £147.00

348

Triple Drawer Mobile Pedestal


685.420.420 BEDR04043KBX £502.00

Office Desks and Screens

£156.35

From Only

Light Oak Office Desk

• Quality office desk in Light Oak finish.

• Fitted with a lockable double drawer

pedestal.

• Fully welded frame powder coated in silver.

• Delivered fully assembled.

Light Oak Office Desk

Size H.W. Code Price

730.1500 DESK1573/2D £156.35

Desktop Screens

• Supplied complete with fixing brackets.

• 280-480mm high and available in lengths 1000, 1200,

1600, 1800mm.


PROMPT DELIVERY

Free Standing Screens

Office & Mailroom

Straight Desktop Screens

Width Colour Code Price

1000mm Dark Blue CISDT10 £123.71




Wave Desktop Screens


Width Colour Code Price

1000mm Dark Blue CISWDT10 £135.08




• 1600mm high and available in 1200 & 1500mm widths.

• Supplied complete wtih feet.

Free Standing Screens

Size H.W mm Colour Code Price

1600.1200 Dark Blue CISFSS1612 £193.83

1600.1500 Dark Blue CISFSS1615 £210.48


Office Desks and Screens

349

Steel Office Cupboards

£309.67

From Only

Office & Mailroom

Office Cupboards

These general workplace cupboards and cabinets

bring a combination of storage, mobility and security

to the workplace.




• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting - fixings not supplied.

Door Colour Options

LXX

Please add suffix to the end of the Light codeBlue

BXX

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Fire Guard

tested & certified

EN 13501-1

Floor Cupboards

Size H.W.D (mm) Shelves Code Price Extra Shelf Price

1800.900.460 3 CG189046Z* £309.67 CGES9046ZLXX £21.00

350

900.900.460 2 CG909046Z* £228.67 CGES9046ZLXX £21.00


Office Seating

Operator Chair

• Quality two lever action.

• UK Fire retardant foams.

• Choice of fabrics available.

• 9’’ Gas lift.

• 320mm Reinforced nylon base.

• Twin wheel hooded castors.


PROMPT DELIVERY

£105.52

From Only

Operator Chair with Arms

• Quality two lever action.

• UK Fire retardant foams.

• Choice of fabrics available.

• 9’’ Gas lift.

• 320mm Reinforced nylon base.

• Twin wheel hooded castors.


PROMPT DELIVERY

Operator Chair

Size W.D.H Colour Code Price

46.46.59 Black OPC230BLACK £105.52

46.46.59 Blue OPC230BLUE £105.52

Office & Mailroom

Office Seating

Operator Chair with Arms

Size mm W.D.H Colour Code Price

46.44.59 Black OPC231BLACK £110.23

46.44.59 Blue OPC231BLUE £110.23

351

Gratnells Tray Units

6 Tray Mobile Unit

All our Tray Units are made from high quality 18mm

E1 MDF with Beech finish and come equipped with a

solid back to provide extra strength.

• Except for Cupboards, all units come supplied with heavy duty castors.

• Gratnells trays available in sizes: Shallow, Deep, Extra Deep and Jumbo.

• Units can be supplied with or without trays.

£124.25

From Only

PROMPT DELIVERY

6 Tray Mobile Unit

Size W.D.H mm Code Price

1034.450.744 TSUJ6 £267.52

6 Tray Mobile Unit 12 Tray Mobile Unit


Office & Mailroom

Tray Untis

6 Tray Mobile Unit

12 Tray Mobile Unit



336.450.680 TSU6 £124.25

659.450.680 TSU12 £184.52


8 Tray Mobile Unit

12 Tray Mobile Unit

352

8 Tray Mobile Unit


1372.450.744 TSUJ8 £341.72


12 Tray Mobile Unit


1372.450.1082 TSUJ12 £398.76


Gratnells Tray Units

24 Tray Mobile Unit 18 Tray Mobile Unit

24 Tray Mobile Unit


998.450.860 TSU24 £275.36


18 Tray Mobile Unit


998.450.860 TSU18 £230.32


PROMPT DELIVERY

60 Tray Static Unit 48 Tray Static Unit

Tray Units

Office & Mailroom

• Due to weight this unit is assembled on site

60 Tray Static Unit


998.455.2047 TSUC60 £599.65


• Due to weight this unit is assembled on site

48 Tray Static Unit


998.455.1687 TSUC48 £512.84


353

Canteen Furniture

Office & Mailroom

£233.00

From Only

Provide economical seating for vending,

refreshment and rest areas. Simplify cleaning of

dining areas, with clear access to floor. Maintain

planned layout, eliminate furniture movement.

Modular units combine tables and seats in a wide

range of seating arrangements enabling you

to design your own layout. One piece moulded

polypropylene seats available in blue, red and black

and are easy to clean.

Seat Colour Options


B

• Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells.

• Powder coated frames in black.

• Seats are available in blue, red & black. Blue seats

available on 5 day delivery.

• MFC table tops come in a light grey, with pvc edging for

extra strength and protection.

• Available in 2 seater single entry, 4 seater single entry,

4 seater double entry, 6 seater single entry and 6 seater

double entry.

• Optional floor fixings available.

R

A

Canteen Furniture

Standard Canteen Furniture - 2 Seat Single Entry Standard Canteen Furniture - 4 Seat Double Entry Standard Canteen Furniture - 4 Seat Single Entry




725.1690.530 B6FASTFD2SEB* £233.00 725.1690.1070 B6FASTFD4DEB* £339.00 725.1690.1070 B6FASTFD4SEB* £339.00

* Express Delivery Available On Blue Seats Only

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Standard Canteen Furniture - 6 Seat Double Entry


Standard Canteen Furniture - 6 Seat Single Entry


354

725.1690.1580 B6FASTFD6DEB* £468.00

* Express Delivery Available On Blue Seats Only

725.1690.1580 B6FASTFD6SEB* £468.00

Canteen Tables

• Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls,

factories, warehouses & retail premises

• Seats are manufactured from moulded

polypropylene mounted on a

strong steel frame

• Table top is made from chipboard

with a melamine coating

• Full length table for your comfort

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

>

L

>

>

L

>

>

L

>

>

2 Seater

W

4 Seater

W

6 Seater

>

>

£179.10

From Only

CBT42Z

SUPPLIED KNOCK DOWN

FOR EASY ACCESS INTO

YOUR PREMISES

Office & Mailroom

>

>

W

>

Canteen Tables - Peninsula Units (Access 1 Way)

Description No of Seats Table Size L.W.H. Table Size L.W. Weight Code Price

2 600.1730.810 600.600 26 kg CBT21Z £179.10

4 1250.1730.810 1250.600 38 kg CBT41Z £283.55

6 1745.1730.810 1745.600 55 kg CBT61Z £389.50

Canteen Tables - Island Units (Access 2 Ways)

4 1250.1730.810 1250.600 38 kg CBT42Z £280.15

Canteen & Break Room

THE HEAVY DUTY POLYPROPYLENE

SEATS & HARDWEARING MELAMINE

WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON A

STRONG & DURABLE STEEL FRAME

6 1745.1730.810 1745.600 55 kg CBT62Z £389.50

355

Spectrum Canteen Furniture

Office & Mailroom

Canteen Furniture

• Fully welded robust canteen unit with seats made from

1.2mm mild steel.

• MFC table tops come in a light grey, with PVC edging for

extra strength and protection.

• Frames powder coated with light grey Germ Guard Active

Technology paint.

• Seats available in green, red, blue and dark grey. Any RAL

colour available to suit corporate colours.

£475.00

From Only

Colour Suffix


K

G

B

R

Spectrum Canteen Furniture - 2 Seater

Size H.W.L mm Code Price

790.1755.570 B6SPFAST2SE £475.00

356


Size H.W.L mm Description Code Price

790.1755.1600 Single Entry B6SPFAST6SE £867.00

790.1755.1600 Double Entry B6SPFAST6DE £867.00


Size H.W.L mm Description Code Price

790.1755.1100 Single Entry B6SPFAST4SE £679.00

790.1755.1100 Double Entry B6SPFAST4DE £679.00

Beam Benches

• Heavy duty polypropylene chairs mounted

on a strong & durable steel frame

• Seat height: 450mm

£163.20

From Only

BBT03Z

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

PROMPT DELIVERY

BBT04Z

Beam Benches


3 Seater 1670.550.790 15 kg BBT03Z £163.20

4 Seater 2235.550.790 19 kg BBT04Z £205.85

Folding Tables

• Manufactured from heavy duty blow moulded plastic

• Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily fold from the

centre of the table making them easy to carry

• All models have folding legs which fit neatly

underneath the table for compact storage

From Only

£65.30

FST02Z &

4 x FFC00Z

Office & Mailroom

4 x FFC00Z

FFT03Z &

FFT04Z

Folding Tables

EXPRESS DELIVERY

Description Overall Size L.W.H. Folded Size L.W.H. Weight Order in multiples of Code Price each

Folding Chair 405.400.450 1040.460.215 4.5 kg 4 FFC00Z £30.20

Table with Folding Legs 1200.600.740 1200.600.60 8.5 kg - FST01Z £67.65

Table with Folding Legs 1830.760.720 1830.760.43 15 kg - FST02Z £72.05

Folding Table with Folding Legs 1200.600.740 610.600.90 10 kg - FFT03Z £65.30

Folding Table with Folding Legs 1830.760.720 915.760.86 16 kg - FFT04Z £69.70

Canteen & Break Room

357

Aluminium Framed Noticeboards

• 2 ranges available; standard & fire retardant

• Aluminium frames with concealed through the corner

wall fixings & can be mounted landscape or portrait

• Standard: Felt fabric for use with pins or Velcro ®

also in traditional Cork

• Fire retardant range conforms to European Reaction to

Fire Test - see red panel below

• Ideal for public buildings & commercial applications

• Fire retardant: A range of 11 Eco-Colour® colours

for use with pins and has acoustic properties to

reduce noise up to NRC 0.8.

Noticeboards

Standard colours + Cork

Resist-a-Flame ® Eco-Colour®

Office & Mailroom

Noticeboards

Size mm H x W

Standard or Cork

Fire Retardant


600 x 450 44531** £18.85 - -

900 x 600 44532** £24.36 22632** £40.65

1200 x 900 44543** £35.82 22643** £67.50

1200 x 1200 44544** £41.94 22644** £83.45

1200 x 1500 44554** £55.26 22654** £99.50

1200 x 1800 44564** £61.17 22664** £120.13

1200 x 2400 44584** £71.83 22684** £155.76

Standard colours + Cork

Resist-a-Flame ® Eco-Colour®

DB

Blue

GR

Green

BU

Burgundy

LG

Grey

RD

Red

CK

Cork

** Add colour code to product

code when ordering

Dark Blue

Green

Raspberry

Light Blue

Apple

Charcoal

Purple

Orange

Tamperproof Noticeboards

• 2 ranges available; standard & fire retardant

• 2 locks & keys supplied per door

• Standard: Felt fabric for use with pins or Velcro ®

• Fire retardant range conforms to European Reaction to

Fire Test

• Fire retardant: A range of 11 Eco-Colour colours

for use with pins and has acoustic properties to

reduce noise up to NRC 0.8.

BL

GR

RS

LB

AG

RD

Red

CH

PU

OR

GY

Grey

NA

Natural

EUROPEAN REACTION TO FIRE TEST

Resist-a-Flame® noticeboard construction has been tested

and classified to European ‘Reaction to Fire’ test standard

and is suitable for use within sensitive public areas such as

corridors, stairways and entrances.

The pinboard core assembly is classified as B according to

BS-EN 13501-1. This identifies that these products can be

used in the same areas as products tested to BS476 Parts 6

& 7 and classified as 0. Lockable models have clear covers

tested separately to BS476 Part 7 and classified as Class 1.

Made in UK.

DB

BU

RD

BL

LB

CH

GY

Tamperproof Noticeboards

Blue

Burgundy

Red

Dark Blue

Light Blue

Charcoal

Grey

Size mm H x W

No of

Doors

Standard

Fire Retardant


GR

LG

GR

AG

PU

NA

900 x 600 1 TP9060** £65.65 CBT32** £98.42

Green

Grey

Green

Apple

Purple

Natural

900 x 900 1 TP9090** £86.75 - -

1200 x 900 1 TP1290** £103.40 CBT43** £138.22

358

** Add colour code to product

code when ordering

RS

Raspberry

RD

Red

OR

Orange

1200 x 1200 1 TP1212** £139.36 CBT44** £164.37

1200 x 1800 2 TP1812** £190.83 CBT64** £241.49

1200 x 2400 2 TP2412** £235.39 CBT84** £297.29

Whiteboard & Easels

WriteOn ® Whiteboards

• Double sided whiteboard which offers a plain ultrasmooth

surface on one side & a gridded Guideline ® surface on the other

• Superior coated steel surface which accepts magnets

• Magnetic options, 1800mm & over have extra central fixings

• Supplied with a pen tray & concealed through

the corner wall fixings *Glass Magnetic Boards

an added extra

• Can be mounted landscape or portrait

WriteOn ® Whiteboards

Non-Magnetic Dual Faced Magnetic Coated Steel Glass Magnetic Boards

Size mm H x W Code Price Code Price Code Price

450 x 600 47131 £19.81 49631 £20.87 G4560/WH £72.00

900 x 600 47132 £26.88 49632 £28.02 G6090/WH £104.04

1200 x 900 47143 £39.95 49643 £44.05 G9012/WH £167.61

1200 x 1200 47144 £44.46 49644 £60.68 G1212/WH £211.58

1200 x 1500 47154 £56.20 49654 £76.28 - -

1200 x 1[800 47164 £66.50 49664 £83.95 G1218/WH £275.36

1200 x 2400 47184 £95.08 49684 £105.50 G1224/WH £381.39

Pen Tray

Size mm W x D Code Price

300 x 100 G5000 £11.94

Office & Mailroom

WriteOn ® Revolving

Whiteboards

• Double sided whiteboard that pivots on its horizontal axis

• Laminate or steel writing surface which accepts magnets

• Sturdy steel frame has 4 castors, 2 of which are locking

• Steel cross bar aids rigidity & houses the pen tray

Board Size

mm H x W

WriteOn ® Revolving Whiteboards

Non-magnetic Drywipe Surface

Magnetic Drywipe Surface


900 x 1200 447431 £139.63 447433 £158.91

1200 x 900 447341 £143.05 447343 £162.56

1200 x 1200 447441 £158.07 447443 £184.40

1200 x 1500 447541 £176.39 447543 £208.23

1200 x 1800 447641 £202.07 447643 £232.95

NEW

COLOUR

Buzzard

Mobile

Easel

• Mounted on a five star base with locking castors

• Metal pad clamp with hangers to take all standard A1 pads

• Magnetic whiteboard is height adjustable with spring

loaded assist

• Includes 2 side arms for hanging completed sheets

• Full width pen tray

• NEW blue version available

Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel

Board Size mm

H x W

Max Height Code Colour Price

1000 x 680 1820 449505 Black £111.67

1000 x 680 1820 449510 Blue £111.67

Whiteboards and Easels

359

Office & Mailroom

MT983Y

Mail Distribution Trolleys

• Manufactured from strong tubular steel

• Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets

• Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed grey non marking wheels &

2 x 75mm swivel grey non-marking castors. The 200mm

wheels are fitted within the frame of the unit to help

prevent damage to furniture & doorways

• These units also incorporate 2 removable zinc rails in each

basket. This allows the units to facilitate hanging files.

MT985Y & PB800Z

Mail Distribution Trolleys

Size W.D.H. Basket Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

530.820.910 470.370.320 18 kg MT983Y £301.25

530.950.910 470.520.320 19 kg MT984Y £346.45

530.1230.910 470.770.320 24 kg MT985Y £372.95

Rear Pannier Basket - 320.210.360/420 2 kg PB800Z £37.55*


Mailroom Equipment

360

MT987Y

Post Bag Holders


• Notches on the top of the frames hold postal

bags into place (postal bags not included)

• Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors

Post Bag Holders

MT988Y

Size W.D.H. Postal Bags Held Weight Code Price

390.390.1130 1 8 kg MT987Y £162.30

390.770.1130 2 12 kg MT988Y £206.35

Post Distribution Stairclimber


• Supplied with 2 plastic coated mesh baskets

• Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel

mount. These are mounted inside the frame

• Load capacity of 50kg whilst the unit is in use on stairs

Post Distribution Stairclimber

SC983Y & PB800Z

Size W.D.H. Basket Size W.D.H. Weight Code Price

535.920.940 470.370.320 23 kg SC983Y £423.95

Rear Pannier Basket - 320.210.360/420 2 kg PB800Z £37.55*


Packaging Trolleys

Cardboard Trolleys

Cardboard Box Trolleys are ideal for the storage

and transport of cardboard sheets and flat pack

cardboard boxes. These trolleys can be loaded with

cardboard and positioned alongside our packing

workbenches.

• A selection of standard colour options are

available, please speak to our sales team.

• Designed with 5 slots to allow the storage and

transportation of cardboard sheets.

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel braked castors.

• Fully welded frame to ensure durability.

£370.00

From Only

Double Tier Trolleys

Double Tier Trolleys are designed to hold 2 rolls of

packing material and are ideal for rolls of stretch

wrap, bubble wrap and paper. This trolley is fitted

with 2 fixed and 2 swivel braked castors which allow

the user to secure the trolley once positioned in

place.

• Powder coated in Light Grey with Germ Guard


• Designed to hold 2 rolls of packing material.



• Supplied without plastic cones, these are available

to be purchased separately.

Double Tier Trolleys - Dimensions/Codes


1280.710.1200 RTPD127112LX £148.00

Cones (Pack of 2) BGSPARECONES £88.00

Cardboard Trolleys - Dimensions/Codes


1030.900.940 RTCBD109046B £370.00

Single Tier Trolleys

£148.00

From Only

Single Tier Trolleys are designed to hold a single roll

of packing material and are ideal for rolls of stretch

wrap, bubble wrap and paper. This trolley is fitted

with 2 fixed and 2 swivel braked castors which allow

the user to secure the trolley once positioned in

place.

• Powder coated in Light Grey with Germ Guard


• Designed to hold 1 roll of packing material.



• Supplied without plastic cones, these are available

to be purchased separately.

Office & Mailroom

Packaging Trolley

£154.00

From Only

Single Tier Trolleys - Dimensions/Codes


700.710.1800 RTPS70711BLX £154.00

Cones (Pack of 2) BGSPARECONES £88.00

361

Pack Tek Dual

Pack Tek Dual Workbenches are designed to cover

a multitude of uses within the packaging industry.

Available in either 1800mm or 2100mm widths with

a vast range of accessories available to allow you to

customise the bench to your requirements.

• Pack Tek Dual Workbenches specifically designed

for the packaging industry and are ideal for use in

assembly areas, manufacturing facilities and

production lines.

• All benches supplied with laminate worktops.

• Delivered in knock-down form for easy on-site

assembly.

• Each Pack Tek workbench has a weight capacity of

250KG evenly distributed.

Pack Tek Dual Workbenches - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W.D. Worktop Code Price

840-1100.1800.750 Laminate BPD841875PLX £567.00

840-1100.2100.750 Laminate BPD842175PLX £638.00

Pack Tek Computer Accessories


CPU Holder BECPUHOUBBXX £53.00

Keyboard Shelf BEKEYBDSHBXX £81.00

Monitor Arm BEMONARMFSAX £172.00

Monitor & Keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £176.00

Office & Mailroom

Pack Tek Dual Kit 1

Conveyor System

Description

Manufactured to required length

Pack Tek Dual Kit 2

Price

£POA

Packaging Workbenches

Pack Tek Dual Kit 1 - Dimensions/Codes


840-1100.1800.750 BPD841875PL1 £2,643.00

840-1100.2100.750 BPD842175PL1 £2,960.00

Pack Tek Dual Kit 3



840-1100.1800.750 BPD841875PL2 £2,185.00

840-1100.2100.750 BPD842175PL2 £2,431.00

Pack Tek Dual Kit 4

362



840-1100.1800.750 BPD841875PL3 £2,444.00

840-1100.2100.750 BPD842175PL3 £2,681.00



840-1100.1800.750 BPD841875PL4 £2,013.00

840-1100.2100.750 BPD842175PL4 £2,134.00

Pack Tek Individual Workbenches are designed to cover a

multitude of uses within the packaging industry. Available

in a selection of sizes including 1200mm, 1500mm and

1800mm with a variety of accessories available to allow

you to configure the bench to your requirements.

• Pack Tek Individual Workbenches specifically designed

for the packaging industry, ideal for use in assembly

areas, manufacturing facilities and production lines.

• All benches supplied with laminate worktops.

• Delivered in knock-down form for easy on-site assembly.

• Each Pack Tek workbench has a weight capacity of 250KG

evenly distributed.

Pack Tek Individual Workbenches

Pack Tek Individual Workbenches - Dimensions/Codes

Size H.W.D. Worktop Code Price

840-1100.1200.750 Laminate BPI841275PLX £400.00

840-1100.1500.750 Laminate BPI841575PLX £502.00

840-1100.1800.750 Laminate BPI841875PLX £557.00

Pack Tek Computer Accessories


CPU Holder BECPUHOUBBXX £53.00

Keyboard Shelf BEKEYBDSHBXX £81.00

Monitor Arm BEMONARMFSAX £172.00

Monitor & Keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £176.00

Conveyor System

Description

Manufactured to required length

Pack Tek Individual Kit 1 - Dimensions/Codes

Price

£POA

Pack Tek Individual Kit 1


840-1100.1200.750

(Does Not Include Cutting Knife)

BPI841275PL1 £1,213.00

840-1100.1500.750

(Includes Cutting Knife - Will Over Hang By 30mm)

BPI841575PL1 £2,033.00

840-1100.1800.750


BPI841875PL1 £2,301.00




840-1100.1200.750

(Does Not Include Cutting Knife)

BPI841275PL3 £981.00

840-1100.1500.750


BPI841575PL3 £1,778.00

840-1100.1800.750


BPI841875PL3 £1,974.00




840-1100.1200.750 BPI841275PL2 £1,524.00

840-1100.1500.750 BPI841575PL2 £1,708.00

840-1100.1800.750 BPI841875PL2 £1,901.00




840-1100.1200.750 BPI841275PL4 £1,368.00

840-1100.1500.750 BPI841575PL4 £1,523.00

840-1100.1800.750 BPI841875PL4 £1,632.00

Office & Mailroom

Packaging Workbenches

363

Mailroom Bench

250KG

SWL Evenly

Distributed

£360.00

From Only

Office & Mailroom

Mailroom Benches

• Open bench shown with drawer cupboard and optional accessories

Provides stylish, high quality mail sorting facilities

designed for use in offices and post rooms. A wide choice

of accessories have been designed to accompany the

range of mailroom furniture. Including a single draw

unit, cupboard and draw over cupboard for the below

bench accessories. Also available are our mailroom post

box lockers which can be supplied with optional sloping

tops to deter items from being placed on top of the

lockers.

• Adjustable feet for easy levelling.

• MFC 18mm thick worktop supplied as standard. Round

edge worktop for safety with a durable scratch resistant

wipe clean surface.

• Back and side panels available, also lower shelves.

• Standard bench height: 840mm – 760mm and 920mm

also available.

• Delivered in knock-down form for on site assembly.

• Mobile bench option also available, please speak to

sales.

364

Open Bench

Mailroom Bench

• Open Bench also available with castors, please speak to sales for details. • Open Bench also available with castors, please speak to sales for details.


840.1230.750 MR841275PLXX £383.00

840.1230.900 MR841290PLXX £393.00

840.1530.750 MR841575PLXX £401.00


840.1530.900 MR841590PLXX £416.00

840.1830.750 MR841875PLXX £435.00

840.1830.900 MR841890PLXX £453.00

Open Bench With Steel Lower Shelf

• Open Bench also available with castors, please speak to sales for details. • Open Bench also available with castors, please speak to sales for details.



840.1230.750 MR841275SLXX £458.00

840.1530.900 MR841590SLXX £519.00

840.1230.900 MR841290SLXX £478.00

840.1830.750 MR841875SLXX £553.00

840.1530.750 MR841575SLXX £500.00

840.1830.900 MR841890SLXX £570.00

Office & Mailroom

Mobile Mailroom Bench

Mailroom Benches


965.1230.750 MR841275PLMX £481.00

965.1230.900 MR841290PLMX £491.00

965.1530.750 MR841575PLMX £500.00


965.1530.900 MR841590PLMX £514.00

965.1830.750 MR841875PLMX £534.00

965.1830.900 MR841890PLMX £552.00

365

Access Equipment


Aluminium Platform Trolleys

Aluminium Steps

Archive Boxes

Archive Racking

Arrow Steps

Attached Lid Containers

Bar Racks

Barriers

Beam & Shelf Labelling

Beam Benches

Belt Barriers

Benches

Bicycle Racks

Bins - Litter

Bins - Small Parts

Bin Rack/Trolleys

Board Trolleys

Bollards

Boltless Shelving

Box Pallets

Box Trucks

Boxwells

Cages

Canteen Tables

Cantilever Racking


Carry Case - Storage

Cash & Carry Trolley

Chain Posts

Chairs

A

B

C

Changing Room Equipment

Charging Lockers

Chrome Wire Shelving

Clever Trolley

Clicka Shelving

Combination Ladders

Compartment Cases

Computer Stations


Container Trucks & Trolleys

Containers

CoSHH Cupboards

Cube Lockers


Cycle Racks

Cycle Shelter

Cylinder Handling

Cylinder Storage

172 to 209

24

22 & 24

175 to 181

95

95

196

140 to 142

146 to 151

116 to 120

326 to 340

121 to 127

357

326 to 331

86, 87,

210 to 247

362 to 365

304 to 310

314 to 325

131 to 139

131 to 139

59

332 to 339

88 to 111

143 to 145

17

48 & 52

83 &

152 to 155

354 to 357

148 to 151

220 to 223,

238 & 239

139

46, 47 & 59

326

274, 275

& 351

302 & 303

300

88 & 89

46 & 47

91

184

139

250

82

64 & 65

138 to 143

158 to 161

293

156 to 171

304 to 306

307 to 310

84 & 85

83

Delta Plus Shelving

Desks

Distribution Trucks

Dollies

Drawer Cabinets

Drum Lifters

Drum Shelter

Drum Storage

Drum Transporters

Duplex Steps

Easy Slope Steps

ESD Workbenches

Euro Containers


Euroslide Cabinets

Extension Ladders

Expo 3 Shelving

Expo 4 Shelving

Factory Chairs

Filing Cabinets

First Aid Cupboards

Flipcharts


Floor Marking

Floor Sump Pallets

Folding Box Trucks

Folding Platform Trolleys

Folding Steps

Fort Steps

Fort Trucks

Furniture - Canteen

Furniture - Office

Galvanised Platform Trolleys

Galvanised Shelving

Garment Rails/Stands


Glass Fibre Steps

Grit & Salt Bins

D

E

F

G

H

Hand Drawn Trucks

Handy Steps

Hazardous Storage

Height Adjustable Desks

High Lift Pallet Trucks

Hydraulic Lifters & Stackers

Hygiene Trolleys

I

IBC Storage

Idea Plus Shelving

Identification & Labelling

Impact Protection

98 & 99

348 & 349

48 to 53

14 & 15

256 to 271

76 & 77

81

78 to 81

74 & 75

192

202

236 to 241

141

226 to 235

256 to 271

181

104

100 to 102

274 & 275

350

157

359

121

122 & 123

78 to 80

17

16 to 24

175 to 185

186 to 207

40 to 41

354 to 357

346 to 353

22 & 41

103 to 105

108,

302 & 303

59 to 63

186 & 187

344

59 to 63

172 to 174

158 to 164

213, 230 &

240, 241 &

244 & 348

70

72 to 75

324 & 325

78

103

121 to 127

116 to 120

Industrial Chairs

IT Trolley

IT Workstations

Janitorial Trolleys

Junior Lockers

Kick Steps

Kwikrack Shelving

Laminate/Timber Door Lockers

Laptop Charging Lockers

Laundry Trolleys

Lifters & Stackers

Literature Display

Litter Bins

Locker Room Equipment

Lockers

Accessories

Charging

Cube Lockers

Education Lockers

Executive Lockers

Express Lockers

Junior Lockers

Laminate Door

Padlock Lockers

Perforated Door

Personal Effects

Perspex

Post Box

Spectrum

Standard

Timber Door

Wet Area

Wire Mesh

Z Door

Longspan Shelving

Louvered Panels

Machine Steps

Magna Bin Racks

Magnum Containers

Mailroom Benches

Mailroom Trolleys

Maintenance Trucks

Matting

Mesh Partitions

Mesh Shelves

Mesh Surround Trolleys

Mobile Euroslide

Mini & Maxi Boxes

Mirrors

Modular Cupboards

Mobile Steps

Multi Position Trolleys

J

K

L

M

274 & 275

251

250

324 & 325

286

173

92

290, 291,

292 & 346

298 & 299

324 & 325

70 to 75

358 & 359

314 to 325

302 & 303

281 to 301

301

298 to 300

293

286 & 287

346 & 347

282

286 & 287

290 & 291

284

288

294

288

295

283 & 287

281

292

290

289

296

106 & 107

132 & 133

187

136

143

361 to 365

43

42 & 273

276 to 280

113

112

18 to 21,

& 39 to 41

262 & 269

155

341 to 343

166

186 to 203

44

Noticeboards

Numbers & Letters

Office Cupboards

Office Desks & Screens

Office Furniture

Office Seating


Packaging Benches

Pallet Boxes

Pallet Racking

Pallet Trucks

Partitions

Pedal Bins

Perforated Door Cupboards

Perforated Door Lockers

Perspex Lockers

Plastic Cupboards


Plastic Shelf Trolleys

Platform Trolleys

Platform Trucks

Podium Steps

Post Box Lockers

Post Pallets

Polyethylene Trucks

Powered Pallet Trucks

PPE Cupboard

Pump Trucks

PVC Platform Trolleys

Racking & Shelving

Racking Protectors

RackSack

Recycling Bins

Reversible Shelf/Tray Trolleys

Rivet Shelving & Racking

Rivet Workbenches

Roll Containers

Roll Cage Sacks

Rope Barriers

Sack Trucks

2 & 3 Way Trucks

Aluminium

Compact

Stairclimbers

Steel

Safety Barriers

Safety Matting

Salt & Grit Bins

N

O

P

R

S

358

121 to 127

350 to 353

348 & 349

348 to 353

351

46, 47 & 58

362 to 365

144 & 145

110 & 111

66 to 73

113 to 115

314 to 317

& 322

169

288

288

156

16 to 22

18, 20, &

25 to 34

16 to 24

38 to 43

208 & 209

295

144 & 145

64 & 65

72 & 73

157

66 to 73

23

88 to 111

116 to 120

130

314 to 325

34

90 to 97

84 & 85

54 to 57

130

327

2 to 13

12 & 13

9 to 11

9

11

2 to 8

116 to 120

326 to 340

276 to 280

344

Salt Spreaders

Scissor Lift Tables

Scooter Rack

Seating - Office

Seating - Workshop

Security Cages

Security Mirrors

Security Trolleys

Service Trolleys

Sheet Racks

Shelf Trolleys

Shelters - Cycle

Shelters - Smoking

Shelving & Racking

Shelving Protectors

Shoe Racks

Signs & Labels

Skin Partitions

Slim Jim Containers

Small Parts Storage

Smoking Shelters

Snow Plough

Spartan Steps

Spill Control

Spill Trays

Spring Steps


Stable Steps


Stackers & Lifters

Stainless Steel - Steps

Stainless Steel - Trolleys

Stainless Steel - Workbenches

Stairclimbers

Steel Shelf Trolleys

Steps

Aluminium

Combination

Extension

Folding

Fort

Glass Fibre

Handy

Kick

Mobile

Platforms

Stainless Steel

Telescopic

Stock Trolleys

Storage Bins

Storage Boxes

Storage Cages

Storage Cupboards & Cabinets

Storage Racks

345

72 & 74

305

351

274 & 275

83 &

152 to 155

341 to 343

42 to 45

& 48 to 50

26 to 34

148

18 to 19

& 21 to 34

307 to 310

311 & 313

88 to 111

116 to 120

303

121 to 127

114 & 115

320

131 to 139

311 & 313

344

200

78 to 82

78 to 82

197

216 to 219

236 & 237

186

142

70 to 75

188

37

212

11

33 & 34

36, 42 & 44

172 to 209

175 to 181

184

181

175 to 185

186 to 207

186 & 187

172 to 174

173

186 to 203

208 & 209

188

181

46 & 54

131 to 139

140 to 143

83 &

152 to 155

156 to 171

& 350

146 to 151

Sump Flooring

Sump Storage



Telescopic Ladders

Three Way Trucks

Tilt & Pull Steps

Tilt & Push Steps

Tilt Trucks

Timber/Laminate Door Lockers

Tip-A-Trucks

Tool Trolleys

Towers

Top Store Plastic Containers

Tray Trolleys

Tray Units

Trolley Sacks

Turntable Trucks

Two Way Trucks

Vision Cupboards

Warehouse Labelling

Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

Weight Load Notices

Wet Area Lockers

Wheeled Bins

Whiteboards

Winter Management Products

Wire Mesh Trolleys

Wire Shelving

Wire Mesh Lockers

Work Platforms


Workbenches

Workshop Chairs

Workshop Matting

Workshop Trolleys

T

V

W

79 & 80

78 to 82

251 to 253

254 & 255

181

13

188

194

65

290 to 292

58

264 to 273

208 & 209

135

23 to 35

352 & 353

130

59 to 63

12

169

121 to 127

71

126

290

322 & 323

359

344 & 345

44 & 45

88 & 89

289

202 to 209

242, 243,

246 & 247,

210 to 247

362 to 365

274 & 275

276 to 280

28 to 35,

42 to 45,

272 & 273

Can’t find what you’re looking for?

We manafacture bespoke solutions

to match your needs!

Key Symbols

EXPRESS DELIVERY

PROMPT DELIVERY

We endeavour to deliver

all RED model numbers

within 3-5 working days

(subject to quantity)

Orders must be

received by 11am

We endeavour to deliver

all GREEN model numbers

within 7 to 10 working days

(subject to quantity)

Orders must be

received by 11am

SOME ASSEMBLY

REQUIRED

Denotes where

a product

requires

some assembly



& DURABILITY

Look for the Fort Logo for

quality British Manufactured

Steps. Have confi dence in

your steps - the FORT range is

Safe, Strong & Durable

manufactured

Look for the

UK Manufactured symbol

highlighting our quality UK

Manufactured products

CONDITIONS OF SALE:

1. ACCEPTANCE

Acceptance of any order by the purchaser for the supply of goods will be subject to these conditions of sale.

2. PRICES

PRICES QUOTED ARE NORMALLY EX-WORKS EXCLUSIVE OF VAT & CARRIAGE

Whilst we shall endeavour to maintain the prices shown, this we cannot guarantee & we reserve the right to charge the price ruling at date

of despatch. In the event of a price alteration after an order has been placed & prior to despatch notifi cation of such alteration will

be made before despatch of goods. Low value orders may be subject to an administration charge.

Prices will be subject to any customs tariffs following Brexit

3. SPECIFICATIONS

Due to continual improvements in the design & manufacturing methods strict accuracy of specifi cations & illustrations cannot be

guaranteed. So that any product improvements can reach the purchaser as soon as possible the Company reserves the right to change

design of specifi cation without formal notice. Stated load capacities are for evenly distributed loads only & must not be exceeded.

4. GUARANTEE

Where the goods have been supplied by the seller & are found to be defective, the seller shall repair, or at their discretion, replace

defective goods free of charge within one year (unless otherwise stated) from the date of delivery, subject to the following conditions:

4.1 The buyer notifying the seller in writing immediately upon the defect becoming apparent.

4.2 The defect being due to faulty design, materials or workmanship of the seller.

4.3 Any goods to be repaired or replaced shall be returned to the seller at the buyer’s expense, if so requested by the seller.

4.4 Where the goods have been manufactured & supplied to the seller by a third-party,

any guarantee granted to the seller in respect of the goods shall be passed on to the buyer.

4.5 The seller shall be entitled at their absolute discretion to refund the price

of the defective goods in the event that such price has already been paid.

4.6 Guarantee excludes product fi nish, locks, wheels & castors.

4.7 The remedies contained in this clause are without prejudice to the other terms & conditions herein.

5. DELIVERY

Delivery dates are estimates only & the company shall not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from any delay in delivery.

In particular we shall not be liable for any matter which results from any act of God, war or riot, extreme weather, strikes or any

other events which are beyond our control. The company reserves the right to deliver Goods by installments, each installment being

treated as a separate contract. Goods will be delivered at the point most convenient to our carrier, usually the goods inwards dept

or reception on the ground fl oor. Further transfer or installation within the purchasers premises, particularly for large or heavy items, must be

arranged prior to delivery & will be charged extra. All goods must be examined & signed for on receipt.

6. CLAIMS

All goods must be examined upon receipt & any damage or discrepancy noted on the carriers sheet. The company must be notifi ed

in writing of any damage or incomplete delivery within 3 days of delivery. No claims for shortage or damage will be entertained after a clear

receipt has been given to the carriers. The company will not be liable if this procedure is not followed. Total non delivery due to loss in transit

must be notifi ed within 7 days of invoice. Goods are not sold for any particular purpose, the end user should be responsible for the suitability of

the product for use. The company shall not be liable for any indirect or consequential loss arising out of or in connection with the sale of Goods.

7. RETURN OF GOODS

Standard goods will only be accepted for return after prior agreement with us & within 14 days of receipt. A handling

charge may be imposed which will vary dependent on the condition of the goods when returned. Carriage charges

for the outward journey plus the return of standard goods are payable by the purchaser. Bespoke

goods manufactured specially for a customer will not be eligible for return.

8. RESERVATION OF TITLE

Goods supplied will remain the property of ‘the company’ until full payment is received. In the event of sale of these goods to a third party

“the company” reserves title to the proceeds of sale. Responsibility for maintenance & insurance passes to the purchaser on delivery.

Core Projects - Industrial Trade Catalogue 2021

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?